openmaktaba.com...contents preface vii 1 the “summaries” and other recensions of galen 1 2 the...

The Alexandrian Summaries of Galenrsquos On Critical Days

Islamic Philosophy Theology and Science

Texts and Studies

Edited by

Hans DaiberAnna Akasoy

Emilie Savage-Smith

volume 92

The titles published in this series are listed at brillcomipts


Editions and Translations of the Two Versions of the Jawāmiʿ with an Introduction and Notes

By

Gerrit BosY Tzvi Langermann

leiden | boston

Cover Illustration Cod Parma 2919 De Rossi 1276 Richler 1498 The ms missing foliation was copied in the fifteenth century in a Byzantine script in the right and bottom margin of the beginning of Book two it has the Hebrew term המבשרים (the indicators [of the crisis]) Reproduced with the permission of Ministry of Cultural Heritage and Activities (Italy)

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Galen [De diebus decretoriis Arabic Selections] The Alexandrian summaries of Galens On critical days editions and translations of the two versions of the Jawami with an introduction and notes by Gerrit Bos Y Tzvi Langermann pages cm -- (Islamic philosophy theology and science v 92) Includes bibliographical references and index isbn 978-90-04-28221-6 (hardback alk paper) -- isbn 978-90-04-28222-3 (e-book) 1 Galen De diebus decretoriis 2 Prognosis--Early works to 1800 3 Medicine Greek and Roman 4 Medicine Arab 5 Medical astrology--Early works to 1800 I Bos Gerrit 1948- II Langermann Y Tzvi III Galen De diebus decretoriis English IV Galen De diebus decretoriis Hebrew V Title

R126G33 2015 610938--dc23

2014036501

This publication has been typeset in the multilingual ldquoBrillrdquo typeface With over 5100 characters covering Latin ipa Greek and Cyrillic this typeface is especially suitable for use in the humanities For more infor-mation please see wwwbrillcombrill-typeface

issn 0169-8729isbn 978-90-04-28221-6 (hardback) ISBN 978-90-04-28222-3 (e-book)

Copyright 2015 by Koninklijke Brill nv Leiden The NetherlandsKoninklijke Brill nv incorporates the imprints Brill Brill Nijhoff Global Oriental and Hotei PublishingAll rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced translated stored ina retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanicalphotocopying recording or otherwise without prior written permission from the publisherAuthorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted by Koninklijke Brill nvprovided that the appropriate fees are paid directly to The Copyright Clearance Center222 Rosewood Drive Suite 910 Danvers ma 01923 usaBrill has made all reasonable efforts to trace all rights holders to any copyrighted material used in this work In cases where these efforts have not been successful the publisher welcomes communications from copyrights holders so that the appropriate acknowledgements can be made in future editions and to settle other permission matters

Fees are subject to change This book is printed on acid-free paper

Contents

Prefaceemspvii 1 The ldquoSummariesrdquo and Other Recensions of Galenemsp1

2 The ldquoSummariesrdquo of On Critical Daysemsp11

3 The Arabic Versions of the ldquoAlexandrian Summariesrdquo of Galenrsquos On Critical Daysemsp28

1 Princeton msemsp332 Tehran msemsp49

4 The Translation of the Arabic Textemsp65

5 The Hebrew Version of Shimshon ben Shlomoemsp87

6 The Translation of the Hebrew Versionemsp106

Bibliographyemsp123 Arabic Glossary and Indexemsp127 Hebrew Glossary and Indexemsp137 Index of Subjectsemsp145

Preface

Galen was undoubtedly the most important medical authority in antiquity and one of the most influential medical authorities of all times He be-queathed an enormous body of writings mostly but by no means all in the field of medicine His works were translated into Syriac then into Arabic by the Christian physicians of the early Abbasid period who played a pivotal role in the transmission of the Galenic corpus to the Arabic-speaking world Galenrsquos works were translated into Latin either directly from the Greek or by way of the Arabic and formed the basis of university and extra-university medicine in medieval and Renaissance Europe Galenic medicine is the ba-sis of the tremendous wide-ranging and often innovative writings of me-dieval Muslim Christian and Jewish physicians who wrote in the principal scientific languages of the medieval worldmdashArabic Hebrew Latin Persian and Syriac

However translations of books authored by the master were not the only vehicle by which ldquoGalenicrdquo medicine exercised its enormous impact Galen was anything but concise and he was prone to digressions and polemical excursuses For that reason already in late antiquity some sixteen Galenic treatises were selected for a sort of ldquocore curriculumrdquo for the medical stu-dent But this is not all There exists a group of ldquosummariesrdquo often referred to as the ldquoAlexandrian summariesrdquo ( Jawāmiʿ al-Iskandarāniyīn Summaria Alexandrinorum) which overlap for the most part with the curriculum of sixteen books which were taught with formal commentaries and read in a specific order in pre-Islamic Alexandria and in the early centuries of Islam1 Though there has always been a suspicion that the summaries were written originally in Greek perhaps in Alexandria no Greek texts are known to exist The texts we publish here furnish some new information on the literary his-tory of the ldquosummariesrdquo though the question of their origin remains open

As the name implies these are greatly abridged versions of the Galenic originals However they do not merely shorten the exposition they main-tain a certain critical distance from Galen introducing as well minor and at times even major revisions of Galenic doctrine As such they are entirely distinct from the Epitomes of the core curriculum prepared for example by Maimonides who tells us explicitly that he has built the abridgements by piecing together literal quotations from Galen2

1 The literature on this body of texts is not very extensive but interest has grown in recent years See the bibliography

2 See Maimonides Medical Aphorisms Treatises 1-5 ed and trans Gerrit Bos (Provo 2004)

viii preface

Galenrsquos writings were thus transformed not just by crossing linguistic boundaries but by deliberate intervention on the part of unnamed medical writers who felt the need to adjust Galenrsquos teachings There is evidence that at least in some cases it was the revised Galen transmitted by the summa-ries rather than the original Galen that entered into the medieval discourse

In the present publication we present editions and translations of the summaries to Galenrsquos On Critical Days Two very different versions exist the one in Arabic the other in a Hebrew translation from a lost Arabic text Moreover there are some significant differences between the two extant copies of the Arabic text Some of the key differences between the teachings of the summaries and those of Galen have already been discussed by one of us3 We introduce the present study with a thorough conspectus of the two summaries in particular calling attention to where they diverge from Galen seeing as our main interest in this study is the transformation of Galen in the summaries the subsequent impact of the summaries must be left to another project For purposes of comparison we have used the recent edi-tion and translation of Ḥunaynrsquos translation of On Critical Days by Glenn Cooper4 page numbers are indicated by (CG pp) Where warranted Kuumlhnrsquos edition of the Greek has also been consulted5 page and line numbers are indicated by [K pppll] For convenience of reference the texts have been divided into numbered passages indicated by square brackets []

We wish to thank the libraries whose resources were made available for this publication Princeton University Library Majlis Library in Tehran Biblio-thegraveque Nationale de France Biblioteca Palatina in Parma National Library of Russia and the Oumlsterreichische Nationalbiliothek Thanks go out as well to the Insitute of Microfilmed Hebrew Manuscripts in Jerusalem and its

p 2 ldquoIn these aphorisms I have not followed the method that I followed in the Epitomes in which I quoted Galenrsquos very words as I stipulated in the introduction to the Epitomesrdquo Maimonidesrsquo Epitomes are extant in a beautiful manuscript at Paris BNF heacuteb 1203 includ-ing some notes added by Maimonides to the Epitomes see Y Tzvi Langermann ldquoMai-monides on the Synochous Feverrdquo Israel Oriental Studies 12 (1993) 175-198

3 Y Tzvi Langermann ldquoThe Astral Connections of Critical Days Some Late Antique Sources Preserved in Hebrew and Arabicrdquo in Anna Akasoy Charles Burnett and Ronit Yoeli-Tlalim (eds) Astromedicine Astrology and Medicine East and West (Florence 2008) 99-118

4 Cf CM Cooper Galen De diebus decretoriis from Greek into Arabic A Critical Edition with Translation and Commentary of Ḥunayn Ibn Isḥāq Kitāb ayyām al-buḥrān (Farn-ham-Burlington 2011)

5 Cf CG Kuumlhn Claudii Galeni Opera Omnia 20 vols (Leipzig 1821-1833 repr Hildesheim 1967)

ixpreface

staff Our thanks are extended to Dr Leigh Chipman for her valuable help in preparing these texts Research for this project was carried out with the generous support of the German-Israel Foundation (Research Grant I-1053-11042009) which we acknowledge with profound thanks

chapter 1

The ldquoSummariesrdquo and Other Recensions of Galen

The collection referred to properly or not as the Alexandrian summaries of Galen has attracted interest for several generations1 They promise on account of their purported Alexandrian origins to be an important source for the transmission of Greek wisdom ldquofrom Alexandria to Baghdadrdquo The total absence of any trace of Greek originals for the collection has deepened the mystery surrounding them In this first section of our introduction we will briefly review the main texts and issues as well as taking note of some of the most recent research However our main purpose here as indeed it is one of the major objectives of the publication of the Arabic and Hebrew texts in this volume is to establish what these summaries were about and we include here not just those that are said in their titles to be ldquoAlexandrian summariesrdquo but other epitomes as well Examples of the latter include the collection ascribed to ldquoYaḥyā al-Naḥwīrdquo and the recently discovered sum-mary of On the Elements According to Hippocrates attributed to Ḥunayn bin Isḥāq2 All of these belong to the same genre as the Alexandrian summaries and were written with the same aims in mind

These writings had two main objectives (1) Making Galenrsquos books more accessible especially for students (2) Bringing Galen up-to-date There is no surprise or controversy concerning the first of these Galen is one of the most prolix authors of all times and his books are full of long diversions which for all of their interest were something that medical students could do without The second objective is not yet fully appreciated The summa-riesmdashboth those said to be Alexandrian and those notmdashare not just short-ened versions of Galen they display some revision which at times may even be in flagrant contradiction to what Galen had taught

The most important description of the history of these texts and their

1 Research up to the last decades of the twentieth century and more importantly a list of manuscripts can be found in Fuat Sezgin Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums (Leiden 1970) 3 140-150 4 405-408 7 376-377 and Manfred Ullmann Die Medizin im Islam (Leiden 1970) 65-67 343 Their accounts wisely include the various epitomes and recen-sions ascribed to Yaḥyā al-Naḥwī Abū al-Faraj Ibn al-Ṭayyib and Ibn Zurʿa and not just those attributed to unnamed ldquoAlexandriansrdquo

2 See the preceding note on the newly found epitome by Ḥunayn see Gerrit Bos and Y Tzvi Langermann ldquoAn Unknown Summary of Galenrsquos On the Elements According to Hip-pocrates attributed to Ḥunayn Ibn Isḥāqrdquo forthcoming in Arabic Sciences and Philosophy

copy Koninklijke Brill NV Leiden 2015ensp|enspDOI 101163978904282223_002

2 the ldquosummariesrdquo and other recensions of galen

reception and study among the Christians of Baghdad remains that pro-vided by the ldquoMeisteruumlbersetzerrdquo Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq himself a Christian of Baghdad We reproduce it here in the translation of M Meyerhof

These (Nos 1-20) are the books to the reading of which the students of the Medical School at Alexandria were confined They used to read them in the order which I have followed in my list They were accus-tomed to meet every day for the reading and interpretation of one of the standard works in the same way in which in our days our Chris-tian friends are accustomed to meet every day at the educational in-stitution known as σκολή for the study of a standard work from among the books of the Ancients Concerning the remainder of (galenrsquos) books they were accustomed to read them everyone for himself after an introductory study of the aforementioned books just as our friends read today the explanations of the books of the Ancients3

Recent studies by Gregor Schoeler and Gotthard Strohmaier have called into question Meyerhofrsquos reading of this text according to which the Christian schools as well as the Bayt al-Ḥikma of Baghdad were in some way at least a direct continuation of the Alexandrian schools of late antiquity4 This line of inquiry is not of particular interest to the present study even less though is the deeper critique of Meyerhofrsquos Alexandria to Baghdad narrative5 Neither

3 Max Meyerhof ldquoNew light on Ḥunain Ibn Isḥacircq and his periodrdquo Isis 8 (1926) 685-724 at p 702 The Arabic text was published by G Bergstraumlsser Ḥunain ibn Isḥacircq uumlber die syrischen und arabischen Galen-Uumlbersetzungen (Abhandlungen fuumlr die Kunde des Morgenlandes XVII 2 Leipzig 1925) See also F Kaumls Eine neue Handschrift von Ḥunain ibn Isḥāqs Ga-lenbibliographie (Zeitschrift fuumlr Geschichte der arabisch-islamischen Wissenschaften 19 Frankfurt am Main 2011)

4 Gregor Schoeler ldquoDie Frage der schriftlichen oder muumlndlichen Uumlberlieferung der Wis-senschaften im fruumlhen Islamrdquo Der Islam 62 (1985) 201-230 idem ldquoWeiteres zur Frage der schriftlichen oder muumlndlichen Uumlberlieferung der Wissenschaften im Islamrdquo Der Islam 66 (1989) 38-67 Gotthard Strohmaier ldquoDie christlichen Schulen in Baghdad und der alexan-drinische Kanon der Galenschriften Eine Korrektur in Ḥunains Sendschreiben an ʿAlī ibn Yaḥyārdquo Oriens 36 (2001) 268-275 One should also mention the study of Albert Z Iskandar ldquoAn attempted reconstruction of the late Alexandrian medical curriculumrdquo Medical histo-ry 20 (1976) 235-258 which supplements the materials adduced by Meyerhof with informa-tion from other sources Recent research greatly downplays the role of the Bayt al-Ḥikma see Dimitri Gutas Greek Thought Arabic Culture The Graeco-Arabic Translation Movement in Baghdad and Early ʿAbbasaid Society (2nd-4th5th-10th c) (London 2012) 58-59

5 We refer of course to the classic study of Max Meyerhof Von Alexandrien nach Bagdad Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte des philosophischen und medizinischen Unterrichts bei den Ara-

3the ldquosummariesrdquo and other recensions of galen

the purported Alexandrian origins of the summaries nor the vexed question of the continuity of school traditions are pivotal questions for our study We are rather interested mainly in the scientific and doctrine content of the summaries and we are on the lookout for modifications of or deviations from Galenrsquos original teachingsmdashrevisions that may have helped shape the particular forms ldquoGalenismrdquo would take in Islamicate culture

Let us then turn to our main subject of interest the content of the sum-maries and their differences with the original Galen Focusing on an impor-tant anatomical text Albert Z Iskandar notes some differences in organiza-tion and content between the summaries and Galen Ḥunayn takes them to be deliberate changes made by ldquothe Alexandriansrdquo6 As the title of his paper reveals Iskandar is interested mainly in bibliography He observes

Ḥunain points to some title-differences in Greek manuscripts of Ga-lenrsquos De venarum arteria-rumque dissectione for which he remarks the Alexandrians are responsible Further he throws light on the origin of his own Arabic translation which seems to have descended from ver-sions used by the Alexandrians While the Greek text is in one treatise Arabic manuscripts exist invariably in two treatises fī Tashrīḥ al-ʿurūq ghayr al-ḍawārib (one maqāla) and fī Tashrīḥ al-ʿurūq al-ḍawārib (one maqāla) Ḥunain writes lsquohellip According to Galen his book fī rsquol-ʿUrūq is one treatise in which he describes the arteries and veins He wrote it for students and addressed it to Antisthenes The Alexandrians how-ever divided it into two treatises one fī rsquol-ʿUrūq ghayr al-ḍawārib and one fī rsquol-ʿUrūq al-ḍawārib Except for certain similarities between the

bern (Berlin 1930) An English translation is a desideratum even eighty odd years after its appearance For a critique of Meyerhof see Joep Lameer ldquoFrom Alexandria to Baghdad Reflections on the Genesis of a Problematical Traditionrdquo in Remke Kruk and Gerhard En-dress (eds) The Ancient Tradition in Christian and Islamic Hellenism Studies on the trans-mission of Greek philosophy and sciences dedicated to HJ Drossaart Lulofs on his ninetieth birthday (= CNWS Publications 50) (Leiden 1997) 181-191 Nonetheless Meyerhofrsquos itiner-ary remains a useful scheme see for example Dimitri Gutas ldquoPaul the Persian on the classification of the parts of Aristotlersquos philosophy a milestone between Alexandria and Baġdacircdrdquo Der Islam 60 (1983) 231-267 John W Watt ldquoThe Syriac Aristotle between Alexan-dria and Baghdadrdquo Journal for Late Antique Religion amp Culture 7 (2013) published online at httpwwwcfacukshareresearchcentresclarcjlarccontentsvolume-7-2013html with link to PDF article Last accessed June 2 2014

6 Albert Z Iskandar ldquoBibliographical Studies in Medical and Scientific Arabic Works Ga-lenrsquos ldquofī ʿAmal al-tashrīḥrdquo (On Anatomical Procedures) the Alexandrian Book Entitled ldquofīrsquol-Tashrīḥ ilā rsquol-mutaʿallimīnrdquo(On Anatomy for Students) and Rhazesrsquo ldquoal-Kāfī fīrsquol-ṭibbrdquo (The Sufficient Book on Medicine)rdquo Oriens 25 (1976) 133-147


closing passage of maqāla xiii (fī ʿAmal al-tashrīḥ) and that of the Tashrīḥ al-ʿurūq al-ḍawārib the texts in question are quite different7

Iskandar illustrates these differences by citing some passages from both Galen (in Arabic translation) and the summary One can only second Is-kandarrsquos call made some forty years ago for editionsmdashand studiesmdashof the two texts In particular we call attention to the two examples displayed on pages 143-144 of his paper which may possibly indicate some difference in understanding the cardiovascular system Since late antiquity ldquoGalenistsrdquo have differed on the proper understanding In a lengthy paper on this sub-ject Jeremy Bylebyl and Walter Pagel observe

This difference over the source of the arterial blood in the pulmonary veins probably reflects a more general difference between Galen and many of the later Galenists concerning the source of arterial blood In Galenrsquos view the blood of the arteries could be derived from the veins through peripheral anastomoses rather than from the left ventricle of the heart and still be perfectly good arterial blood This was be-cause the arteries selectively take up only the lightest portions of the venous blood and it was this difference in consistency that above all distinguished the two kinds of blood The later Galenists by contrast tended to think of arterial blood as a unique product of the left cardiac ventricle just as venous blood is of the liver8

By ldquolater Galenistsrdquo the authors intend mostly late medieval and renaissance scientists but they did not look at the summaries The passages cited by Iskandar are not sufficient for any further discussion here but they do raise the possibility of some difference between the summaries and Galen which deserves further investigation

A summary of Galenrsquos book On Temperament (fī al-mizāj) is found on ff 154v-167r of MS 113 (item 2222) of the Daiber collection now located in To-kyo9 It bears the title Jumal wa-jawāmiʿ al-Iskandar fi taʿarruf al-mizāj how-ever the name al-Iskandar has been added above the line in what seems to be a later hand The list of titles found on f 1v of the manuscript informs us

7 Ibid 140-1418 Jerome J Bylebyl and Walter Pagel ldquoThe chequered career of Galenrsquos doctrine on the pul-

monary veinsrdquo Medical history 15 (1971) 211-229 at p 2119 The description is accessible online at httpricasdbiocu-tokyoacjpdaiberfra_

daiber_I_IIphpvol=2ampms=Ms113amptxtno=2222 images are available as well at the same website as well as at al-mostafacom Both last accessed June 2 2014


that this work derives from Hippocrates (min kalām Abūqrāṭ) Fortunately Professor Daiber provides a very detailed description of the text in particu-lar he compared it with all known epitomes of this work and it differs from them all Though the copyist may have assumed that this is a copy of the Alexandrian summary and therefore added the name al-Iskandar Daiberrsquos comparison with the citations in Dietrichrsquos Medicinalia reveals that the two are not the same10 Daiberrsquos suggestion ldquoOur text may be an independent Arabic adaptation of Galenic themesrdquo is right on the mark the Alexandrian jawāmiʿ were likely the most important of these adaptations but certain-ly not the only ones We thought it prudent to check the text against the Hebrew translation of the Alexandrian summary seeing that our work on On Critical Days demonstrates conclusively that the Hebrew version is not translated from any extant Arabic text Comparison with MS Vienna shows that the two are not related at all Daiberrsquos manuscript has been drastically shortened even relative to the Alexandrian summary Daiber adds that his text has no relationship to the redactions (talkhīṣāt) of Ibn Rushd Those be-long to a much later period we will have something to say about them below

More recently Peter Pormann has taken a close look at the summary of On the Sects for Beginners11 Pormann states ldquoBy looking at an individual text and describing it in great detail one can dispel some of the misconceptions which scholars have formed of these lsquosummariesrsquordquo12 He correctly observes that the summaries differ from each other in their approach to the Galenic text and therefore what one learns about a single summary cannot be automatically applied to all the rest With this in mind Pormann sets out to examine the text he has chosen and its relationship to Galenrsquos original as well its relationship to other late antique texts including commentaries and abridgments by Yaḥyā al-Naḥwī (ldquoJohn the Grammarianrdquo) This is very much the path we have chosen with regard to On Critical Days However Pormannrsquos ultimate goals differ he is mainly interested in learning how medicine was taught in Alexandria and how philosophy and medicine in-fluenced each other

We will briefly review some of Pormannrsquos principal findings The sum-maries exhibit ldquoa strange mixture of further division and subdivision of as-

10 Albert Dietrich Medicinalia Arabica Studien uber arabische medizinische Handschrift-en in turkischen und syrischen Bibliotheken (Gottingen 1966) 36

11 Peter E Pormann ldquoThe Alexandrian Summary (Jawāmiʿ) of Galenrsquos On the Sects for Beginners Commentary or Abridgmentrdquo in Peter Adamson (ed) Philosophy Science and Exegesis in Greek Arabic and Latin Commentaries (London 2004) 11-33

12 Ibid 11


pects of medicine not always closely connected with the originalhelliprdquo13 While nothing of the sort is found in the summaries of On Critical Days most likely because it would not have been perceived to have been needed or useful we do find complex diareses in the summaries of On the Elements According to Hippocrates14 Galenrsquos text is paraphrased the information is organized differently than in the original and the proportional allocation of space to a given issue also differs from the original all of these features which Por-mann has found in On the Sects are present in On Critical Days and indeed in the other summaries that we have had a chance to inspect in the course of our research

The summaries occasionally present by way of example information not found in Galen again this holds true for On Critical Days just as it does for On the Sects However Pormann finds that the summary of On the Sects is actually about ten percent longer than the original (especially if we take into account that Arabic usually uses less words to express an idea than does Greek) Though we have not undertaken to compile statistics we can say that this feature is not true for On Critical Days which must have seemed to the writers of the summary to have much repetition and superfluous polemics hence the summary is considerably shorter On the other hand the Arabic epitome of On the Sects attributed to Yaḥyā al-Naḥwī in British Library MS Or Arundel 17 is much shorter than Galenrsquos text or the summary the same holds for the Yaḥyārsquos epitome of On Critical Days15

In what language were the summaries originally written Pormann cites earlier scholarship all of which claims a Greek original even though no trace of a Greek text has been found and seems to concur ldquoIn the whole of Jaw[āmiʿ] firaq I have not found any reference which would point to an Arabic or an Islamic context This in itself is of course not sufficient evidence for Jaw[āmiʿ] firaq having been written originally in Greek but it makes it more probablerdquo16 On Critical Days does have some transcriptions of

13 Ibid 1314 Tzvi Langermann ldquoIslamic Atomism and the Galenic Traditionrdquo History of Science 47

(2009) 277-295 at p 28515 Langermann ldquoThe Astral Connections of Critical Daysrdquo 113-115 Yaḥyārsquos epitome of On

Critical Days takes up only about five pages in the unique manuscript however it is fol-lowed by an independent essay which argues that the critical days relate to the lunar phases Pormann has published separately a lengthy study of Yaḥyārsquos epitome of On the Sects ldquoJean le grammarien et le De sectis dans la litteacuterature meacutedicale drsquoAlexandrie rdquo in Ivan Garofalo and Amneris Roselli (eds) Galenismo e medicina tardoantica fonti greche latine e arabe (Naples 2003) 197-248

16 Pormann ldquoAlexandrian Summaryrdquo 26


Greek words which does not necessarily prove that the original was written in Greek but it also has an important hint at a Syriac original or at least a Syriac Vorlage17

Emilie Savage-Smith begins her close study of a summary on ophthal-mology ascribed to Galen with some prudent cautionary observations con-cerning the jawāmiʿ or summaries ldquoOccasionally a compiler of the jawāmiʿ is named such as Thābit ibn Qurah (d 901) or the enigmatic figure known in Arabic as Yaḥyā al-Naḥwī In most instances however the compiler is anonymous and it is uncertain whether the summary was originally made in Greek Syriac or Arabic The statement in a manuscript that a treatise was translated by Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq is not sufficient evidence by itself for maintaining that it was translated from the Greek and that Ḥunayn made the translation for virtually every manuscript copy of a work claiming a Greek origin has such a statementrdquo18 Accordingly she will first present a ldquobrief review of the fragility of the evidence for confidently associating any of them with the Alexandrians and a reminder of the testimony of Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq as to the existence of Galenic summaries in his dayrdquo (this is the text we cited above in the translation of Max Meyerhof) before proceeding to the examination of the treatise on eye diseases

Savage-Smith goes on to remind us that Ḥunayn mentions only one summary by name On the Therapeutic Method and does not associate it with the Alexandrians Moreover Ḥunayn tells us that he himself prepared some thirteen summaries but he also informs us of the form (some tabular others question and answer) in which they were written and none of the extant copies of the summaries fits those descriptions Hence a conundrum the summaries should be the work of Ḥunayn but they do not match his description of his own writings Savage-Smith provides us with what is cer-tainly the most thorough listing of all treatises and all manuscripts that may be considered part of the summary genre there is no call for us to re-produce that here

Turning now to her text on ophthalmology Savage-Smith notes that it ldquoconsists basically of an enumeration of ninety-one eye diseases and symp-toms intermixed with many Greek terms (in transliteration) and ending with a listing of the parts of the eye with an accompanying diagram of the visual systemrdquo19 We note that the summary of On Critical Days also has

17 See below [19]18 Emilie Savage-Smith ldquoGalenrsquos lost Ophthalmology and the Summaria Alexandrino-

rumrdquo Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies 45 (2002) 121-138 at p 13819 Ibid 132


Greek words in transliteration though no diagrams (diagrams are stressed by Pormann as well) Moreover since the original of Galenrsquos work on eye diseases is lost Savage-Smithrsquos basic question differs from our own She can-not compare the summary with the original instead she wishes to explore whether or not it can be determined that the Arabic summary truly repre-sents even if in summary form the lost writing of Galen For this reason her study cannot help us to determine just how and to what extent the sum-maries are a revision of Galen Nonetheless the information that she has amassed is very useful and we can second her conclusion

The attribution in many of the manuscripts containing various Ga-lenic jawāmiʿ to the Alexandrians indicates that in the minds of ninth- and tenth-century Islamic physicians Alexandria was associated with the teaching of Galenic medicine and that for a manuscript to suggest an association with Alexandria was to enhance its authority and pos-sibly authenticity It also indicates that Alexandria at that time had a reputation for producing summaries of treatises even though Ḥunayn makes no mention of such summaries It also implies that Alexandria had a reputation for distinctive didactic methods of presentation such as tabular presentation or branch-diagramming or possibly ques-tion-and-answer But there is no secure evidence that such techniques actually were a part of the Alexandrian scene20

With all of this in mindmdashin addition of course to the information to be added in the present publicationmdashwe must take with caution the report of the tenth-century Andalusian medical writer and historian of medicine Sulaymān ibn Ḥassān Ibn Juljul that the group of Alexandrian philosophers who prepared the summaries ldquodid not alter the originals (wa-lam yughayy-iru al-uṣūl)rdquo21 As we have seen the close comparison with the originals (including the Arabic translations of the originals) a project that Ibn Juljul likely did not take upon himself reveals differences between the original and summary

Two centuries after Ibn Juljul Moses Maimonides (d 1204) prepared two types of abridgements epitomes (mukhtaṣarāt) and his own notebooks (fuṣūl) The former covered the same sixteen books that served as the ba-sis of the ldquoAlexandrianrdquo compositions Maimonides constructed them out

20 Ibid 13821 Ibn Juljul Ṭabaqāt al-aṭibbāʾ wa-rsquol-hukamāʾ second printing (Beirut 1985) 51


of exact quotations from Galen ʾataytu fīhā bi-naṣṣ kalām Jālīnūs22 In the beautiful MS Paris BnF heb 1203 which contains three of the epitomes in Hebrew letters there are a few short comments by Maimonides as well as one long essay on the synochous fever These however are clearly marked off from Galen by an introductory phrase qāla al-muʾallif23 It may have been the awareness that the jawāmiʿ make significant alterations to Galen that led Maimonides to prepare these anthologies using only direct quotations

The fuṣūl or notebooks by contrast are a collection of texts mostly para-phrases from Galen with many more additions on the part of Maimonides some of which are taken from other medical professionals working in Is-lamicate civilization The selections are topically arranged they include materials drawn from the entire Galenic corpus and the final book (Book XXV) is a systematic critique of Galen24

Maimonides insinuates himself into the Arabic literary tradition with re-gard to the fuṣūl citing similar works by al-Rāzī al-Sūsī and Ibn Māsawayh and also into the tradition of critiques (al-shukūk ʿalā Jālīnūs) mentioning the books of Ibn Zuhr and Ibn Riḍwān25 However he says nothing about a tradition of epitomes neither the ancient tradition of the Alexandrian sum-maries nor those written by or attributed to Ḥunayn or Yaḥyā al-Naḥwī nor the epitomes produced by his contemporary Ibn Rushd

Most of the books mentioned by Maimonides are not extant nor do we possess much of Maimonidesrsquo epitomes the epitomes of Ibn Rushd have not been closely studied nor have extant notebooks not mentioned by Maimonides such as the fuṣūl of Ibn Sīnā been subjected to academic scrutiny In view of this state of affairs one can offer only a very sketchy historical overview for the continuation of the genre of revised epitomes in the manner of the Alexandrian jawāmiʿ With all caution we put forward our suggestion that the notebooks written by Maimonides and others rep-resent the continuation of the jawāmiʿ The literary structure was of course markedly different moreover as Maimonides tells us the notebooks are more personal containing the information insights and observations that

22 Maimonides Medical Aphorisms 223 Y Tzvi Langermann ldquoMaimonides on the Synochous Feverrdquo Israel Oriental Studies 13

(1993) 175-98 Gerrit Bos ldquoMaimonides on Medicinal Measures and Weightsrdquo Aleph 9 (2009) 255-276

24 See Bos ldquoTranslatorrsquos Introductionrdquo Medical Aphorisms xxii-xxv25 The three authors of fuṣūl are mentioned in Bosrsquo edition p 2 The authors of critiques

are mentioned at the beginning of book XXV see Joseph Schacht and Max Meyer-hof rdquoMaimonides Against Galen On Philosophy and Cosmogonyrdquo Bulletin of the Fac-ulty of Arts of the University of Egypt 5 (1937) 53-88 (Arabic section)


one particular physician found to be useful in the course of his career Yet they were not totally private they were copied and indeed enjoyed a wide circulation Hence it may be the case that for all the literary differences the intent was quite similar to that of the jawāmiʿ to provide an abbreviated accessible version one that is useful for the author and some readers based mainly on Galen but not strictly adhering to his teachings One may add the more removed Galenrsquos pronouncements are from medicine the more severe the criticism

Maimonidesrsquo fellow Cordovan and contemporary Ibn Rushd prepared a number of talkhīṣāt or epitomes of Galenic works or should I say Galenic topics which are found in whole or in part in two manuscripts at the Esco-rial nos 881 and 884 The Arabic texts have been published twice first by George Anawati and then again by Mariacutea Concepcioacuten Vaacutezquez de Benito26 The latter also published Spanish translations of most of them and in an introductory essay conveyed some information about their contents27 For example the talkhīṣ of On Temperament is an essay on the subject of temper-ament that draws upon Galen Aristotle and the Peripatetics The very small tract on crisis advances a theory different to Galenrsquos These epitomes then do carry on the tradition of updating Galen in an even more radical fashion

26 Georges C Anawati Rasāʼil ibn Rushd al-Ṭibbīyah (Cairo repr 2005) Mariacutea Concepcioacuten Vaacutezquez de Benito La medicina de Averroes comentarios a Galeno (Salamanca 1987)

27 Averroes Obra Medica trad Mariacutea Concepcioacuten Vaacutezquez de Benito (Seville and Malaga 1998 limited edition)

chapter 2

The ldquoSummariesrdquo of On Critical Days

Before turning to the text of interest to us let us summarize briefly our working hypotheses concerning the summaries Our study of the summa-ries reveals that they have several unstated goals (1) to organize the material Galen teaches in his rambling manner full of digressions and engagements with other medical authorities in a more succinct and accessible form (2) to make some adjustments in medical theory in line or so it seems anyway with developments in the field over the course of the half-millennium (in rough approximation) separating Galen and the summaries this includes accepting in places views that Galen rejects and even some outright criti-cism of Galen

Though the summaries as a rule avoid Galenrsquos frequent and frequently long digressions some remarks are considered important enough to in-clude even if they perhaps interrupt the flow of the text An example of this is found in [39] which discusses the authenticity or lack thereof of the books that make up Hippocratesrsquo On Epidemics Perhaps it is not completely accurate to call the omitted passages digressions They may be for the most part relevant to the issue at hand but from the point of view of the sum-maries they go into unnecessary detail and intolerable length An example of this is the examples (perhaps case studies drawn from his practice but Galen does not say this) of the progress of an illness that take up some two pages of Kuumlhnrsquos text (800-801 Cooper 150-154)

Despite the efforts of these authors some of the disorder and repetition of Galenrsquos book is found in the summaries as well Errors in determining the crisis the calculation of tetrads the ways in which the physician can determine which day is critical are three topics that are discussed more than once with some repetition In this respect the version that we refer to for convenience as the Hebrew one (since its Arabic Vorlage is not known to be extant) displays a more thorough reorganization It is a shorter tighter exposition without repetitions

Galen begins his book talking about diseases that subside all at once rath-er than gradually waning only after several paragraphs does he tell us that a crisismdashwhen accompanied by indications of a recoverymdashis a sign that a disease is subsiding This introductory material is excised in the summaries

Towards the end of the first book (K 813) Galen tells us that the purpose of this first book is to establish the usefulness of his subject that is critical days


12 the ldquosummariesrdquo of on critical days

Needless to say many other topics are raised with varying length of exposi-tion Overall it seems that the summaries pay more attention to regimen though Galen does give some space to this topic especially in the lengthy section dealing with diet from K 88419 until 88611 (CG 296-300) Perhaps then their practicality consisted not just in drastically shortening Galenrsquos disquisitions but also in giving more guidance in treating the patient

The names of Galenrsquos adversaries in the field of medicine (Archigenes Diocles) are usually left out An exception is [22 of the Arabic] where Ar-chigenesrsquo counting of critical days is contrasted with that of Galen and Hip-pocrates Still the summary drastically shortens the discussion as we can see from the following comparison of the two texts

[22] The critical days after the twentieth day are according to the adherents of Hip-pocrates and Galen the twen-tieth day the twenty-fourth the twenty-seventh the thirty-first the thirty-fourth the thirty-seventh and the fortieth But according to the adherents of Archigenes they are the twenty-first day the twenty-eighth the forty-second the forty-fifth and the forty-eighth

CG 178-180 (K 81517-81611) Since we have exhausted this let us take up what we intended which is to report about the critical days that are after the twentieth day We find Archigenes and his followers and Diocles and his followers stating that the twenty-first day is a critical day And we find Archigenes men-tioning that the crisis occurs in the twenty-first day more often than it occurs in the twentieth day But I do not see the matter thus nor did Hippocrates I shall explain this hereafter The situation in the twenty-seventh day is similar to this since I think the crisis occurs in it more often than in the twenty-eighth day However the group that I referred to shortly before stated that the crisis occurs in it less often And the thirty-fourth day also has a good power and the fortieth day is more powerful than it As for the twenty-fourth day and the thirty-first day the crisis occurs in them less often than it occurs in those Fewer than these but also frequent is the thirty-seventh day such that it is at the boundary between the (class of) days in which crises occur and (that of) the days in which no crisis occurs And it is for this reason that no crisis is likely to occur in it

13the ldquosummariesrdquo of on critical days

1 Concise Review of the Arabic Summary with Detailed Comments on Some Key Divergences from Galen

[1] announces a classification of critical days into six types this classifica-tion is not found in Galen [2]-[4] offer a schematic description of good and bad critical days [5]-[7] discuss the regimens to be given the convalescent depending on the seriousness of his illness and the possibility of a relapse Note that this very practical topic is brought up at the beginning of the sum-maries [8] lists the various signs of the crisis specifying their cause within the body the organ that is expelling transferring or receiving the residue or surplus that is the material cause of the disease or the residue itself These same symptoms are found by and large in Galen but not the linkage just described [9] discusses the difficulty in determining the critical day and decides that the true crisis is manifested by the convergence of all six signs Sometimes less than six signs are present the crisis is then incomplete though the day on which at least three are present is used for purposes of counting [10]-[12] are concerned with good and bad critical days as well as the days on which crisis is never seen to occur Passage [11] illustrates well the more concise and decisive formulations one finds in the summaries as opposed to Galen

[11] The crisis occurs less often on others and these are the bad days for example the sixth day The crisis occurs then for only a few patients It is a bad crisis not complete not clear unsure of outcome and not safe from danger

Cf CG 136 (K 79112-16) In the case of the sixth day however the illnesses often resolve in it but they do not resolve like those in the seventh day This is because the number of illnesses that resolve in the sixth day is less than the number of illnesses that resolve in the seventh day and the manner of their resolution in the sixth day is different from the manner of their resolution in the seventh day For the resolution of the illness in the sixth day is neither excellent nor praiseworthy but in most situations it is bad

[13] takes up the definition of crisis and the distinction between the con-cerns of physicians on the one hand and rhetoricians and grammarians on the other in establishing the correct definition (78816-7894) [14] displays the signs of a bad crisis the signs on the fourth day of a crisis worsening on the sixth day [15] and [16] arrange the critical days in order of their fre-quency this prompts MS Princeton to add here a long marginalium [M1] explaining the rationale behind Galenrsquos system of ordering This margin-alium may be based on K 78314


[15] [16] and [M1] constitute a major reassessment on the part of the au-thors of the summaries of an abstruse and highly theoretical topic Cooper discusses Galenrsquos treatment in his commentary pp 412-3 concluding that ldquoThe underlying principle behind this scheme however remains opaquerdquo Note that the Hebrew summaries skip over this issue entirely apparently because it has no practical relevance The Arabic summaries however re-tain an interest and [M1] tries to put things in order

Both Galen and the summaries have three large classes Galen classifies the critical days according to the swiftness of the illnessrsquo resolution swiftly in class one progressively less in the other two The Summaries on the other hand arrange the three large classes in descending order of the frequency that is the frequency of the crisis falling on that particular day Galen sub-divides his first class into five groups the Summaries subdivide their first group into four Here are the groups and to their right the critical days that belong to each

Galen Class II 7 14II 9 11 20III 17 5IV 4V 3 18

Summaries Class II 7 14II 9 19 20III 17 5IV 3 18

Galen does not subdivide either the second (intermediate) class nor the third Here are the days that belong to each Class II 12 16 19 Class III 8 10 12 16 19 The Summaries for their part list as intermediate only two days Class II 13 16 The third class is again subdivided into groups

I 5 6II 8 15III 12

[17-18] begins the discussion of the beginning of the illness this is impor-tant since this will tell us when to begin counting towards the fourth day the seventh day and so forth The problem is not easy as people react dif-ferently towards illness for example how soon they take to bed [19] The


onset of the disease can be viewed in two ways lsquoby naturersquo ie theoretically whereby we conclude that the disease began at a certain moment even though no symptoms are yet present and empirically [20] If there is no warning one must apply theory in order to determine the critical day

[21] describes the three lsquomomentsrsquo of the crisis and their use in deter-mining the critical day when there is some doubt because signs of crisis appear on two consecutive days Here are the two sets of instructions the left column from the summaries the right column from Galen1 2 3

[21] There are three moments in which the crisis takes place One of these is the mo-ment of the feverrsquos paroxysm the second the moment of evacuation and the third the moment or relief from the illness (takhalluṣ) [See note 102 to our translation of the passage] If these moments are present on the same day we say that that is the critical day If they take place on two days then only the day about which the warning day gave warning ought to be called the critical day If the crisis takes place on two days then should most of the critical symptoms be found on the first of them but only some of them on the second day then some of the crisis should be given to the second day But if these symptoms are found altogether on the two days then the crisis applies to both of them

Cf CG 170 (K 81016-8119) And let your examin-ing the number of the changing points (lit the times) of the crisis be in this manner the1 changing points of the crisis are three the first is the beginning of the paroxysm whose arrival indicates a crisis The second is the beginning of the event in which the crisis occurs via bodily effusion or something else And the third is the resolution of the crisis Therefore the day in which you find two of the changing points of the crisis is the day more suited to the crisis And let your examining the interval of the crisis be according to this perspective examine in which of the two days the interval2 of the crisis is longer and that day in which you find the interval3 of the crisis to be longer is more suited to the crisis So if these four signs indicate a single day then the crisis must belong to this day and if one of them is substracted then the crisis likewise belongs to this day Nevertheless you must know that the other day has a share in it So if the signs that you find in one of the two days are equal (in number) to the signs that you find in the other then the crisis is shared between them

1 ldquochanging pointsrdquo lit the times2 ldquointervalrdquo lit time3 ldquointervalrdquo lit time


Overall the instructions in the summary are a great simplification of Galenrsquos long and detailed treatment of this problem According to the summaries if more signs are found on one of the days than on the other then that day is critical If the signs are evenly divided between them then both days are critical Galenrsquos discussion is found on [K 8103-81117] Noteworthy is Galenrsquos invoking in the course of his discussion the classification of odd and even days even and odd days are important later on [K 820] in determining the day on which the patient will die (if the crisis is bad) Overall the summa-ries make far less use in book I of even and odd days but this is a matter of reorganization concentrating the discussion of the etiology of critical days in book III As far as the attitude towards Pythagorean arithmology is concerned the summaries display a far more positive attitude then does Galen who in fact mocks it The shift in attitude towards Pythagoreanism is a striking feature

[22] exhibits two lists of critical days after day twenty the one that of the school of Hippocrates and Galen the other that of the school of Archigenes and [23] correlates the critical days to stellar cycles prompting [M2] a mar-ginalium pointing out that this sort of correlation is found in book II and especially book III but not here in book I and indeed the marginalium cites some pertinent information exhibited by ldquothe author of the Summariesrdquo in book III

Why have the stars been introduced here On K 817ff Galen reports Hip-pocratesrsquo views concerning long-term cyclesmdashseven months seven years fourteen years and twenty-one years However no such remark is to be found precisely in the Corpus Hippocraticum The author of the summaries lists anonymously the astral correlates of long-term cycles then conveys accurately what Hippocrates did record namely crises falling on days forty sixty eighty and one hundred and twenty The marginalium is prompted by the reference to the stars which is out of place in book I

[24] discusses the exit from the disease there is nothing to correspond to this passage in Galenrsquos book [25] summarizes nicely a long disquisition (Cooper 182-186) in which Galen takes up the question of foretelling the course of events urging the physician to study closely Hippocratesrsquo Prog-nosis which includes a discussion of weather signs the physicians should know as well the theory of the pulse It is not clear from Galen to what extent close study and experience on the part of the physician can substitute for knowledge of Hippocratesrsquo teachings In the summaries the matter is clear and concise There are three requirements for success in prognostication study of the Prognosis experience in treating patients and an understand-ing of the pulse These three items are mentioned by Galen (K 8181-7 for study in general and experience and 81816 for the pulse)


[26] introduces the list of signs [27] lists the signs indicating safety and recovery while [28] displays the signs of perdition and danger These three passages have no parallel in Galen Galen does refer to the signs of recovery destruction and danger without specification in [K 8197-8] Thus our text details his general statement In K 8197-8 Galen does not generally refer to the signs of recovery destruction and danger (this is only in CG 184-5) as he merely refers to the importance of studying the Prognosis and then moves on to a discussion of the signs of concoction danger recovery and especially destruction which is discussed at length (K 8198-8205)

[29] discusses the various mishaps that can affect the crisismdashmeaning events that interfere with the natural progress of the disease It is instructive here to take a closer look at the texts and the sometimes subtle transforma-tions that accompany translation First let us display the two expositions in parallel columns4 5

[29] If the error that befalls the issue of crisis is of a small magnitude an incomplete crisis is brought about thereby on the seventh day But if it is of a great magnitude it is brought about thereby on the ninth day or on the eleventh day The error may be due to the physician it may be due to the patient and it may be due to his family and servants and it may be due to exterior events that is noise a quarrel with neighbors and bad news for example news of a disturbance or of a fire or the bringing of sad news concerning family property or friend

Cf CG 190 194 196 (K 8228-17 8241-12) I shall (now) mention these accidents I maintain that some of them are the patientrsquos own fault and some are the fault of these our physicians who think highly of themselves who think when one of them calls on the patient that he has not practiced the Art (of medicine) at all unless he has lifted his garment and tightened his waist or bandaged him or applied a hot compress to him or cauterized him or bled him or applied a cupping glass to him or massaged him or done something else4 to him As many times as they call upon the patient so many are their mistakes against him So if the crisis is prepared to occur in the seventh day and then he commits a mistake like this against the patient5 before the seventh day then it is impossible for the crisis to occur in the seventh dayI maintain that if a fire occurs in the patientrsquos house or robbers attack him or a river engulfs him suddenly so that the patient is forced to escapemdashI need not mention what harm will befall him then Likewise if he perceives a roof

4 ldquosimilarrdquo add CG 1925 ldquoonerdquo add add CG 192


collapsing or a wall under6 which he is then fear seizes him and he desires to flee Or a rainstorm comes and the house leaks on him or water falls on his head or on another part of his body so that it forces him to move away and he is sleepless and fear or exasperation seizes him These things also are known to be what harms the patient greatly Thus also if the neighbors raise a din and their voices grow louder or a distressing message reaches the patient or something similar to this occurs to him so that the patient is forced to insomnia then it ruins the accuracy of the doc-torrsquos prediction for the patient

The term ldquoerrorrdquo reflects different forms of Greek ldquoἁμαρτάνωrdquo that are used by Galen and that mean in this context ldquoto go wrongrdquo (see Liddell-Scott sv the meaning listed under A2 Greek-English Lexicon 77) The cause is not necessarily a mistake though it could refer to a wrong course of action cho-sen by the doctor the term refers in general to any unforeseen interference that fouls the natural course of the disease The Summaries use here forms of the root khṭʾ which also conveys the sense of something going wrong but leans more towards the notion of error Ḥunayn for his part generally uses forms of the Arabic ʿrḍ which means ldquoto happen accidentallyrdquo reserv-ing khṭʾ only for the clear violations on the part of the physician or the patient (Ḥunayn does uses the substantive al-khaṭa ʾ in combination with ʿaraḍa which indicates that an error has befallen the case it seems to one of us anyway (Langermann) that Ḥunayn is closer to Galenrsquos text insofar as his wording includes all unforeseen circumstances) 6

Galenrsquos biting remarks on pp 822-3 concerning incompetent physicians as well as his fairly detailed exposition of the things that are the physiciansrsquo responsibility (and cannot be passed off as accidents occurring ldquofrom the outsiderdquo see K 824-5) are left out of the summary

[30] addresses the reliability of the prognosis based on the beginning of the crisis which depends on the type of fever (that is to say the type of malaria) that the patient is suffering from Galen goes to great length on the issue of prognostication urging the doctor to play close attention to the patientrsquos vital signs and averring that it is possible to predict in some if not most cases not just the day but the hour in which the patient will expire He

6 ldquounder which he isrdquo ldquounder itrdquo CG 194


knows that some expect the doctor to be a prophetmdashscrutinizing the medi-cal prognosis more closely and critically than they do augury The doctor should pay not attention to such slander Yet Galen testifies [K 834 top] that he has never erred in his judgement All of this is left out of the summaries

[31] gives different indications that the patient is safe and the types of regimen to be given depending on the diagnosis [32 and 33] list connec-tions between signs of the diseasersquos ripening and the day on which the crisis will fall [34] signs off book I

[35] opens book II with a list of three reasons why there may be dif-ferences in the determination of the crisis The Summaries omit the long discussion with which Galen begins the second book talking about experi-ence and reason the need for observations the references to other works of his and to Hippocrates and ending up with a reference to the (Platonic) view contrasting the rigid orderliness of the heavens with the seemingly chaotic behavior of earthly processes once again the Summaries excise what appear digressions from the main topic of the book [36] distinguishes between critical days warning days and those days that lie in between [37] Critical days are thought to occur in tetradsmdasheven though often three rather than four days separate crises though the first crisis will not occur before day four When only three days lie between any subsequent crisis tetrads are not abandoned instead two tetrads overlap so that their sum is seven rather than eight In that case the second begins on the last day of the first so that the sum total of the two tetrads is seven not eight here we have 4 + 2nd=7 7+ 3rd=11 11 + 4th=14 14 +5th =17 17 + 6th =20 7 11 14 17 and 20 are all critical days There is nothing in Galenrsquos book that corresponds precisely to this passage Notice however that the calculation is designed to fit Galenrsquos remark (K 86713-14) that day 17 is stronger than day 18 and day 20 is stronger than day 21 the overlaps are arranged so that days 17 and 20 are counted as critical The passage in the Summaries also recalls K 8708-ll (CG p 274) where Galen quotes Hippocratesrsquo Prognosis 201-16 Hippocrates says there that ldquoperiodsrdquo end on days four seven eleven fourteen seventeen and twenty The passages are once again arrayed in a table

[37] The tetrads of the critical days differ with regard to their number The first tetrad and the second tetrad overlap (mawṣulūn) the second tetrad and the third tetrad

K 86713-15 CG 268-270 We have shown clearly from the experiences of Hippocrates that the seventeenth day is stronger than the eighteenth day and that the twentieth day is stronger than the twenty-first dayK 8701-11 CG 274 Hippocrates makes this state-ment in the Prognosticshellipthe crisis of every safe


are counted separatelythe third and fourth are consecutive and the fourth and the fifth also overlap since the fifth terminates on the seven-teenth day So also do the fifth and sixth overlap

fever in which trustworthy signs appear will occur on the fourth day or before ithellipThis is the first of their periods and the second ends on the seventh day and the third on the eleventh day and the fourth on the fourteenth day and the fifth on the seventeenth day and the sixth on the twentieth day

Galen mentions the seasons as a factor several times or the differences be-tween outbreaks from one year to another (especially K 873 for the latter) this is not to be found in the Summaries

[38] There is consensus concerning the critical days up to day fourteen after which the medical authorities differ and their different reckonings are displayed [39] On the authenticity or lack thereof regarding the various books that make up Hippocratesrsquo On Epidemics Once again a short sen-tence in the Summaries takes the place of a very long discussion in Galenrsquos book beginning at K 8745 which begins with yet another Galenic disquisi-tion on the need to take into account both experience and reason

Overall the first part of book II of Galen reads almost like a running com-mentary to On Epidemics discussing individual cases the reasoning behind his views and so forth Galen cites extensively from book I of On Epidem-ics offering his comments along the way None of this is of interest to the authors of the Summaries who are interested only in counting critical days Nonetheless they do not ignore the question of the authenticity of On Epi-demics We display in the following table the relevant statements from the Summary and from Galen

[39] Two of the seven of the books by Hip-pocrates that are called On Epidemics are au-thentic [ṣaḥīḥān] there is no doubt about them they are the first and the third There is doubt concerning three of them they are the second the fourth and the sixth [corrected in manu-script from ldquothe seventhrdquo] Two are fabrications and forgeries they are the fifth and the seventh

K 89515 CG 258 So because some ascribed Books II IV and VI of the Epidemics to Hippocrates and others ascribed them to Thessalos his son we will mention (only) a few of the many things he stated in them

[40] Sometimes the crisis lasts for many days requiring the physician to turn to other data in order to learn about the affair [41] Some crises are


well-defined others are not [42] Brief generalities concerning the end of diseases [43] on the termination of chronic illnesses in particular [44] On ldquotruerdquo criticals (those crises falling on the expected days such as day four seven etc) and false criticals (those that fall on other days)

[45] Knowledge of critical days is useful for prognostication and for pre-scribing the proper treatment [46] Hippocrates used nature as criterion for determining the critical days [47] discusses the even and odd critical days [48] Critical days have cycles of four seven and twenty days

[49] The causes of discrepancymdashthat is the crisis occurring on a day that was not expected to be criticalmdashare many and varied four are briefly described here [50] Elaboration on the fourth cause of error or discrepancy the patient may exhibit the symptoms of more than one illness whether it be with regard to the type of fever type of crisis and the time of critical days Clearly this condition will confuse the physician and lead to error in determining when precisely the crisis occurs

[51] Some days are critical others are critical and warning yet others fall between these two [52] This last classification again appeals to the lsquooverlap-pingrsquo tetrads [53] Cycles of four seven and twenty days to which is added [M3] a marginalium that seeks to show that Galen was economizing in his classification Note that the Arabic summaries preserve some of Galenrsquos rambling style which leads to much repetition and to returning again and again to the same topic The Hebrew summaries exhibit a more severe re-organization

[54] Principles for classification of illnesses [55] General classification (acute and swift chronic) [56] illnesses of short duration [57] range of acuity in illnesses [58] illnesses that terminate on the fortieth day These issues are discussed at very great length by Galen in On Critical Days with comparisons between Hippocratesrsquo remarks in different texts and barbs directed at the Sophists who carry on prolonged and pointless arguments about nomenclature Those disquisitions are not found in the Summaries which present instead completely new restatements especially in passages [57]-[58] In the following table we compare the concise statement of [58] with part of Galenrsquos lengthy discussion (K 8944-17 CG 310)


[58] Among the ill-nesses that terminate on the fortieth day some are those that terminate between the onset of the illness and the completion of fourteen days others begin when it moves with acute movements during the critical days until after the twenti-eth [day] yet others [marginalium that is from among the ill-nesses that are chronic] take on this configura-tion afterwards Their termination is either within seven months or within seven years or within fourteen years

Therefore if he had said in the Prognostics that the fortieth day was a critical day for acute illnesses and if he had said in the Aphorisms that their crisis occurs in fourteen days perhaps it is possible for someone to imagine that the matter is indeed as these say [namely that the crisis of acute illnesses occurs as these say] So when he said in the Prog-nostics on the one hand that the crisis of the acute illnesses will occur in forty days and he said in the Aphorisms on the other that its crisis will occur in fourteen days then the interpretation of this statement which is one kind with two conflicting interpretations is worthy of scornhellipWe have shown sufficiently that Hippocrates expressly made the fourteenth day the limit of illnesses that are called simply acute and regarding the acute illnesses oc-curring from the relapse (he set the limit) in some cases on the fortieth day and in other cases the sixtieth day in view of what is useful for teaching us about them

[59] Galenrsquos view on acute illnesses [60] Characteristics of illnesses whose crisis comes on the twentieth day [61] End book II

[62] Book III The third book is concerned mainly with the etiology of critical days and it is here that we find the most thorough reform of Galenrsquos book by the authors of the Summaries especially in the Hebrew version to be discussed below The main differences between Galenrsquos book the two versions of the Summaries and some other late antique or early Islamic sources as well have already been published in an earlier study7 Book III opens with yet another statement of Galenrsquos fundamental approach the two principles upon which knowledge of critical days is based are experi-ence and reason (or theory) [63] introduces the seven shapes of the moon in the course of its synodic cycle Greek names are displayed transcribed into Arabic characters But a marginalium [M4] states simply and briefly ldquoI did not find the Greek names in the textrdquo To which text does the note re-fer Obviously not the Summaries where the Greek names are transcribed

7 Langermann ldquoThe Astral Connections of Critical Daysrdquo


However the Greek names are not found in Ḥunaynrsquos translation (see GC p 324) Thus the student of On Critical Days whose notes are in the mar-gins of the Princeton manuscript has obviously compared the Summaries to Galenrsquos book [64] gives a concise account of the astronomical seasons [65] The intensity of atmospheric events is connected to the moonrsquos synodic cycle [66] Reasons for the discrepancy in the lapse of time from month to month between the last and first visibility of the moon [67] The heptads of the synodic cycle are noted once again as in passage 63 but this time taken with reference to an idealized ecliptic taking we presume just as an example that the moon begins the synodic month in Taurus The authors are then using the same illustration used by Galen but in a somewhat dif-ferent mannner at K 91016-9118

[68] This section has its own title structurally it is displayed as an appen-dix or an independent treatise on the cycles of critical days There are daily monthly and yearly cycles which have stellar analogues in the ascending order of the length of the cycle they are cycles of the moon sun and Saturn Galen collated only the solar and lunar cycles the Summaries have intro-duced Saturn in order to have a stellar analogue for longer cycles8 [69] The onset of the disease is either the visually perceived signs of the illness or the change in the air that is due to a solar or lunar cycle (and to which an illness can be traced back at least in some cases) [70] Anomalies in the critical days may be due to the severity of the illness or to intervention by the physi-cian the patient or the patientrsquos entourage [71] describes critical days ldquothat fall in betweenrdquo [72] comprises a more detailed look at these anomalies and their effect on the way the body moves more swiftly or more slowly to expel the superfluity that is the root cause of the disease Ideally the superfluity should be expelled after it has ripened or concocted

[73] A general rule about the frequency of paroxysms in the different kinds of fever [74] The Pythagorean theory of numbers and its application to critical days As one can plainly see from the following comparative table the Summaries display a dispassionate account Galen for his part heaps much scorn on the Pythagoreans not all of which has been reproduced in the table

8 Ibid 41


[74] The adherents of Pythagoras claim that numbers are of two kinds Some are odd and they are mascu-line they are the third the fifth the seventh and the ninth The crisis comes on the third [day] on account of the strength of the cycle and its compulsion [on] the fifth on account of the strength of nature [on] the seventh on account of the moon on the ninth on account of the error that befalls when it is great Others are even and they are feminine they are the second the fourth the sixth the eighth and the tenth

(Cooper 356-358) Therefore the crisis occurs in acute illnesses in the odd days not because all even numbers are feminine and all odd numbers are masculine since you should not state without qualification that odd numbers are stronger than evenhellipAll of their nonsensical talk about the strengths of the numbers is obviously repulsive and ugly Often when I think of Pythagoras I marvel at him since on the one hand he was a wise man but on the other he was content to maintain that the numbers have such power But now is not the time for nonsensical conversation with him who utters nonsensehellipthe crisis must occur in the third and the fifth days However it does not occur in them due to the Moonrsquos period but it occurs either because the crisis prepared to come on the fourth day comes prematurely in the third day due to the severity of the paroxysm or because nature is tired and nothing excites it in the fourth day so it quiets down and it departs and it moves to the fifth dayhellipIt will come in the ninth day also because this is midway between two critical days namely the seventh and the eleventh dayshellip

[75] More on paroxysms especially those that are continuous or almost so [76] Explanation why day twenty is also a critical day [77] On the way weeks (ldquoGalenicrdquo weeks) are conjoined and [78] on how the quarters are conjoined [79] Brief recap of the classification of diseases [80] End of book III


2 Observations on the Hebrew Summaries

The Hebrew version presents a much more radical reworking of Galenrsquos text in terms of both organization and content As far as organization is concerned we note the subdivision of the three books into smaller sec-tions Beginning with [9] each of these smaller subdivisions also bears its own title

As far as content goes the Hebrew version is even more concise than the Arabic The latter has eliminated most of Galenrsquos polemics and other digressions but the authors retain an interest in some theoretical issues for example the classification of critical days into three major and several other minor categories The Hebrew version evinces no interest at all in that complex issue Here follow some of the key divergences from and additions to Galenrsquos textmdashand from the extant Arabic as wellmdashafter which we give a brief conspectus

sect [1] The authors discuss the etymology of the term ldquocrisisrdquo which they aver derives ldquofrom Greek and Syriacrdquo The mentioning of Syriac is a major clue for the puzzling question of the authorship of the Summaries it indi-cates that one perhaps need not to look for a Greek Vorlage as we would not expect Greek-speaking Alexandrians to display an interest in Syriac lexicol-ogy They may have been written in Syriac though there is no evidence as yet for this or as seems more likely at the present stage of our knowledge they were written originally in Arabic by Syriac-speaking Christians bearers of the Galenic tradition

sect [25] near the end of book II and leading into book III where the causes of critical days especially the astral causes are treated extensively This pas-sage contains a clear and strong statement of the primacy of the heavens as causes ldquoFor the greatest natural principle is that what is in heaven effects what happens on earth especially the moon because of all the heavenly bodies it is closest to the earthrdquo Earlier on in [15] the author had remarked that long-term observations of the critical days confirm the general rule that ldquonearly everything that belongs to the world of coming into being and pass-ing away follows the course of the moonrdquo

sect At the beginning of book III Galen discusses extensively the effects or influences of the heavenly bodies He emphasizes that the most powerful of these is the sun The moon has discernible effects to be sure but these all derive from the sun The encomium to the sun is omitted in its entirety in the Hebrew summaries which instead distinguish between the moon and all the other stars Only the moon is important for the theory of critical days

[1] Definition symptoms and etiology of crises [2] Crisis less relevant to


chronic illnesses [3-4] Classification of illnesses especially into the major categories of chronic and acute

[5-6] The ldquomotionrdquo of the crisis and the days upon which it falls [7] Utility of knowledge of crises A fuller argument is found later on in [13] [8] The crisis will occur when the illness reaches its maximum that is when the sur-pluses which are the cause of the illness have concocted unless something throws nature off course

[9] The concoction of the illness along with its description are some practical instructions for the physician to prepare the patient for the crisis by means of proper diet and exercise More such instructions for the period of the crisis follow in [10] More on the climax and proper diet is found in [11] In line with basic Hippocratic theory the patient should eat as little as possible at the time of the climax or in the case of a particularly severe illness [12] Signs of the good crisis and the bad one

[13] Knowledge of crises important for prognostication as such it is no less useful than signs derived from nature for other things or for that matter from other signs useful for medical prognostication such as bodily evacua-tions and pulse [14] Days of warning and days of observation

[15] Repeated observation has shown that all sublunar events follow the course of the moon and the critical days are no exception The passage goes on to emphasize thatmdashfor reasons connected to the moonrsquos cycle of 28 days presumablymdashcrises falling on days seven or fourteen are the best

[16] Anomalies in the crisis ie its coming earlier or later than expected Many factors may be responsible [17] Sometimes though the crisis comes on the proper day but we miss it because we did not know when to begin counting the days or other symptoms in the patient have misled us [18] The different types of crisis complete defective trustworthy safe etc

[19] Book II The critical days and their classification The classification of the days in the Hebrew version is much simpler than that found in ei-ther Galen or the Arabic text This is another indication that this version of the summaries was much more practical avoiding intricate theoretical issues such as the taxonomy of the critical days which do not have any sig-nificant application in medical practice [20] Days on which the crisis does not occur These are days 15 16 and 19 they are listed by Galen and the Arabic summaries in somewhat different classifications as days on which the crisis rarely occurs [21] The division into (Galenic) ldquoweeksrdquo and the use of ldquooverlapping daysrdquo for this purpose and the cycles that are composed of these weeks A most abstruse topic [22-25] Some references to Hippocratesrsquo Epidemics Prognostics and Aphorisms along with explanations taken over from Galenrsquos text


[26-32] Book III which consists of a detailed and critical review of the Pythagorean view that numbers are the causes of critical days followed by a discussion of the relation of critical days to the heavenly bodies Galenrsquos position is reviewed critically and from a distance this section is by no means a mere ldquosummaryrdquo of the corresponding sections of Galenrsquos book A detailed analysis is available in Langermann ldquoThe Astral Connections of Critical Daysrdquo

chapter 3

The Arabic Versions of the ldquoAlexandrian Summa-riesrdquo of Galenrsquos On Critical Days

The Arabic version allegedly rendered into Arabic by Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq al-ʿIbādī (809-873)1 of the Alexandrian Summary of Galenrsquos De diebus decreto-riis (On Critical Days) is extant in two MSS

1 Princeton University Library ms Garrett 1G (olim Garrett 1075) fols 59v-67v2 [see page 31]

The MS is a medical miscellany the first text a later addition is written in nastaʿlīq and texts 2-10 are written in careful and professional partly vocal-ized medium large naskh The MS has marginal notes (mostly ḥāshiyah on the part of the scribe copied by the same hand see fol 42b 53a) It contains two main parts The first main part containing Galenrsquos De arte parva was copied in Dhū al-Qaʿdah 1138 H1726 AD (colophon fol 40a) by Muḥammad Amīn al-Ḥasanī ibn ʿAbd Allāh al-Tūqātī The second main part contains two sub-sections the first sub-section contains Summaries of the following Galenic texts De crisibus De diebus decretoriis De febribus differentiis De methodo medendi De sanitati tuenda and was copied according to the colophon on fol 244b by ʿUthmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad al-Samarqandī in 572 H1176 AD The second sub-section contains De sectibus De pulsibus ad tirones De

1 Cf MS Princeton 1075 fol 42a in the introduction to the summary of Galenrsquos De crisibus However as Emily Savage-Smith remarks (ldquoGalenrsquos lost ophthalmology and the Summaria Alexandrinorumrdquo p 121) the statement that it was translated by Ḥunayn is not sufficient evidence by itself that Ḥunayn made the translation since virtually every manuscript copy of a work claiming a Greek origin has such a statement That Ḥunayn indeed is the author of at least some of the Arabic translations of the Alexandrian Summaries is con-firmed by his own statement that in addition to the translation into Syriac of the sum-mary of De methodo medendi he translated 11 more summaries and that some of these Syriac summaries were translated into Arabic by ʿĪsā ibn Yaḥyā while others were trans-lated either by Ḥunayn himself or his nephew Ḥubaysh (Savage-Smith ibid pp 125-126)

2 Cf Sezgin Geschichte des arabischen Schrifttums p 149 no 13 R Walzer ldquoCodex Princ-etonianus Arabicus 1075rdquo Bulletin of the History of Medicine 28 (1954) 550-552 Galen Uumlber die Arten der Fieber in der arabischen Version des Ḥunain ibn Isḥāq ed and trans Matthias Werhard Inaugural-Dissertation Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitaumlt (Munich 2004) xxxiv-xxxv Princeton University Digital Library httparksprincetoneduark884355m60qr96j (permanent link) last accessed June 2 2014


29the Arabic Versions Of the ldquoAlexandrian Summariesrdquo

ratione curandi ad Glauconem and De elementis ex Hippocratis sententia

2 Tehran Maǧlis 6037 [see below]

No foliation or date taʿlīq script unvowelled unnumbered except for the last page (763) which ends with هله

ألمنهة كما هو لحمد و ن ولله ا

ةلك م نةع

The MS ةis a medical miscellany containing the Alexandrian Summaries of Galenrsquos De arte parva De pulsibus ad tirones De ratione curandi ad Glauconem De el-ementis ex Hippocratis sententia De temperamentibus De naturalibus facul-tatibus De anatomia ad tirones ( firsquol-Tashrīḥ lil-mutaʿallimīn) De locis affectis (trans Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq) De pulsu magna De crisibus De diebus decretoriis De febribus differentiis De methodo mededi and De sanitate tuenda

The two versions differ significantly in a number of places and employ different technical vocabularies (see table below) For this reason we have decided to present a synoptic edition in parallel columns The Arabic texts of MSS Tehran and Princeton have been vowelled and provided with other diacritical signs Mistakes in vocalisation featuring in MS Princeton have been corrected throughout In our translation we have for the most part fol-lowed MS Princeton which seems to us to be more correct and generally free of mistakes Significant variants from MS Tehran have been recorded in the notes to the translation using the siglum T

teheran majlis 6937 fol 228v

30 the Arabic Versions Of the ldquoAlexandrian Summariesrdquo

Technical vocabularies of the two Arabic versions (selected examples)

Passage ms Princeton ms Tehran

2311 ننة هر ا ن

9 نة ةن هر

ن95758 ى

نهةن

حلن

42 نلممر رون من

لن ن مر

أحهة من ل لر

4250 رونن ء حا

ن أ

43 وأه ا نهةن ن كا

حلن

43 ء ا نهةن ل حلان

45لعلم

نة مهة معرنهة سا ةةد48 رنعهة

أرنعهة

أ عةهة رنا

48 نعهةنعهة

نوعةهة سا50 ن رعا م لد ر ن

ن

52 حنعد

555659 وعط وة حا

ن 56 ر ن

آ ء ا نة

5775 ىنهةن ا حلا

ن ن كا57 ة نةا م ةا

أ

63 لمد ةا و لرن لة و

ن63 ةر

ةن ىمعن

63 ةنلمةوم ننن لمنن

63 علممرن ةا و

رنع رنأو ل

ن63 ث

لمثل ةا و لرن ث لثلا و

ن64 ونا ة روأ

ور ن ا ونا مة روأ سا

65 ة رةر ةعن

ةةةعن ةةر ا

ث ةعن حد68 لهة منرن نهة

ن73 ن ا منن ن

ماةنةسم ة

74 ةوما وةوما ل م اةأثهة ثلا

كل74 ل وحد مثا هة حد وةةرهة و78 رةثهة

لمة ن مر

أل منهة لممرن

princeton university library islamic manuscripts collection garrett 1g (olim garrett 1075) fol 59v

33

5

10

15

20

1 Princeton ms

ةر رن

ن لنر م اةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اة من ك لهة لو لمةا مع و حن

ن ةةهة نرلحة ل له نا هة وةةا

ح لمةل أ لرةع ر

ةلةعن ها حد

أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ

ة لعر ما نا أ

ةكوننرع

لةهن سةم ورن عن

نه وأما ننة

ون موث

رعةهن ما نا ه أ

وث ةد وةكون حد حن

ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من

ىة ةن لدن م لد ول وأما نا لن ن وأما نا لن ة

ةلا ن وأما نا لرعا وأما ناة

ل وأما ن ا لمن حد من ة وما ن أ

سةم ةكونلهن رن

لن مث و رور هة وأما ند لمةعد ة ىة ن

لة

ن ل له نر لموة وةةا لمةل أ لرةع ر ةلةعن ة

ن لثا ا ورن ىة ل ث

لة ء ا عنأحد من ل و

ن وةلهة ما لرن هة من ة مد

هة نح حنه أ ول نا ىة ةوأ لدن ر

ةلةعن لث لثا ء عر و ىة ر

ل ةةاهة وةلهة

ة مد

لموة ن حنه أ ول نا ىة ةوأ لدن ر ةلةعن نع لر ن و

لممر ن ل له نن وةةاهة

ح حنه أ ول نا ىة ةوأ لدن ء لنطة لرةع و ن من

لممرل ر

ةلةعن م لحنا نول و

لدن له

حنه ول نا ىة ةوأ لدن ن لممرل ر

ةلةعن لا ةد و ن حن

ن مرل له نر ل مهة وةةا للا و

نء مرل ىة ن ر ل له نر لموة وةةا أ

ا ما ن من ا نر ةة ن

ةأىة ةا

لة ن و ا نر ةة ن

ةأا ما ل ةا ن ومن لنر ا ة

ة نةأا ما ةا م من ا

ةأل

نه رةرنة لعا مون

أا ما ة

ن ن لنر ةرهة وةكون

ثر ل لك مر ا ن ة

نأةا

م وة ةد ةان حن ةه نر

ةكون ن

نع لا لةوم لهة نمنرن

ةد lsaquo حن نه ةكونأر نه rsaquo ندن م لأ

ه نمةنا ةد ةةد نعد

هة رن لعا ة ناآمن ل

م ةا ةر عن ن لنر

ةكون نأ وهة لةلك د ن

أ هة ل ا حن نع ةه

ن مةمع ةحن ما ا ومنر نه ندن م لأ

نمةنا ول ةةةد

منةه ول ةكونة من عا

أسةم ول ةا

ر عن حنه عل حن رن منه ا وةثر ة عث

ن لثا لةوم لهة نمنرن

ن | ن ة نرةأىة rsaquoلlsaquo ةا

لة م اةأما ل

أ و لا لةوم

لهة ةأا نمنرن وةكون رر عث لا و

وهة لة ىة ةكون

لة لهة وهة ملكة ةةان

مرأا هة نهن

ةكونو ننكهة ى ةعا

لة ن مر

أل

لهة ا ل ةكون ةةالةللن ونهن لهن و ة ما هرة مها علا

ة ون عن رة ون ا ةد حنا ةن

[1]

[2]

[3]

60a

[4]


ا ةوهة ةكون ن

لة ن أنل

هة من ةلك ن ن كن

مرأن من ل حنه نهةط وما كا لكن ةنك ا

ا ةمكن هره| ونهن ى ةهةه حة هد ا نةهة نةحن ن ثا

لممر ر عل وهة ةل

لة ن أوةهة ل ةةةل ل

صحةحهة ة

ن اأةأهة ن ن ر

عرأىة لمة مها

لة للمةمهة ن

مرألنكهة وهة ل هة و لعو ع من

ةمننأةه

ن

لنكهة هة و لعو ن من لممر ع

لةه من من ه ما ةحةان أ ة هدنن ن

للع ةنللةن نةر لةد

نةر لةد ا أ ا نهةن ا عل ثةهة عند ن من نا ىة ةكون لأ

لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نوةمن

لةلا ةه ة

ة وةة صح

ن ن ىة كا لدن نةره ةد أن

لممرة ى ةر

ةن حةة لنا نةر لمنعث وهو ةد

م لحما ول وندحن ا حة

ة لر نن ةصةرك ىة لة ة للر عل لو لحن و ةل

لحن نرون لةلا ة

| ىةن ر

لرن لمك رةن و رلهن لهة لحوم م نمنرن

أ لملا م عا كل أة و

ن لمو ن ر لث رن وثةكون

نأ ة

ن نةمن

ن منه ثةهة علة حنه لمة ا سكونا سكمنة ةد ىة لة ن

مرأل ة

ن ما أو

ر منعه لمةد ا ةةر ىة سكن مرن لدن ن

لممر ن ن كا ه أنأ لك ى ون

لممرن نةر نةر مثل ةد لةد

ةأهة ةد نمةثهة رن حن


لة للمةنهة ن

مرأن ل

أو ل ةعا

نأنةر من لةد هدن

ن نمثل لممرة رة

ن م

نمةثا ثر حن لمةد سةم

ن عنلممر ن هة وأن كا و لمعا ع من

ن ةمن ا ةةمكن ن

رن هة ل ةث و ن له معالممر هة و ن معا ه كا ة وةة مرن

ر نه نن ةةد

ن ىة كا لدن نةر لةد هدن

ر نة نكةه نكهة حن ةه كانةر ل ةصنررن له ن رةه ةد

ن

لحنر وأن ا عل ن

ة مر ن دن حن

ن لهة نمنرن ل ن لللهن ع ن لد و

لهن نمنن ةكون ما ا من ن لنر ة ما علا

لمةنن ةة لهة من ل | نمنرن ن دن لللهن لمنن ىة و

لموأ و

لهن نمنن ا ما ةكون ة ومن

و ن ن لن

هن لدن ط ةلا حن ع و د و موع لد لهة نمنرن ل ن لللهن نل الة و

لهن نمنن ةكون ما ا ومن

لمنن ا ما ةكون ومن ن

ن لنا و وألن ن نةا نهة وحن

لرة ةن ووحنع عن د ة وثةل لنا و

لنر هة ن ون نا ه لأ ىة ةر لدن لع لهة ه نمنرن ل نن ن لهن

ةعر ا مم ن

لممر ء ا نهةن ن أل لك ون ة

ا سث حورةهة عر ا لن م اةأل مر

أ ةةهة

و حة وحن من لنا نن لك ن ن كا ةرهة وأن

ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد أ ما

ن رن لنر

نأون علةه ول

لوة رك و أ

م ن ومن لنر

ةكونأ نةد أ ةه

ىة ن لدن لةوم ىة عن

أن لنر ول هو ةوم

ألةوم ل

ن ول أةة

ن لنر ر وةة ثك

أةه

ن نة ن

ىة ةمة لدن لةوم ن وهو لنر ة هو ةوم ن لثا لةوم

ن ول أمن ةة

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

60b

[9]

5

10

15

20

5

10

15

20

35ms princeton [5-14]

نلممر ىة

ةه ةنهةنىة ن لدن لةوم ن وهو لنر لث هو ةوم لثا لةوم

ن ول أم من ةة

ومنم ا

ةأ ة عد

منه ن

ةلأن و لنر م علا

أةه نةع

مةمع ن ىة ةحن لدن لةوم ةةهة هو لحة نا

ن لنر ةوم

ةه ىة ةمةل ن لدن لةوم مةةن و و علا مهة ن علا

لنر ة ما ةه علاىة ةنهة ن لدن ن لنر

ن وةنهة لنر ة ما ةه من علاىة ةكون ن لدن لةوم ن هو لنر ةه

م نن مثلا ل ةمةسة

لممر

ثهة ا ثلا من

نع لا لةوم لهة نمنرن ةا م حن ا

ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه

ن نا ما ةكو حورةهة من ا لن م ا

ةأل

نهة ة لعا مون

أ ما

ما ةا ةد نه حن ى وةكون نر

لممرن ةر من ثة ل

ن ن لنر ةهlsaquo ة rsaquoن

ةألةوم ةا

ن هدن اأن

ما أ ةه ن ث ر ةحد

ةنةعن ر

ةندن نع لر لةوم نأ لك نه ون ر ندن لأ م ةةد ةد لحنر من سلةما

وهة لث ة ىة ن

عل ةعن لن ة رن وأما ن لنر ة

و نأث لنن ة

و نأول لن ة

ن نة ن

ىة ةمة لدن ن لنن ة ن

وم لن لعةل و و

لح وة

ةأما ةا

ن أن هدن اأ

ن لا لةوم لهة نمنرن

ةأهة م ر اةأ وهة

ةل

أن لنر ةه

ا ما ةكون ن ومننهة ول

ة لعا مون أم ول نمةنا ول ما ةر ةا

ةأا وعن نه ر ى وةكون نرلممرن لةلا من

ن ة لنر ةه ن

لحنر سلةما من

ر عث لا ر و ة عثن لثا لةوم |

لهة نمنرنن ةه نر

ا ما ل ةكون ن ومننا ما ةمة نر

ن م أنا ونهن نعهة نر ن

لممر ة ث ن ر ةحد

ة ةمة كل ةعن لنا ن

نه

ن ر ن ل من أ ا نهن م لنا ما ةةةد م ةمة نر

مهة ونهن للا أىة ةكون لدن ر

ةلةعن

ن ةصنحثو عن ل أ د لحن ن أصحاهة ا وحنا نن

أمور

أم عن ل

ةكون نحثن ء أ نا

أهة ل حنا

لروورةة ن أصحا

نةةن و لةونا هة مهة لعن ةا ن أ أصحا

هة رةا وحنا ا ها محن ر ا وأنأ ما

أهة

صح

هة لعا ا ن رة ن ةد ىة لة ء ما

أل عن لنحث و ةناع لأ ةلمةم ىة

لة عهة منا وهة هة رةن

لعن ء ماأول

نله ن ة

ى ةعر رأل ل لحا ةمةل أ لا لةوم ة

ع نة ةة لدن ن لنر

ن كا ن أ

رعن ةهن ن و د لن ة

ةر مةو نة عن

وهة وعرلة ور

هة وحن ونر ورعث ر نن نع عن لر لةوم ة ن

ن ء لم ةنن ةا ثأ

[10]

[11]

[12] 61a

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20


ن لنر ةه ة ن

ةأ ةا ا ما ل ةككا أما ومن ا ة

ة نةأ ةا

ن لنر ل ا ما ل ةرن حورةهة من ا لن م اةأل

أما ا ةن ن لنر

ىة ةكونلة م ا

ةأما ل

أل وط نا لك حا ة ن

ا ن ا ما حا رهة ومن لند ة ن

أل

نع لر لةوم نع و لا لةوم لهة نمنرن ن لنر م ا

ةأ ة من نةا و

أل نةهة ة

ن ما هة ا نن

نةهة ة ا ن رةن ومن

لعث ر و سع عث لةا سع و لةا لةوم لهة نمنرن

نةهة لثا نةهة ة ا ن ر ومن عث

نع لر لةوم لهة نمنرن

نعهة لر نةهة ة ا ن م ومن لحنا لةوم ر و نع عث لا لةوم

لهة نمنرنلثهة لثا

ر من عث لثا لث و لثا ولهة نمنرن و

أنةهة ل ة

ا ما هو ن ةنأا رهة نن لند ة

ن ن لنر ا ةة ن

ةأىة ةا


أو

ر م عث لحنا لةوم من و لثا لةوم لهة نمنرن

نةهة لثا نةهة ة ا ما ن ومن لا م و لحنا لةوم

ه ل وط نةن هدن ا حا ىة حالة م ا

ةأما ل

أر و ة عث


لثهة لثا نةهة ة ا ن ومن

ر عث لا لةوم ر و ث عث لثا لةوم لهة لك نمنرن ندن

ة ن لثا لثهة وةمثل علةه نا لثا نةهة ة

عله ن ور ما حن لند ولها ناأةهة له ث 3 حا مث ا ة

|)ن

نةهة عل حن نه اأن أما ن لنر | ا ة

ن ةكون ىة لة م ا

ةأل نمنةعهة ن حنلا لك ون ر عث

ةة أةهة | ما ر ا

لعن ة أن ل أ لمةنو ةا ا ن حن ك عل ما ةلة أ

ل لك وةد ولها ندن

أا من و

أل

ةه ن ر ةند ا

مم و

أل نةهة ة

ن عله ا حنمم وهو لا ما

أو ر ة عث

ن لثا ة ن ن لنر ط

ة

عل نه حنألك ل ةر وأنما رةمنة كدن

ثةه ل

ء ن ىة لر ن لنر وث ن نةد نلر حد لنر |

د ىة ةوحنلة ة ر نةا ن

آ

ىة ةلة لدن رهة هو لند ة ن ن لنر ا ة

ة نةأىة ةا

لة | من وأنةهة ل

ا ةل

أ و لوحن رهة لنا ة ر نةا ن

آعل وحن و رهة وحن لنا ر|

ثك

أةكون

أما ن ن لنر ا ةن

لك عل ندنهة و مرةن لوحن رهة لنا و و لوحن أمهة لد نةهة | لنر م ا

ةأرة نةع ل نا و وحن

ملهة( لحن ر نآور لند نا و

أملهة rsaquoوlsaquo ل لحن ول

أم | و لد نا و

أ وةكون ل و ر وحن

ثك

أحمةث ل

أ م هو مند

ى وعند نهن نأ نال حا | هو وةة لأ لنا ن

ن عند نهلممر

أ مند

ةكون نأنل

ه ة ة ننم من ةللة

ون ننء محنةللن لةا لأ ة هدن

ن لنا ه و ن نن نا ء لأ لةا أ

هة و ه وحن هة نند ن لث

لممر لك نعد ون عل ن م من ةنه ومن عن نن وره ون

ن لحنلممر

ر نآة

نا أل ة

ه نلا ةللة ة نن ةللة

نأه من نةا مر

أله نا ا

عن سثأم من ةمنعه

له ومن نره وحةما

[15]

[16]

[M1]

[17] 61B

5

10

15

20


ر رنأ

أ نلن مند ةه لأ

نىة ةح لدن لوةة ن هو

لممر أ مند لنا ن

مر وعند نهأل

نه ن

لممر

علةه

ل ة ةد ما لك علا م نن ةةةد

أةر

نعهة من عن ن لممر ن له

م من ةعرى من

لممرن

ن عر

أ م ن ث ى وةحد ن

أل م ا

ةن ما نعد لكن نعهة ن لممر له ن

من ل ةعر م ومن

لك لحم نعد ن م ىأ ن م ةمنةدى ث ن

أم ل ا

ول ما ةنأةكون

ن نلممر

ةالة ةن نا ه ةن

ن ول أىة ةة لدن

أ لمند منةعهة وهو ما نحن رنةن أ

ن عل نلممر

أ مند

ةعمل نأة

ن نىة ةعرن وعلةه ةمن لدن وهو

لح وأما نحن لةوم

ةةنرن معرنهةنأة

ن نةمن

ر نه نمه ةوم ةندن

ة ةومةن ولم ةكن ةةد

ن ن لنر ن ى كا

مة

حورةهة ا لن م اةأ ل لةوم ومن عد

ر ومن منةعهة و أ ل ةا

ن من ة لنر ىة هو ةوم لدن

ن لنر ومن وةة رعن

ةهن ة وةة لن لثا لحم و ونهة

ها وةة ن حدأن ثلثهة لنر ا ة

ىة ةكون نلة ة وةا

أل

حد ة ةوم ورة ن

ن حن أة وةا

ألثلثهة ل ه ن وهدن

لممر من ل لةحن لث وةة لثا و

أل

ن لنر ةم ةوم نأة

ن نلمة ةمن

ة ةومةن ننة ن ن وأن كا لةوم ةوم نر لك ن ن ا أ

ةلن

ن عر

أر ل

ثك

أد ن وحن ة ةومةن أ

ن نلنر

ن كا ر وأنلمندن لةوم ر نه

ندنأىة لدن لةوم

لةوم ةهط نأ ة

ن نةمن

ة نن لثا لةوم ة

ا ن من ء ىةد ث ا ووحن من ول

ألةوم ل ة

حورةهة ن ا لن

م ن عا لنر ان مهة عا لةومةن ة

ن ن عر

أل ةلك ة د ن وحن اأ

ن ن لنر من ء رن ة نن لثا

ما نةعا

رةن لعث لمةنو ةوم ا ط | وحن ر

ن نهة أصحارةن هة عند

لعث ىة نعد ةوم لة ن لنر م ا

ةأ

لثةن لثا نع و لا لثةن و لثا نع و لر لثةن و لثا حد و لو رةن ولعث نع و لا رةن و

لعث نع و لر وة

ن لثا رةن ولعث من و لثا رةن و

لعث حد و لو ن ةوم ا ةحنرحن ن أصحا

رنعن وهة عند أول

رنعنأمن ول لثا رنعن و

أم ول لحنا رنعن و

أول

حل ور رن م و لث ور لةمر و ور ىة عن

أأر ا ر هة نن و

ألكولن ثلثهة ر و

أمن

رةنلعث أهة و لما نةن وةوم لثما لةةن وةوم رنعن وةوم

أ ةوم ول

ن لنر م اةأط من ر

ونلر نهة

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]62a

[23]

5

10

15

20


لثهة نلر لثا ة ن | لكولن ما نلر عند ول | لهة لمةا ه هدن ة

ن 1 لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن

لثهة لثا لهة لمةا )(| ةن ى

هن ها لنرون من وrsaquoمعlsaquo| لحن حن ا ه حندنأ مما | ون حل رن

مة ة ن أ ر عث رنعهة

أل لrsaquoهةlsaquo| منرن لثهة لثا لهة لمةا ة

ن نعد| مع و لحن حن ا ل ةا |

مrsaquolsaquo| لسث ور مةة ند

ة ن هrsaquoرlsaquo| أ سثألةهة ل لهة ن عل ةر| نمنرن لةمر وكا ورlsaquo| ن rsaquo

حل( ور رن مةة ند ة ن lsaquo| أ

ر rsaquoنهة رنعهة عثألهة ل ومنرن

ل معةد ا ر ومع حن نع عث لر لةوم ةد أ د وىة سث ة ا ةكون مع حن

نلممر رون من

لن

ن مر

أة ل

رنعةن نأةما نعد ل

رهة ن لند ة ن

أل ا لحن رنعةن ول ةكون مع

أ ةوم ل ةد أ

م اةأ ثلثهة أ

ن لنر ا ة ن

ىة ةمةد

لة هة وهة ورن ا لمحن هة وأها عل حن ا نهةن ما ةكون ن ىة أ

لة

مهة لما نةةد ةكون عانأن لنر ةوم

ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن

ن ننه ةمن لمةنو أ ا ل حن ةا

ةكون ةد نأعل و لن ى نا

لممرن ولهة ة مرنرن وحمةنك ن ةكون ةد ن

نأط و ر

هة ىة لنلة لمعرنهة

حكrsaquolsaquoمه أة و

لعرو ن مر نن

أةعلم

ا لةللن ومن لهن و عل

ل ا ما ةد مهة ومن للا هة و ا لنحن عل

ل ا ما ةد مة من لعلا

ن أمهة هة للا هة عل

ل لد ة ما لعلا ن | نا

لممر ن عل نن

ل ا ما ةد لحنر ومن عل

ل ما ةد

ةد ن حنا حنلمنن ن و د لن

ةنن ن حن

لممرة لا و لمةنن وةهة ووهة ة

لة ةكون

ما أنا ن

لمنن هة ور ن د لن وثةل لمةنن سوء هة لةللن عل هة

ل لد ة ما لعلا و

ةنلنمن ول لن

لهة نمنرنن ن لنن ة ما ما علا

أر و ا لن

ةلعر لهة نمنرن

لحنر ن ملة علا

نع | لسا ة ةوم ه ن ث نمنن ر حد لمةد ةةر

ن ن كا ى ألممرن مر

أة

ن نر لعا

ألحنا

ىة لحا لةوم ة و ن

أسع لةا لةوم ة

لك ن ث عنه ن ر حد لمةد سةم ن عن م وأن كا ةر ةا

ن عن نر

مه ه وحند ونل حن

ن وأما من ةلممرة نل

نمةن وأما من ة نل ما من ة أ

ةكونألحنا ر عث

ر ناحن

أن ول ةر لحن ة

لحنومهة ن مةا و لهة رن نمنرن ن من حنا

ىة ةعرلة ء ةا ث نل ل

وأما من ةة

ن ن لنر ةة و دأل و ما

أهل

أم من

و ورو حننر ةنأو رةة

أن عن ةهة مثل حننر سث

لموأن

P لهن emendation eds

لن 1

[M2]

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

62B[29]

5

10

15

20


لةوم ة ما ن أ

ةكونم ن

لهة ةةةد لةةا

ن مر

أة ل

ر ون نأمهة ةةا للا ول أ وأ

ىة ةلة ن

مرأل

لةوم ة سةم وأما ن

ن عنلممرة مر

أة

نألحنا و ر

نأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ن حا

لممر ن كا ن م أ لحنا

لك ند مر عل ن

أن ل كا ن أ لا

لهة لةه نمنرن ر ما ةمنةهة أ نآحد و و

وع كلمر ن

أول ل

أن نةعرن مندن

أ ما ةمكمننا

ن مر

أمن ل

ا ما ل نع ومن لر لةوم ة وأها ن ا نهةن ن وةكون لنن ة ما ا علا ة

ن نة ن

ىة ةمةلة

ن لعن م

نة ن وكا ةانة كا ن أ

ن لعن لحم لهة ةن نمنرن

ء من هدن ىةا عل معرنهة ث ة

ةةن ننأةمكن

وعا ا ما ةعرن ن ن ومن لم ةنن

نلممر ن

أ عل

ل ة ةد ما ا علا ة

مةمنة ن ول ةد ةنأما ل ا

ةأ

م للن لن لهة م لةه نمنرن ر ما ةمنةهة أ ن

آول ةعرن

ةه ن ن

ة ن

ن ةمة لنن ة ما نع وعلا لر لةوم ة وأه ةكون ن ا نهةن ا ما هو سلسةم و ن من

مرأل

ا ما هو ةه ومن أنةر و لةد ن

أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن

لك ن ول ةوم وما ةكون كنأمندن

عل

ل ة ةد ما ن معه علاأ

ا ما هو سلسةم أل نع ومن لر لةوم ة

وأها ةكون ن ا نهةن ل و ةةا

ةه ن ةمعة حن ن اأ

ن ةول نه أ عل

ل ةد ة ما علا معه نة ما كا

ورن ن ةنن لم

نلممر ن

أ

هة حد ةه ون نة ا وأن كا لةن

نةر عن ةد حنه ر ان ةد

نأ ة

ن نةول وةمن

نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ة ن ن

وةمن

ةلأ ةكون وله |

نو مر

ن نهةط ن لم ةننن

لممر ن أ عل

ل مهة ةد ىة علا

عنأما من

ا عنلن

ةلأنةر حنه ةد ر ا

ن ةد

نأ

مةمنة ةننع وأن لا لةوم ة

ةكون نن لنر ا

نع ن لر لةوم ة مةمنة ن ةن

ن ن أ لنن ة ما علا

ن لنر ار ن نع عث لر لةوم ة

مةمنة ن ةنر وأن نع عث لر لةوم ة

ة نةأ ةا

ن لنر انع ن لا لةوم ة

ن

ن اأرةن ن

لعث حد و لو ة رةن وأما ن

لعث ة ر وأما ن من عث لثا ة

ر وأما ن نع عث لا ة ما ن ة أ

ةأةا

م اةألثلثهة ل ه حد من هدن ر نو

ر ةندن نع عث لا لةوم

ن اأنه ةول ن

أو عل

أن نه لم ةنن

أ عل

ل ة ةد ما ةه علا

مةمنة ن ةول وةنن

لممر ن كا ن أ

نع لر لةوم ة ن ىة

ةنهةن ن

لممر ن أ ة عل

ل نع لا لةوم أ مةمنة ةن

ن أ ة ما لعلا ةلك

مةمنة ةنرةن وأن

لعث لةوم ىة من نعد ةنهةن

نلممر ر نا ىة عث لحا لةوم ة

مةمنة ن ةنر وأن عث

رنعةنألةوم ل ة

ىة ن ةنهةن

نلممر ر نا نع عث لا لةوم ة

ن

[30]

[31]

63A

[32]

[33]

5

10

15

20


ةه عل ه ولولحمد لل ن و لنر م ا

ةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اة من ك و

ألهة ل لمةا مع و ةمة حن

هرةن ا له آد و

نمنةه محم

|

ة ن لنا ن ةلا حن ة

لمنن ن ن لنر م ا

ةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اةنةهة من ك لثا لهة لمةا مع و حن

ألحنا ن

أة

ن لثا ة ا ن عر سث

لممر أ ون عل مند

لوة ن أها حد

أء ةا ث

أن ثلثهة2 لنر مر

أ

ةرهةثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نألث لثا ن و

لممرة نمةن وأما من ما من أن

ةعر

ن لنر م اةأ ما

أ لوط ة

ن ةعهة و م اةأ ا ر ومن ندن أ م ا

ةأ ا ن ومن م نر ا

ةأ ا من م ا

ةأل

م اةأما ل

أرون و لعث ر و نع عث لا ر و نع عث لر ر و ىة عث لحا نع و لا نع و لر حةحهة نا

لوط ة ةعهة ن لو م ا

ةأما ل

أر نا نع عث لر ر و ىة عث لحا نع و لر ن نا لنر م ا

ةأر نا

ىة ةندنلة

ر م عث لحنا ر و لث عث لثا و لا م و لحنا لث و لثا نا

موولةن ن ةعد ة

ن لثا نوع لر و ول أل نوع لر نا ها عد ةحنةللن ن لنر م ا

ةأ نةع ر

أ

نع لر و موولةن نع لر و لث لثا و ةن رة

مةهن ن ةعد لث لثا نوع لر مع ة

ن لثا نوع لر وم لحنا ا ةن

ألك ر وكن نع عث لا لةوم ة

م ن لحنا نه ةمنةهة أا موولةن ل ةن

أم لحنا و

موولةن لا وها ىة نعد

لة م اةأة ل

ما نأر نا نع عث لر لةوم أ

ن لنر م اةأو عل

ةنة م ء كل ما لةد و

لةوم ر هة نع عث لر ن من نعد لنر م اةأن

أعون م ةرن

وما منن ة

ألك و ون

ةللن حن نةد

لةوم و رون لعث و نع لا لةوم و رون لعث و نع لر لةوم و رون لعث لةوم و ر عث نع لا

ون ن لثما لةوم و لةون لةوم و رنعون

أل لةوم و لثون لثا و نع لر لةوم و لثون لثا و حد لو

رون لعث و حد لو و ر عث من لثا لةوم ا نأ عون ةرن ر ن

آ وم

وة رون لعث و أهة لما لةوم ون ثنا لثلثون ولأ م و ا سحن لثلثون و ن و ثنا رون ولأ لعث من | و لثا رون و لعث م و لحنا و

P1 ن لنر مةد وألحنا ن

ن وعرولممر

أ اlsaquo مند ون rsaquoعلة

لوة ء عر ةا ثأثهة ةهة له ثلا ث 2 حا

[34]

[35] 63B

[36]

[37]

[38]

64A

5

10

15

20


رنعونأمن ول لثا رنعون و

أول

ول أمرها وها ل

أة

نك ن ل سث ن صحةحا نا ا

ةا ك ةمةا نعهة من نةد

أهة ا

لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم

ن وها ور ن مرن ةعلا ن من نع3 وأثنا لا نع و لر ة ون لثا مرها وهة

أة

نك ةث

لث وثلثهة لثا ونع لا م و لحنا

مر أن نةعرن

أة لنا

ن نةمن

ةرهة نثم ل ا

ةأ أ

ن لنر ا ة ن

ا ةمةد ن مر

أن مر

أنة ل كا ن أ

نلممر أن و

ة ن ن ومن ركا لنر ر نالمندن لةوم ن ومن

لممر ء نةد ن من لنر

هة و ةر محدا عن حد ومن ة ةوم و

ىة نىة ةكون وةنهةن

لة هة وهة و ا ما هة محد ة من نا لنر

ةرهة ثم ل ا

ةأ أ

ىة ةمةد

لة وهة ن عل

عل لمر ا لن ء لثىة ىة نن ن ن أ لنن ما نا رون أ

ةكون عل ثلثهة نن

لممر رون من لن

و أرن

ه وأما ننرن كل حنا أ

نعل لمر ا لن ء لثىة ع

ن ند ن أنرع

ةهن ن وأما نال ما لرن ول

رةنةر ث

و عن عن ء أ لثىة لك ع ن

ن ند ن رحهة ة

نعهة وأه ا نهةن ا ما ةكون ل ومنلةحل ن و لنن وأه نا ا نهةن ا ما ةكون منهة من لممرن ن

مرأل

ما ةمةد

منهة لممرن ن مر

أا من ل ةن

أهة و

مر ركة حا

أر ل ن

آة

ن نلممر ما ةصةرك لك عند ون

حد ة ةوم ونه ن ىة نر

ىأ وةنهةن ا ما ةمنةد ةرهة ومنثما ل ا

ةأن لنر

ما أ ور رن حورةهة نا ا ومن حة حورةهة نا ا من ن

أ ك ون ن منةعةا ن لنر م ا

ةأ منةعهة

رون لعث ر و نع عث لر نع و لا نع و لر لةوم نع وهة ناحورةهة لحة نمةم نا حورةهة ا لن

ر لث عث لثا سع و لةا م و لحنا لث و لثا ور هة لرن حورةهة ا لن ونما ا أ

نأن ل لنر لعلم نا

4 نة ة ساع ن

ا ةنننألك ن ون عةا ن منن لنر م ا

ةألعلم نا

ة عهة ن لمنن

ن ا أنألك ء ون دن لعن ةر ة ةةد

ع نا وةنن ر ن

ىة ةندنلة أل لدل ر و ثا

آة من ل نا لنر

نعرن

لك ء نحن ن دن لعن رنا ن | ةد

لممر ء ا نهةن ةه ةكون ىة ن لدن لةوم نا

عرن

ةما نةن ةعهة ن لو م ا

ةألحة ول ن لنر م ا

ةأنع وهة نا

حورةهة ا لن م اةأط ل ر

نهةأوةد نلر

P1 لا نع لا 3 و

P أر P1 سا نة 4 سا

[39]

[40]

[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

64B

[46]

5

10

15

20


ة لمعرنهة ونلر ن مهة ن ةةد ا

ةة ك

ول ون لهن ن اةة ك

نه نلر ةلك نأك لحة ون ن لنر م ا

ةأ

ا ةما نمةنةعهة ن لو م ا

ةأنع ول نا

ن م نر اةأىة هة

لة ةمةا ةلك نةدأن ا

ة من ك و

ألهة ل لمةا

ىة لة ما

أ ر

نأة ل

ع نا ما ةة ون ومن رن

أة ل

ع نا ما ةة ا من ةما نمةن

ةعهة ن لو م اةأه ل وهدن

ع ىة ةة

لة ما أرون و لعث من و لثا رون و لعث ر و ث لعا من و لثا و لا ون نا رن

أة ل

ع نةة

سع لةا م و لحنا لث و لثا نا رنأة ل

ن

ا نعهة ومنة نعهة

ا ما ةكون ن رنعهة ومنأرنعهة

أة

ا ما ةكون ن ن من لنر م اةأر و

أ

رةن لعث لةوم أ

نللع ىة ةن

لة م اةأنةع نال ر

أة ل

ىة ةكون نلة ما

أرةن

رةن عثة عث

ما ةكون ن

ة ىة ةكون ن

لة ما ألثةن و

لث نع و لر أرةن

لعث ىة من لة م ا

ةأنةع نال سا

أة ل


أو

لةةن رنعةن أأىة من ل

لة م اةأة نال رةنا

لعث

ن لنر م اةأىة

مر منةعةأل نا لحن ها حد

أةرهة

ثن ل لنر م ا

ةأمر

أة

ن ن ةلا حن ن ل ناأ

ا ا عل لن لن ا ةهةةر نأ ة

ن لثا ور و ىة هة رنلة نع و نا

ن م نر اةأ ىة هة

لة ىة عن

أ

م ةد اةأى ةوما من ل

أى ر

ن مة نا ةكون لأنألث لثا رن و ا لةحن ون ةا

لة م و لككلا نا

ر هل ةكون ى ةنن

ر حةن ولم ةمةنن لنر م ا

ةأنه من

أى علةه نا

هة ةن حد ن مرهة و ةه نرع ن

وةرون

ن ون لنر م اةأن

أ ةعلم

ن ل نا ةكون لأنأنع لر م ل و

أر ن

أر ن مر ا نر ةن

أةه

ن

رون ن ة

ون ن مر

أل ة

ن ةكون و لون هة ند لو ن

مرأكال هة ند و ةكون ةد ة نا لنر


ة ون نا لنر

ن ة عن ةا

ا ة نهن

ة مرةهة ون ةاة ةكون وةا

أن ل

ة نهن ن اأ

ن ن مر

أة ل

ما نأ

ة وةاأن ل

ة نهة ةكون ن نا لنر

ن اأن ن لنر رون

ة نما ن

أة رنع و ةا

ا ة نهن

ونة

ا ما ةكون ن ن من اأن ن لنر م ا

ةأة

ما نأء | و ة

لة ا ناة نهن

ة ونلعر ا نا

ة نهنن ون لرعا نا

ة وةة ا ن ر ومن ث لعا لةوم ة

ر ن نآة وةة

ا ما ةكون ن نع ومن لا لةوم ة لوةة ن هدن

ر ىة عث لحا لةوم ة ر ن ن

آ

حورةهة نا ا ومن رون لعث و ر نع عث لر و نع لا لةوم نهةط وهة حورةهة نا ا من م اةأل

[47]

[48]

[49]

[50]

65A

[51]

5

10

15

20


لوط وهة ة ن ةعهة ا و ر ومن نع عث لا ر و ىة عث لحا نع و لر لةوم معا وهة رهة

مندن

ر لث عث لثا م و لحنا لث و لثا

ن ولأن ل نوعا

أرةن نال

لعث نل ةوم ىة ة


ألنحو م ةكون عل هدن ا

ةأةهة ل ا

مة

لث ةحن مع لثا نوع أة ول

ن لثا ول وأنوع ل

أا نةن ل ة

ة نر

نا ةهن ن حا ا ةحنا من

ن نوعاأرةن نال

لعث ىة من نعد لة م ا

ةأما ل

أك و ندن

ةه هدننا ةول ن ة حا

ن لثا نوع أل

نوع ألثةن ول لثا نع و لر لةوم ة

ن ن ةا رةة وةمنةن ةهن ا حا ةن

أن ا ةحنا ن من ول

أل

رنعةنأة ةوم ل

ة وةمنةهة نن لثا نوع

ألث ةول نال لثا

ة عن ن ن أرنعهة

أن ل

أنةع ل ر

أور ل لنن وهو ور ا هة من حد و

ر ثلثهة ن و أل

ن أنةع ل سا

أور ل م وهو ةا ور ر ن

آر ول لةهة عث ر و ثنا عث نةهة ولأ لثما ا من رة ا

لحنمهة رةن ولعث نةهة و لثما رةن و

لعث حد و لو ر و رنعهة عثأا ل ر من ة ا عن ن

أ ن أ

لنعهة

ن أة ل رةنا

لعث ور وهو م من هدنأة

ور لث لثا ور لد و رنعةنأثنةن ول لثةن ولأ

لث و رةن

أهة وعث نةن وما مارنعةن وةةن وث

أا رة من ة ا عن ن

أ ن أ

رةنلعث

ةن نمن ن

أ نلا

ة من منا ةلرن ل ةمهة نةسم ن أ ن ن أ ة

ن نةمن

ن لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن

ىة ةمنن أ لدن ء لثىة لك ةمنا ن ن ألك ةكون ن ون

نه ا أ نهن

ةنهة لممةنا ء رن نأل

ر لمةد ورن ا نمةةحند ء حن رن ن ر ل

ى ةكث حة

لحد لةمهة ة

ورن ن ا حنر ول ةصة ء كنا رن ن ةهة

لك

ىة ةل للةعلسةم( لدن

رة احورةهة وأل ا لن م ا

ةأن ةمهة ل ةكون نحن ل

مرأعل ةمهة ل حن

ن ةأة

ن نةمن

ا نهن ل ةة ةر ل ثنةا ل ا ةن

ةنهة لممةنا ن أمةهة ل لعا ا

ن مناأ له ول نحن ةهة ا

ن ما ل أ

ا ة ن ولكن نحن ركا

ه نن

وط ا من سة هة ومن

ا حا لرعهة ومن هة و

لحد ةهة ا

ة عنن ما هة ن

مرأن من ل ول أ

ننة

ةهة اة عن

ىة نلة ن

مرأهة ول

لمد منهة وةلهة ا مرن منهة ومن لممرن وعا أ

هة ووة لحا ن |

مرأل

رنعهة أة

ىة نىة ةنهةن

لة لمنةهة لحم لهة نمنرنهة لحد لهةوى من ةهة ا

ة عنا ما هة ن هة من

لحد

[52]

[53]

[M3]

[54]

[55]

65B

5

10

15

20


ا هة نن لحا ن

مرأما ل

أم و ا

ةأة نعهة

ىة ةةللع نلة لمرةهة لحم لهة 5 نمنرن

ةهة العن ة

ا ن م ومن اةأ

هة مرسلهة هة حد

ا حا ر ةوما ومن رنعهة عث

أة


لة هة وهة لحد ةهة من ا

لعن ة ما هة ن

منهة لممرن ة هة لحا وع

ىة ةكون من وةلة ن

مرأما ل

أرةن ةوما و

ة عثىة ن

ىة ةنهةنلة وهة

هرةن ة ثىة ن

ا ما ةنهةن منهة نن لممرن ن مر

أما ل

أأن و ننو

ا ما ةكون أمهة ومن ا ما ةكون نن

ر نهة رنعهة عثأة

ا ن ة نع نةن ومنا ن هر ومن ث

أة نعهة

ا ن ومنلهة ر نمنرن ا عل حن ا من حن ا ةةرهة وةكون ا

ةىة ةكون مد

لة هة وهة ا حا ن من

مرأل

لهة م ةوم ر نمنرن مها حنا ول ةكون

مكث

ىة ةةللة هة وهة

لمد ةرهة

ا ة لمرةهة ومن لحم

مر أول ل

أة

ا نة

ىة ةكون رللة منهة وهة لممرن أ

هة لحا ن

مرأوع ل

ا ما ةكون من وة ومن لمةنهة

ره ركة نآ مر

أول ل

أا مندن

ةىة ةكون رل

لة منهة وهة ا مرن ومنحةد

م ةنمةأهة ث

ىة ىة ةنهةن

لة هة وهة لحد ها من نعد

ةهة اىة ل عن

لة لهةوى ةهة العن ة

ا ما هة ن ن من مر

أل

ا لا ومنأء دن لعن ةمك عن

نأه ة هدن

ن نلممرة نةر ةكون ةد

نأة

ن ننع وةمن لر لةوم ة

ن

ة ن ن

نع وةمن لا لةوم ة ن ىة

ةنهةن ىة لة لهةوى وهة ةهة ا

لعن ة ن ولمةة

د هة حن

ما هة حا

ة ىة ن

ةنهةن ىة لة هة وهة

لحد هة ا ا ما هة حن ه ومن لعل وحد ء ما ه ة هدن

ةةعمل ننأ

وع نوة

عةر نحةه كما هو ومنه ما ةكون لث ء لثك ا ما ة ةةعمل ن

نأة

ن نر ةوما وةمن رنعهة عث

أ

ا هرةن ومن ة ثىة ن

ا ما ةنهةن ة نن ه نةا هة وهدنلمد منهة وةلهة ا مرن منهة ومن لممرن هة

لحا

ةكون نأة

ن نه ةمن

| وهدن رهة نهة رنعهة عثأة


أة نعهة

ن

ا لةنا عن ة

نةر ن لةد

ن لممر ول

أةما نةن


لة ا ما هة ةلك رنعةن منأة ةوم ل


لة ن مر

أل

حورةهة ا لن م اةأة ل

هة ن ة حا ن ةصةرك ركا

أىأ ا ما ةمنةد ر ةوما ومن رنعهة عث

أم ل ونةن ةما

هر وأما ث ة نعهة ما ن ها أ

وأ ا نهةن ةما نعد وةكون لك ن ةه ن

نأةا ا6 ما ةة رةن ومن

لعث ىة نعد لة

ر نهة رنعهة عث ة ة نع نةن وأما ن

ن

P1 لهةوى ىة ل أةهة ا

لعن 5

P1 منهة ىة هة مرنلة ن

مرأ من ل

ىةأا 6 ومن

[56]

[57]

66A

[58]

5

10

15

20


و وحد رنعةن أل وةوم ر عث رنعهة

أل ةوم هة

لحا ن

مرأل و حد عل ةحن لمةنو ا حن

لةةن رنعةن وةوم أ ةوم ل

منهة لممرن هة لحا ن

مرأوع ل

ىة من وةلة ن

مرأل

ن ةصةرك أىأ ىة ةمنةد

لة ن مر

أما ل رةن هة أ

لعث ة ةوم ن ن لنر ا ةة

أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ىة لة ن

مرأهة وأما ل

ة حا نع ةصةرك ركا لا و

أنع لر لةوم ا من نعد

نأم

ة نمةأهة ث ركا

م ةر ةمان عل عن ا نر ةة

أةا

لمةن لعا ه رن

لحمد لل ن و لنر م ا

ةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اةنةهة من ك لثا لهة لمةا مع و ةمة حن


ةه عل نمنةه محم ولو

ةةلةون ة ه و

لل |


لمةنو ن ا ن حن اةلثهة من ك لثا لهة لمةا مع و حن

نه د ةث نما ة حدها

أ لةن

أ ن لنر م ا

ةأ معرنهة ةةنرن ا من ىة

لة ول أل

ةالة د نه ر نما ةث

نآرنهة ول لةن

رنعهة أما ل

أء مةلا نعد ل

ء7 وثلثهة مةلا نل لا ةكون ة رنعهة من

ألةمر نعهة ل ككا سث

أ

لمد وةم

ل لمة وهو ةد ممةنو

نةهة لةونا ل له نا ا ةةا حد من لو ء نا مةلا نل لىة ة

لة

ة ها ن د حن

أ لم

نةهة لةونا ء ماأ ل مث ا ة

ةره )| نمحوو وةن نةهة لةونا ل له نا ة ةةا

ن لثا وةره

ورن وةنةة

من نةهة لةونا ل له نا لث ةةا لثا ع ولممرن ةن وةم

لمةوم ننن ( لن

ر د لن و ء مةلا ل وهو لنةن ان نا نةهة لةونا نا له ل ةةا نع لر و ث

لمثل وةم ةةن

لحد و

ن

ة لمحا ةن و

لمةوم ننهن ةةن ولحد و

هة نء ن مةلا ىة نعد ل

لة لثلثهة ما ألهةر و م

وة أ

رة وا حة ن وأن ا مةن ن ما لرن ر ا ونا روأ ة

ون رة ا ن أ م لث

رة ا ن رنةعا وأن ما لرن ر لحمل ا ة رة ن ا ء وأن ةا ن ث ما لرن ر نون ا لحن حةهة نا

ا رةنن ن ما لرن ر ن ا لمةرن ة

ن

P1 ء ومعه مةلا نل لىة نة

أء مةلا 7 ل

[59]

[60]

[61]

[62]66B

[63]

[M4]

[64]

5

10

15

20


ر ةةةعن ةماع لحن وةة ة

ن ن أ ةه محا وأ ل لا

ةهةروأ من ء و ة

ن ث ةحد ىة لدن

لةلهة ا ةكون ة

نأ

أل

وةهةة ة ر

ةر ةعن

ةء ةةعن مةلا وعند ل

د هة حن

لمد وةلهة

د وةهة حن

ة ة رةةعن

هة وعند عةنة ن ر

ةر ةعن

ةن ةةعن

لةحد مةمهة وعند ة عن ر

ةر ةعن

ةلمةنمةن ةةعن لمكث وعند

ا ل ن ة ل نا رةر ةعن

ةة ةةعن

لمحا

ةرى ة ومرهة

ن لثا لةوم ة ةرى ن

نه مرهةألك ن ون نا

أرنعهة

أل ةرع وةنطأ ل لا

ةهةروأ

ن وأما لعر ن ةهة وأما من حةلا

م لحنا ه ةنل رل

ما من ة لك أ ة نلمنن ن لث و لثا لةوم ة

ن

نلعر ن نل حةلا

ةماع وأما من ة نل وةة لحنمن ة

لك ون ةن ننن ةنةسم

نأ أ | ةةه

روأ وةة مندن ها حدأ رنعهة

أ لةمر ور نةع سا

أ

رن لعهة ة

لك ةكون ن ر ون وةة ما ةةر ند ة أن لثا رنةع و

سد عل ةألثور ول ة

ةكون ن

لك ةكون ن ون لنهةا ة ةن ن

وةة ما ةةر مةوما ننن ألث لثا رنةع و

لو عل ة لد ون لمةرن ة

ن ةكون لك ر نلهة ون سمةةا ل وةة أ نع لر رنةع وة ن عل لرا لحمل و ة

ن

رنةع ىة عل ة د لحن و

نلنر م ا

ةأر و

أ

نع لر لةوم ان مةهة ةا

أل ما

أو وةهة

ن ا ومن ورةهة ث ا ومن مةهة اةأ ا من حورةهة ا لن ر و

أل

لنع ان وةهة

لن ما أو هر ث

أل لةهة و رنعةن

أل ةوم

ن ورةهة لث ما أو ر نع عث لر و نع لا و

رنعهة أل لهة منرن رىة عل هدن هما ةن نا ث

أ أ ر و

أل ةا

ة نهة ر رنعهة عثأنةن ول

م لث ور مةة ند ة ن هر أ ث

ألةهة ل لهة ن عل ةر نمنرن لةمر نككا ور مة ند

ة ن ر أ عث

ور نع من لا لةوم لهة ا منرن ةن

أحل و ور رن مةة ند

ة ن lsaquo أر rsaquoنهة رنعهة عث

ألهة ل ومنرن

حل ور رن لنع نةن من لهة م ومنرن لث ور هر من ث

ألثلثهة ل هة

لهة مد لةمر هة منرن

لهة ة هة نمنرن لمةد ن عل كا ن لةمر أ ور نع من لر لةوم لهة ن منرن اأ

ا ن ةنأل لمثا وعل هدن

م لث ور رنعةن من ألحنمهة ول ةوم

ا حد من وة ون كل

نا ن ه عةا ىة نر لدن أ لمند حدها

أةن رىة عل وحن ن ةن

مرأ ل

أ مند

ة لةمر ن نل

هر ومن ة ثة كل

مس ن لث نل ء من ة و ة

ر نةىة ةةعن لدن

أ لمند ر ن

آول

[65]

[66]

[67] 67A

[68]

[69]

5

10

15

20


نوع أ

كل

ه نن ة ن وعونةه ن

لممر هة د سث هو ا

ن نر م ةةةد

نأ أ

ن مر

أل ر ةن ىة لدن

هله أره من

ن وأما ممن ةحنلممرة نل


نىة ةعةر لدن

ألحنا و

لوط ة ةعهة ن لو ن لنر م ا

ةأ رن ن من حنا

ى ةعرلة ء ةا ث مه وأما من ل هة حند وحنا

ن مر

أة ل

سع ون لةا و لا م و لحنا لث و لثا ىة عن

أةرهة

ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأة ل

هة ن

ةةرهةمنهة لممرن |

ء ىة نمنن ث

م لةا ن لنن نل

ل ة ن لهن ع ن رلة أ

ما ةن رن د لن ة

ىة نلة نعهة لد وهة

لة

و من أنمةن رن نن ما من حنا

أحنل رن وأما من ما من حنا لك أ ا عل ن ا وةحث عحن ةرن

حنل نعونهة ما من أرن و ن من حنا

ىة ةعرلة ء ةا ث و من ل

أةه م هله وحنا

أو من

أن لممرة

نمةأهة لك ركة ن رلة أ

ما ةا رن

ه كل ن هدن نا

ألحم و ونهة

ىة ون لموأن لحنلط ن ولممر

ا عهن ن نمنن ن لنن م ةحككا نعد

لرنع ة م ةوما وةوما ل ون

ن لعن ة م

ةوم ونة كل

م نللن لن ة م

لحم ةصةرك ن ونهة ن

ةوما وةومةن ل

لث لثا لهة وهة نورهة نمنرن رنأ ا ن نن ا منن عد

أن ل

أعون ور ةرن

عن ن نوثا أصحا

هه ةلر و ور لد هة د سث نمنن

ن لنر ا ةن ة

ةأةا لث لثا و سع لةا و نع لا و م لحنا و

ن أ ن

ر لعا ألحنا نمنن سع لةا لةمر و نمنن نع لا منةعهة و

وهةنمنن ة م لحنا و

ر ث لعا من و لثا و لا نع و لر ة ون لثا لةوم

لهة ث نمنرن نا ون وهة أ رنأا ةما ومن

ن عن كا

ا ن ا ةكون هةحن ىة

لة لمرةهة وهة لحم لهة نمنرن مةلهة ا أن ون ةكون ما ا من ن

مرأل

ة ا ةصةرك ركانأ

أل


أمن ل ا ما هة من حن ا ةوما وةوما ل ومن وعونة

لهة م نمنرن منةهة

أمهة ا ما ةكون ومنن لعن م وم

للن لن هة من م نلممرل لحم لهة نمنرن

هة حا

م اةأة نةع ل

حد ن ل و ا عل مثا ةلحم ن ىة ةكون

لة م وهة لد

ىة لة ن

مرأن ل

أول

أحدها وهو ل

أ لمننسةسن

ن لنر م اةأرون هو من لعث لةوم

م اةأ من ةوم ة

ن ىة ةنهةن نما أ ون رن

أ م ا

ةأ ة

ن ا ا وعونةن ا هةحن وةكون ا

ةمد ةول

[70]

67B

[71]

[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

5

10

15

20


أهة ونهة نما هة ثلثما ألنهة ن

ألك مهة ون م ةا ا

ةأنوع لمة هو نعهة

أن ل

أة

ن لثا ون و رنأل

م اةأنوع ةهة

أس ةوم ول ةوما وسد

رون هر ةعهة وعث لث ةوما ورنع ةوم و | وةون

ونن وسدنوع

أة ةول نال

ن لثا نوع أهة نال ة محنةللن نا ا ن أ

ن نه ا أ

نهنن ا نةع ةن سا

أل

ل ةا هة ة ل

ن لثا لث ةول نا لثا ة و ر

نة هة ول ل

أل

هة ة ل

ن لثا ول ةول ناأنوع ل لر هة نا ة محنةللن ةال ن

ه ا نن ا ةةل نهن ةنأنةع ر

أل

م لحنا ل و ةا هة لث ل لثا نع ةول نا لر ة و

رنة هة

لث ل لثا ة ةول نا

ن لثا ل و ةا

ل ةا هة م ل لحنا ةول نا لا ل و ةا هة

نع ل لر ةول نا

منهة ا مرن لركة ومن مةأهة لن ثهة

رة

لمة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون

ا حا ة نن ن نةا

مرأل

ها م ةومد لمكث ون ةرهة

ثا ل هة ومن

لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون

لمد وةلهة

ره أن نا ا

ةلك م

ن وة لنر م اةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اةلثهة من ك لثا لهة لمةا مع و ةمة حن


ه عل نمنةه محم

لل

لمةن ول لعا

ه رنلحمد لل و

68A

[76]

[77]

[78]

5

10

49ms tehran [1-3]

2 Tehran ms

ةر رن

نا ةةهة نرلحة نا له ل هة وةةا

ح أ أل لما لرةع ر


أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ

ن لرعا ما نا أ ةكون

نرع

ةهن سةم ولرن عن نه وأما ن

ةو

ن موثرع

ةهن ما مه أ وةةةد ةد حن

ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من


ةلا ة وأما نالعر وأما نا

ل وأما ا لمن حد من ة وما ن أ


لن و مث رور هة وأما ند لمةعد ىة هة لة

ل لموة وةةا أل أ لما لرةع ر ةلةعن ة


لة ء ا عنأحد من ل ة و

ن

هة من ة مد


ةلةعن لث لثا و ثىة لعن ىة

عنأةأا نا ر له نر

هة ة مد

لموة ن حنه أ ول نا ىة ةوأ لدن ر ةلةعن نع لر و ن

لممر ن ل له نن ن وةل وةةا ما لرن

حنه ول نا ىة ةوأ لدن ء لنطة لرةع و ن من لممرل ر


لدن ل له وةلهة وةةا

ول ىة ةوأ لدن ن لممرل ر

ةلةعن لا و ةد نا حن

نا مرك له نر ل مهة وةةا للا هة و

ح أ

ةأا نا ر

نا مرك ل له نر لموة وةةا حنه أ نا

ا ن من لنر ا ةة ن

ةأىة ةا

لة و ن ةه نرة ن

ةأا ما ل ةا ن ومن لنر ةه


ةأل

مون أما ا ة


ثر ل مر ا ة

ن لك م ن وةسة

م ةا ةد ن حن ةه نرن ةكون ما

لهة نمنرن ةد ر نه وحن ندن م لأهر وةد ةةد ا ه ون نعد

هة رن لعا ة ناآنهة ورةرن من ل

ة لعا

نع لا لةوم

ةكون نأم و ةر ةا

ن عن لنر ةكون

نأ لةلك وهو د ن

أل ا ةه نع حن

مةمع ن حنا ما ة ومن

هر ول ا منةه ول ةكون نة سةم ول ةوأمن عا

ر عن حنه8 عل حن رن منه ا ةثنأرهة و لند ة

ن

ن ا نر ةن ة

ةأةا ىة ل

لة م اةأل ما

أو لا لةوم

لهة نمنرن ةأا نه وةكون ر ر ندن لأ م ةةةد

ر لث عث لثا ر و ة عثن لثا لةوم

لهة نمنرنن

add T حنه منه 8 ا

[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15




مرأا هة ا نهن ةكون من

و ننكهة ن ةعا مر

أل

ةكون ا ل ونهن لةللن و لهن ة ما مها علا هرة ة ون عن رة ون ةد حنا ا ة

ن

وهة ةكون لة ن

أنل


مرأن من ل ا وما كا حن 9 ةنك ا لهة ولكن ةةا

هره ى ةهةه حة هد ا نةهة نةحن ن ثا

لممر وهة ةلر عل لة ن

أوةهة ل ةةةل ل

ا صحةحهة ة ةن

ىة لمة مها لة للمةمهة

ن مر

ألنكهة وهة ل هة و لعو ع من

ن ةمنأةه

ا ةمكن ن ونهنن لممر ع

لةه من من ن ما ةحةان أ مر

أه ل ة هدن

ن نللع ةن

لملن نةر لةد ن اأةهة ن ن ر

عرأ

لنكهة هة و لعو من

نةر لةد ا أ ا نهةن لثةهة عند ا عل ن من نا ىة ةكون لأ

لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نةمن

لو لحن ةل ولحن لةلا نرون

لةلا ةةه ة

ة وةة صح

ن ن نةره كا ةد أن

لممرة ى ةر

لمنعث حة

م عا كل أة و

ن لمو ن ر لث رن م ونث لحما ول رك وندحن

ىة ةلة رهة

أحل ول لن عل

ىةن ر

لرن لمك رةن و رلهن حم

لهة ل م نمنرنأ لملا

ةكون نأ ة

ن نةمن

ن منه ثةهة عل حنه لمة ا سكونا سكمنة ةد ىة لة ن

مرأل ة

ن ما أو




ةهة ةد نمةثهة رن حن

عرأ لمة مها ىة


مرأل ن

أو ل ةعا

نأ من نةر لةد هدن

10 نلممرة رة

ن

منمةثا ث

ر حن لمةد سةم ن عن

لممر ن هة وأن كا و لمعا ع من ن ةمن

أا ة

ةمكن ن

رن هة ل ةث و ن له معالممر هة و نة معا ه كا ة وةة مرن

ر نه نن ةةد

ن ىة كا لدن نةر لةد نمثل

ر نة نكةه نكهة حن ةه كا11 له ن رةه ل ةصنررن

ن





لنن ةة لهة من ل نمنرن ن دن لللهن لمنن ىة و

لموأ و

لهن نمنن ا ما ةكون ومن ة

و ن ن أ لن



T لةكن emendation eds 9 لكن

T نلممر emendation eds ن

لممرة 10

T ورن emendation eds ةحن 11 ةصنررن

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

5

10

15

20

51ms tehran [4-13]

نمنن ا ما ةكون ومن ن



لنر م لا ن وأن نا ه لأ ىة ةر لدن لع لهة ه نمنرن ل نن ن لهن

ون لوة رك و أ

ةعر ركهةن

لممر أ مند

نأة ل

ا ن عر سث لنر م اةأةةهة

و حة وحنول

ألةوم ل

ن ول أ من ةة لنا لك نن ل ن حن

أةرهة ول

ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نأعلةه ول

لةوم ن ول أ

م من ةة ومن ةكون

نأ نا

ن لنر ء نةد ةه ىة ن لدن لةوم ىة

عنأن لنر هو ةوم

م من ومن ن لنر

ن ما ر رنثك

أهر ةه ةن

ىة ن لدن لةوم ن وهو لنر ة هو ةوم ن لثا ول و

أل

ن لنر ةوم

نلممر

ةه ةصنحل

ىة ن لدن لةوم ن وهو لنر لث هو ةوم لثا لةوم ن ول أ

ةة

ن لنر م اةأ ة عد

منه ن

ةلأ و ن لنر م علا

أةه نةع


ةه ىة ةمةل ن لدن لةوم و مةةن و علا

أ مهة ن علا لنر ة ما ةه علا

ةنهة ن ىة لدن لةوم

ن لنر ة ما علا من ةه ن ةكون ىة لدن لةوم هو ن لنر ةه

ن سةم ةةة ل مةلا ن

لممر

ثهة ا ثلا وةنهة منن اأ

نع ن لا لةوم لهة نمنرن ةا م حن ا

ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه

ا ما ةكون ن حورةهة من ا لن م اةأل

سلةما نهة

ة لعا مون أما ما ةا ةد نه حن ى وةكون نر


ن ن لنر ةه ة ن

ةألةوم ةا

هدن

لهة نمنرن ةه ن ث ر ةحد

ةنةعن نه ر

ةندن نع لر لةوم نأ لك نه ون ر ندن لأ م

ةةد ةد لحنر من

وهة لث ىة عن

أ عل لن ة

رن وأما ن لنر ة و ن

أ ث لنن ة

و نأ ول لن ة

ما ن أ ن ة ن

ةمة ىة لدن ن لنن


لح وة

ةأا ةا

ةنأ ن هدن اأ


ةهة م ر اةأ وهة

ةل

أن لنر ةه

ا ما ةكون ن ومننهة

ة لعا مون أهر ول ما ا ةر ن

م وعن ةر ةاةا عن نه ر ى وةكون نر

لممرن لةل من ة ة

ن ن لنر ةه ن

لحنر ول سلسةم من ر عث لا لةوم ر و ة عث


ن ةه نرا ما ل ةكون ن ومن

ة ث ن ر ةحد

ة ةعن

م كل نم نهن ن

لممر ة ث ن لحا ر

ةلةعن ة

ن لنا ةللن حن ةد

نا م ةمة نرمهة ونهن للا ىة أ لدن ر

ةلةعن نا م ةمة نر

نا ونهن نعهة نر ن لممر

ن أصحا هة ا وحنا نن

أ مور

أل عن م

ةكون نحث ن أ

هة ن حنا ر ن ل من م ةةةد ما

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

5

10

15

20


ء نالحن وةما و

هة وةة لللعن ن أصحاهة رةا وحنا ا ا محن

أ ر ا وأنأ ما

أهة

ن ةصنحثو عن صح ل أ د لحن

هة رةنلعن ء ما

ألونهة ول

ألما ء ما

ألنحث عن ل

م نه ةةةد اأ

ن لا لةوم ة ث ن ن ةحد

أى ر

أل ل لحا ر أ

ةلةعن ن

أا ن من سث كا ن أ



ور وعرهة وحن ونر ورعد ر نن نع عن لر لةوم ة

لك ن ن


ن لنر ة ةأةه ةا

ن ا ما ل ةككا أما ومن ا ةة ن

ةأ ةا


أما ن لنر ا ةىة ةكون ن



ا ن ا ما حا رهة ومن لند ة نأل

لةوم ر و ث لعا نع و لا لةوم لهة نمنرن

ن لنر م اةأة من نةا و

أنةهة ل ة

ا ما هة ن نن

ة ا ن ومن رةن


نةهة لثا نةهة ة ا ن ر ومن نع عث لر

لةوم لهة نمنرن


لهة نمنرنلثهة لثا نةهة

ر من عث لثا لث و لثا نع و لر

ا من ة ث نةا ة ثلالك ن رهة ون لند ة

نا أل ة

ة نةأ ةا

ن لنر ىة ل ةككالة م ا

ةأما ل

أو


نةهة لثا نةهة ة ا ن ومن لا م و لحنا لةوم

لهة نمنرن وأنةهة ل ة

ما هو ن

ر ة عثن لثا لةوم

لهة نمنرنلثهة لثا نةهة ة

ا ن ر ومن م عث لحنا لةوم من و لثا

لةوم ر و لث عث لثا لةوم لهة هة نمنرن

ه ن ل وط نةن هدن ا حسا ىة حالة م ا

ةأما ل

أو

ر عث لا

أ م هو مند

ى وعند نهن نأ نال حا هو وةة لأ لنا ن


أ مند

ةكون نأنل




ه نن وهة لة ن

لممر وث نعد حد لك عل ن ةن من م ومن ه نن عن ون وره

لحن ن لممر

ا ةه نلا ةللة ة نن

ةللةنأه من نةا مر

أله نا ا

ةعن ث م من ةمنعه له ومن هة نره وحةما

د وسث

أ لعلةل نمند ةه



مر وعند نهأر ل ن

آة

نأل

نه ن

لممر ر رنأ

علةه

ل ة ةد ما لك علا م ن ةةةد

نأةر



لممرن

[14]

[15]

[16]

[17]

[18]

5

10

15

20

53ms tehran [14-23]

ن عر

أ م ن ث حد

ى وة نأل م ا



لحم م ره ن نآىأ نا ةمنةد

مى ث ن

أ م ل

نول ما ةعر

أةكون

ن نلممر

ن ة ن

ةمة نه أ ةه ن ول

نة ىة لدن أ لمند وهو منةعهة نحن ما أ رنةن

ن عل ن لممر

أ مند

عل ىة لة أل لدل ][ عمل

ة ن أ ة

ن نةمن وعلةه لمعرون وهو

لح نحن وأما ةالة نا

ما أهة نا ةد لهة حن ر ندل

ندنأىة ةد نة نا لدن لةوم ا

ن ن لنر ا عل من

ل ما ما ةد ل أ لمثا رةة

ر عل حن

ل ىة ل ةدلة ما

أ نا ة

لعر عرةرةهة و لةث حورةهة و ا لن ن

عرأوره نال

هة عل نل لد

أنلوع لن ا

وثه ن ىة عل حدلة ما

ألحم و من لحنلا له نا ما كما

أ نا ن

عرأهة من ل رةن

لعن هة ن

ه معا مةع هدن حنلثةهة ن هة عل

ل لد ما

أ نا لحنلا

ةةنرن معرنهة ن أ ة

ن نةمن

ن نه ر ةندن مه ةوم

ةةةد ة ةومةن ولم ةكن


مة


ر من منةعهة و أ ل ةا

ن من ة لنر ىة هو ةوم لدن لةوم


ةهن ة وةة لن لثا ونهة و

لن ها وةة حدأ ثهة ن ثلا لنر ا ة


أل


ن حن أة وةا

أثهة ل لثلا ه وهدن ن


أل


ن نلمة ةمن

ة ةومةن ننة ن ن كا اأ

ن ن لةوم ةوم نر لك ن ن ا أةلن

ن عر

أر ل

ثك

أة د ن وحن أ ة ةومةن

ن ن لنر ن كا ن ر أ

لمندن لةوم ر نه ندنأىة لدن لةوم

ةهط نأة

ن نةمن


ا ن ةنأا مةأا من د سث ما ووحن ول من

ألةوم ل ة


ن هو لنر امهة ن لةومةن عا ة

ن ن عر

أة ةلك ل د ن وحن اأ

ن ن لنر ء من رن ة نن لثا لةوم

ما نةعام عا

رةن لعث ةوم ة

ن لمةنو ا وحن ط رنهة ن أصحا

عند رةن لعث ةوم نعد ىة

لة ن لنر م اةأ

ةن ث لثلا نع و لا ةن و

ث لثلا نع و لر ةن وث لثلا حد و لو رةن و

لعث نع و لا رةن ولعث نع و لر و

رةن لعث و من لثا و رةن

لعث و حد لو لةوم ن ا نحن رحنأ ن أصحا

عند وهة رنعةنأول

رنعةنأمن ول لثا رنعةن و

أم ول لحنا رنعةن و

أة ول

ن لثا ووةد نلر حل رن ور و م لث ور و لةمر ور ىة

عنأ ثهة ثلا هة نهة لممةنا ر و

أل

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

5

10

15

20


رةنلعث أهة و لما نةن و ةوم لثما لةةن وةوم رنعةن وةوم

أط ةوم ل ر

نهة

ل معةد ا ر ومع حن نع عث لر لةوم ةد أ د سثوىة

ة ا ةكون مع حنن


ن مر

أرنعةن من ل

أةما نةن ل


أل ا لحن رنعةن ول ةكون معه

ألةوم ل ةد أ

م اةأثهة ثلا أ

نلنر ا ة

نىة ةمةد

لة ورهة وهة ا لمحن هة وأها ةكون عل حن ا نهةن ىة لة


ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن

ن ننه ةمن لمةنوlsaquo أ ا ل حن rsaquoةا

ةكون نأعل و لن ى نا


نأط و ر

ها نهة ناأىة

لة لمعرنهة

ن لمنن لعلم

مةةنا

ا عل لحنر ومن ا عل لهن ومن ا عل هة ومن ا لنحن عل

ل ا ما ةد ة من ما لعلا

نلممر ن نن

ن لممرة و لا لمةنن و وةهة

ة وهة لة ةكون ن

أ هة مهة للا عل هة

ل لد ة ما لعلا نا

ن حنا لمنن

ةكوننأن و د لن

ةنن حن

ما أنا ن

لمنن هة ء ن ور د لن وثةل لمةنن سوء لهن هة هة عل


ةنلنمن ول لن ا

ن ن لنن ة ما ما علاأر و ا لن

ةلعر لحنر نا ة ما علا

نع لا لةوم ة ه ن نمنن ث ر حد لمةد ةةر

ن ن كا أ ن

لممرة هة ن من حنر لعا

ألحنا

لةوم ة ن و

أ سع لةا لةوم ة

ن ما أ لك ث عنه ن ر حد لمةد سةم ن عن وأن كا

م ةا ةر ن عن نر

ا ةن ر حن ل ىة

لة ن مر

أل ة

ن ما أ ن

لممرة هة حن من ألحنا ن كا وأن ر عث ىة لحا

ما أ و لةللن ول أ وأ

ا ةن اأ

ر ن ا حن ةىة ن

لة ن مر

أة ل

ما نألا و

حل

من ة ول وةرن ا ةةان اأ

ن

من وأما نمةن نل ة من ما أ

ةكون ألحنا ر ةكون حن ا

ن اأن لحنلا أ ىة

ن ةهن ىة لة

مةا لهة رن نمنرن ىة ةر من حنا

لة ء ةا ثأنل ل

مه وأما من ة نل حندن وأما من ة

لممرة نل ة

أ ول وأىة ة

لة ن مر

أل ة

ن ن لنر م ةن لرن وورو حننر ن وماع ةر لحن ومهة وحن

ر نأا وةةا ة

ر ن ىة ل حنلة ن

مرأما ل

أم ونه نا


ن مر

أة ل

ر ون نأمهة ةةا للا

رنأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ةكون حا

نلممر ن اأ

م ن لحنا لةوم ة لك ن ن ن ن كا ه أ

ن اأا ن ة

ن ن لنر

د ن نا

ل ةكون حوأن ل اأ

ن لا لةوم ة ن ن ن كا اأ

ةما نلحنر ةكون عن و

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

[29]

5

10

15

20

55ms tehran [24-35]

لةه ر ما ةمنةهة أ نآا و حد من و

وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل

ن لنن ة ما ول علاأم ل ا

ةأة ل

ا ن ةن ن

ة ن

ةن ولم ةمة نة م ةن كا ن أن لعن لحم لهة نمنرن

ولهة لمةا م للن لن لحم لهة لةه نمنرن ر ما ةمنةهة أ ن

آوعا ول ةعرن

ا ما ةعرن ن ومنن

ة ن

ن ةمة لنن ة ما نع وعلا لر لةوم ة وأها ةكون ن ا نهةن ا ما هو سلسةم و ن من

مرأل

ا ما ةه ومن أنةر و لةد ن

أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن

لك ن ن كن ول ةوم وما كاأا مندن ة

ن

ن أ عل

ل ة ةد ما ن معه علا

أ


وأه ةكون ن ا نهةن ل و هو ةةا

ن ةا ا ها ةةمعة ن حن ن اأ

نه ةول نأ عل

ل ة ةد ما نة معه علا ما كا

ن ورن لم ةنن

نلممر

هة حد ةه ونة ن ا وأن كا لةن

نةر عن حنه ةد ر ان ةد

نأة

ن ن ةول وةمن

نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ول

ةلأ ةكون

نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنألةةن

لحن من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأة

ن نوةمن


ةكون نن لنر

ن اأنع ن لر لةوم ة

مةمنة ن ةنن ن أ لنن ة ما علا

ة ةأ ةا

ن لنر ار ن نع عث لر ة


ة نةأ ةا


ن

رةنلعث حد و لو ة

رةن وأما نلعث ة

ر وأما ن من عث لثا ة ر وأما ن نع عث لا لةوم ة

ما ن أ

لةومةن ةن حد هدن

أر نا

ر هو مندن نع عث لا لةوم ن اأ

ن


أو عل


أ عل




نع لر لةوم ة ىة ن

ن ل ةنهةنلممر ن

أة عل

ل نع لا لةوم مةمنة أ ةن

ن أة ما لعلا ةلك

وأن رةنلعث لةوم نعد من ىة

ةنهةن ن

لممر نا ر عث ىة لحا لةوم أ مةمنة ةن وأن ر عث


ىة ن ةنهةن

نلممر ر نا نع عث لا لةوم مةمنة أ ةن

لحمد ن و لنر م اةأة


ألهة ل نةةن لةا ر سكند مع ل و ةمة حن

ةر ثه ل ه وحد

لل

عل ون لوة ن

أ ها حد

أ ثهة ثلا ن لنر م ا

ةأ مر

أ ة

ن لنا ء رآ ن ةلا حن ة

ن ن ناأل

ن لممرة نل


نر لعا

أة للحنا

ن لثا و ة ا ن عر سث

لممر أ مند

[30]

[31]

[32]

[33]

[34]

[35]

5

10

15

20


مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نألث لثا و رن ن من حنا

ىة ةعرلة ء ةا ث

أمه وأما من ل نل حند

وأما من ةةرهة

ثما ل ا

ةأ

ن لنر م اةأما

ألوط نا ة

ةعهة ن م و اةأا ر ومن ندن م أ ا

ةأا ن ومن م نر ا

ةأا م من ا

ةأل

ر ىة ةندن


أ و رةن

لعث ر و نع عث لا ر و نع عث لر ر و ىة عث لحا نع و لا نع و لر نا

لث لثا لوط نا ة ةعهة ن لو م ا

ةأما ل


ةأنا

ر م عث لحنا ر و لث عث لثا و لا م و لحنا ومةلةن ن

ةعد ة ن لثا نوع لر و ول

أل نوع لر نا ها عد ةحنةللن ن لنر م ا

ةأ نةع ر

أ

ن مةلةن نع ةعد لر لث مع لثا نوع لر ةن و

ةرة ن من لث ةعد لثا نوع لر ة مع

ن لثا نوع لر ور نع عث لا لةوم ة

م ةمنةهة ن لحنا ن أن معا مةلةن ل

ا ةعدةن

أم لحنا نع و لر و

ن معا ومةلةن ةعد لا م و لحنا ا نا ةن

أل لمثا وعل هدن

ىة لة م ا

ةأة ل


ن لنر م اةأن

أو عل

ةنة ء ةد ما لةد نةع

ىة من نعد لة ن لنر م ا

ةأ أ

عون م ةرنوما من

ن ةألك و ون

ةللن حن لةوم نةد من نعد هدن

لةوم و رةن لعث و حد لو لةوم و رةن

لعث لةوم و ر نع عث لا لةوم ر هة نع عث لر لةوم

لةوم رنعةن وألةوم ل ةن و

ث لثلا نع و لر لةوم ةن وث لثلا حد و لو لةوم رةن و

لعث نع و لا

لةوم نعد من ىة لة ن لنر م ا

ةأ ن

أ عون ةرن

رون نآ وم

وة رةنلعث و أهة لما لةوم و نةن لثما

لةوم رةن ولعث م و لحنا لةوم رةن و

لعث حد و لو لةوم ر و من عث لثا لةوم ر هة نع عث لر

رنعةن أة ول

ن لثا لةوم ةن وث لثلا م و لحنا لةوم ةن و

ث لثلا ة ون لثا لةوم رةن و

لعث من و لثا

نةن لثما نع و لر لةوم و و

أل وهة

ك سث ل ا صحةحهة من ة مةال نع ةمةا نةد

أ لمم ط ر

نهة ن اةك

وهة منحولهة ا ومن سهة لا و نعهة لر و نةهة لثا وهة مرها أ ة

ن مثكوك ا ومن لثهة لثا ونعهة لا مهة و لحنا

ن من لنر ةوم ن نةعرن

أة

ن نةمن

ا ن ةرةن ن لنحا

هة ول مد ا ةةا

ن مم

مرأنة ل كا ن أ

نلممر أن و

ة ن ن ومن ركا لنر نارهة

لمندن م اةأن ومن ل

مرأىأ ل منا

[36]

[37]

[38]

[39]

[40]

5

10

15

20

57ms tehran [36-48]

ةر ا عن حد ومن ة ةوم و

lsaquo ن rsaquoىة ن وةنهة

أ د ىة ةن

لة هة وهة و ا ما ةكون محد رةن من لنحا


ةأى ىة ةةما

لة هة وهة و محد

ىة هو لدن لحنلط ى ن ما ةن ن عند لنن ما نا ء أ حا

ن أثهة ن ةكون عل ثلا

مرأحهة من ل لر

و أ رن حنا أ ره

أنا ن

لمر عل ا لن لمنن ع ن ند ن أ

نرع

ةهن نال و أ ن

لممر نمنن

هة رةنلث ةر

ء عن ا عنأ ل ء أ لثىة لك ع ن

ن ند ن أرحهة

lsaquoة و rsaquoنأرن lsaquoن rsaquoن

نعهة نركة حنةر أا حلا

ن ا ما ةكون ن ومن لنن نرةة

ا ما ةصنحل منهة من لممرن ن مر

أل

ىأ ا ما ةمنةد ةرهة ومنثما ل ا

ةأا ة

ن ن لنر ى ما ةةمامنهة لممرن ن

مرأا نن ل ةن

أرةعهة12 و


وةنهةننع لا نع و لر لهة نمنرن

حورةهة نع نا ا ما هة نا ن منألك هة ون عن ا ن من لنر م ا

ةأمنةعهة

سع لةا و م لحنا و لث لثا لهة نمنرن حورةهة نا ن ةن ما ا ومن رةسنلعث و ر عث نع لر و

ر لث عث لثا ومعرنهة مهة ةةد ة

ن نه ع ةمنةن ما ا من ن

أ لك ون هة عن ا من ن لنر مر

أنا لعلم

ة ن عهة لمنن

هة نةهة لثا عهة لمنن و د وحنة ا

نأ عل ه دن ن رهة

لمندن ء ةا ثأل من نةن ةد نا اأ

ن رةن لنحا

ةكون ةه ن ىة لدن لةوم نا

لمعرنهة نا عند مة ةةد ن أ ا

ن اأن نةر لةد رسم ةد حد

ة عل ون لوة

لك نةر نحن ن لةد ةرنا ن رمنا وةةد ن كالممر ل حلا

ن

لمعرنهة مهة ن ةةد اةة ك


نع ن ناحورةهة ا لن م ا

ةأط ةد نلر ل ر

نهةن أ

م اةأة ل

ط نل ونحورةهة نهة ا لن م ا

ةأة ل

م نلم ةةككل

ول ن لهن ن اة من ك و

ألهة ل لمةا ة

ما نأنا

ا نمةنلمةوهة

رنأا ما هة ومن رةن

لعث ر و ث لعا من و لثا و لا ون وهة رنأا م نن ا

ةأه ل وهدن

سع لةا م و لحنا لث و لثا وهة نوعةهة وهة ا سا ومن رةن

لعث لةوم عةهة وهة أ ا ما ةكون رنا ن من لنر م اةأر و

أ

T رةعا emendation eds 12 رةعهة

[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

[46]

[47]

[48]

5

10

15

20


لةوم من أنهة لككا رةهة وهة ا عث ومن ةن

ث لثلا و نع لر أ رةن

لعث لةوم من ةكون ىة لة

لةةن لةوم رنعةن أأل

ىة لة ن لنر م ا

ةأنا

لمعرنهة نا ل لحن ها حدأ ةرهة


ةأ ة


ون ةالة م و لككلا ا نا لن ا عل لن ا ر ا

ةة ة ن لثا نونهة و لمن لك و نع كن هة نا

هة حد نعهة و ن ةه نرع ن

م ةد وة اةأى ةوما من ل

أى ر

ن مة نا ةكون لأنألث لثا رنهة و لةن

م أر ن

آر ن مر ا نر ةن

أةه

ر هل ةكون نى ةنن

ر حةن ولم ةمنةن لنر م ا

ةأنه من

أا علةه نا ةن

ول ةد لهن رةن لنحا ة ا ن وحن لنر م اةأن عل نول نا ن ل ةةن لأ

أنع لر ل و


رةن ون لنحا ء حان أ

ة ن ن

مرأة ل

ةكون ن

ن ما ة رنة مرةهة ون ةا

ن ما لرن ة مثل هدن

ث ن حدا ةد ة

ن اأ ن ن

مرأة ل


أ

ا ةن ن

ا ما ةعر ن من اأ ن رةن لنحا ء حا

ن أة

ىة نلة ما

أر م رنع و ن

آة

ونن ة عن ةا

ر ن

آ

ىة ةكون لة ما

أء و ة

لة ناا ما ةكون ة ومن

لعر ناا ما ةكون م ومن لد ر ن ن مثلا نن ما لرن ة هدن

ن

لك ا ما ةكون ن نع ومن لا ة لوةة ن ة هدن

ن ن لنر و ا ما ةكون وحن ن نن لنر م اةأة

ن

ر ىة عث لحا ة ةكون ن

نألوةة ن ا ما ةوحن لوةة ومن ر نحن ث لعا لةوم ة

ةه نن

ا ما ومن رةنلعث ر و نع عث لر نع و لا لةوم حورةهة نهةط وهو نا

ا ما ةكون م من اةأل

ط وساأة

ةعهة ن ا و ر ومن نع عث لا ر و ىة عث لحا نع و لر لهة نمنرنرهة

حورةهة ومندن هة نا

ر لث عث لثا سع و لةا م و لحنا لث و لثا لهة ه نمنرنهدن

ن نوعاأنال رةن

لعث ةوم نل ة ىة


أ لنحو هدن عل رىة ن

ة م اةأل ةهة ا

مة

هة وحن ل ومرن ةا مع ةعد

لث ن لثا نوع أما ل

أ و ةر مةلةن

ها عن رنهن ن عل

ةعدن ول

أل

نا وحنأها ر

نهن عل عد ن ةن أ

ول

أنوعةن ل

أن ل اأ

رةن نلعث ىة نعد


أ نا ة

ن لثا

ه ن عد ةن كا

ة من هدنن لثا نوع

أ مع ل

عد ن لث أ لثا نوع

أ ول ةن

ث لثلا نع و لر ن نر

رنعةنألةوم ل

ن أ رنعهة

أل ن

أل نةع لرو هة عن ا من عن نن ا لحن لنن ور ها حد

أ ثهة ثلا ر و

أل

ن عن أ لككا م وهو ور ةا ة

ن لثا ر و لةهة عث ر و ى عثثن نةهة ولأ لثما ا ث عن ة حد وعن

ن

[49]

[50]

[51]

[52]

[53]

5

10

15

20

59ms tehran [49-56]

م لحنا و رةن لعث و من لثا و 13 رةن

لعث و ىة لحا و ر عث نع لر لهة نمنرن نةع لو هة عن ا من

عن ن اأن رةن

لعث ور وهو كمل أول م

أةل وهو لث لثا و رنعةن

أول ة

ن لثا و ةن ث لثلا و

رون لعث أهة و لما ون ون لثما لةون و رنعون و

أث ل حد

ةه ة عن ا من

هة ول و ةر محدا عن

نأحورةهة ل ا لن م ا

ةأل ن ل نحن

مرأل ةمهة عل حن

ن ةأ ة

ن نةمن

ن أن نل ةحن ةد د ا سث ةن ا ةن

ن كا ن أن

ه ا ل ةةل نن نهننأةهة ل

من لحن وا ا نهن ةنأ

ا ة ا نحن ركا ةكون ةمة

ةهة العن ة

ن حدها أ مةن

ة ةنةسم وهة د هة حن

ما هة حا ن

مرأل من ن أ ول

نة ن أنا

لةوم ة ا ن حلا

ن ىة ةكون لة وح

م سونىة ة

لة لمنةهة لحم لهة نمنرنهة لحد لهةوى من

ا حلان ىة

لة لمرةهة لحم لهة نمنرنة

لا عل لأد هة حن

لحا ر وهة ن

آلةسم ل نع و لر

ا ما ةكون ن منألك مةن ون

ا ة ةنأهة وهة ةنةسم

ا ما هة حا نع ومن لا لةوم ة

ةكون ن

ا ر ومن نع عث لر لةوم أة

لا ا عل لأ حلان ىة ةكون

لة ن مر

أره وهة ل ن

آ نا

هة حا

ومن رةنلعث لةوم أ

ا ةكون حلان ىة

لة ن مر

أة وهة ل

لا هة عل لأ ما هة حا

ا ن منألك مةن ون

هة وهة ةنةسم ة لحا ن

مرأط ل حا

ن ث عن ن ما ةحد مر

أل

لك رنعهة ونأما ةا

أمنهة و ن ما ةكون مرن

مرأهة ومن ل أن نا

ا ما ةكون أمهة ومن ما ةكون

ا ما ةكون هر ومن ثأة نعهة

له ن حلان ا ما ون هرةن ومن ة ث

له14 ن حلان ا ما ةكون ن من

أ

رهة نهة رنع عثأة

له ن حلان ا ما ةكون ة نع نةن ومن

له ن حلان

لحم لهة نمنرن ةما ا عن ة

ن لحنر ةرهة وة ا

ةمد ةكون ىة

لة هة وهة ا حا من ن

مرأل

ا ما لهة م ةوم ومن لحنر نمنرن ةةرهة15 هة لمد ةرهة

ا ة وسو ومن م ةاىة ة

لة لمرةهة

ةكون ملركة ث مرها نمةأهة

أول

أة

ىة ةكون نلة هة وهة

لحا ن

مرأط ل حا

ن ث عن ةحد

ء ا نة ل أ ء نةد ل من ا ة

ن رلةكو ىة

لة منهة وهة مرن ما هة ا ومن هة ره حا ن

آنا

T ر ىة عث لحا emendation eds رةنلعث ىة و لحا 13

T نه له emendation eds نر حلان 14

T ةةر emendation eds 15 ةةرهة

[54]

[55]

[56]

5

10

15

20


نمةأهةركهة


ن ىة ةكون لة هة وهة

لحد لهةوى من ةهة ا

ة عنا ما هة ن ن من

مرأل

عل د هة حن

ا حا هة ومن حد لو ء نا دن لعن ع من

ن نمنأن

مرأه ل ة هدن

ة لنا نن ن

نع وةمن لر

ا لعل ومن ن ر ه ث ة هدن ةةعمل ن

نأن نع وةحن لا لةوم ة

ن

ىة ةصنحللة ة وهة

لا لأ

ةةعمل نأة

ن نر وةمن نع عث لر لةوم ة

ا ن حلان ىة ةكون

لة ةةهة وهة لحة هة عل

ما هة حا

لةوم ة ا ةكون ن حلا

ن ىة لة ة وهة

لا هة عل لأ ا ما هة حا عةر ومن لث ء ه ما ة هدن

ن

ثهة عن هة حا ما ةكون حا ا عةر نحةهة16 ومن لث ء ما ةةعمل

نأ ة

ن نةمن ه

ة هدن ون رةن

لعث

هرةن ة ث ن

ا ما ةصنحل ن من

ألك رنعهة ون

أما ةا

أمنهة و ا ما هة مرن ومن ن

مرأط ل حا

ن

رهة نهة رنعهة عثأة

ا ن ة نع نةن ومن ن

ا ما ةصنحل هر ومن ث

أة نعهة

ن

ا ما ةصنحل ومن ن

مرأه ل ل هدن مثا

أة

نةر ن لةد طن ل ةعن

نأة

ن نوةمن

أ ا ما ةمنةد ر ومن نع عث لر لةوم نل

ة

ا ما ةصنحل رنعةن منأة ةوم ل

ن

ىة ةصنحللة ن

مرأل

ةما نعد لك ن د ا ن ا ما ةوحن رةن ومن

لعث لةوم حورةهة من نعد ا لن م اةأة ل

لركة ن حةد نا


ة نع نةن وأما نهر وأما ن ث

أة نعهة

ما ن ها أوأ ا نهةن وةكون

لةوم ر نآر ول نع عث لر لةوم ها حد

أ ثنةن أ

هة لحا ن

مرأن ل ما رن

أعل لمةنو ةحن ا حن

نةن ماا رن ةن

ألك عل لدن نه ةحن اأ

ر ن نأن مر

أط حا

ن أنهة عن لككا ن مر

أما ل

أ نا رنعةن

أل

لةةن ر ةوم نآرنعةن ول

أحدها ةوم ل

أ

ة ا ن

ةىة ةنوأ رل

لة ن مر


لعث لةوم ة ن ن لنر ا ةة

أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ن مر

أو ةكون من ل

أ نع لا و

أ نع لر لةوم نعد

لركة حةد نا 17أ د ةن ا

ن أ مء ث نةد ل

مهة ةر ةاا عن رةن ىة نحا

لة

ه ولل ن لنر م ا

ةأ ة

ن لمةنو ا ن حن اةمن ك نةهة لثا لهة لةا نةةن ر سكند ل مع و ةمة حن

لمنهة لحمد و

T صره emendation eds نحةهة 16

T ء د emendation eds ةنأ د 17 ةن

[57]

[58]

[59]

[60]

[61]

5

10

15

20

61ms tehran [57-67]

رنهة لةن د نه نما ةث

حدها ة

أ ن لا

أن لنر م ا

ةأا ةةنرن معرنهة ىة من

لة ول أل

ةالة نرةة

ىة ة لدن ة

ن لثا وىة

لة رنعهة أما ل


ثهة ء وثلا مةلا نل لا ة رنعهة من


أ

لة و ة وةم ن لا وهو ند ممةنو

نةهة لةونا ل له نا ا ةةا حد من لو ء نا مةلا نل لة

ةا و لرن رنع أل و

وةم ن لمنن ه ومعنا وومون محن نةهة لةونا نا ةم ة

ن لثا و ةا و لرن

نع لر ةا و و لرن ث لثلا و نةةن وةم ن لحد و

ةره18 نورون وةن

ةنمة

أل له لث ةةا لثا و

ىة نعد لة ثهة لثلا ما

ألهةر و ر وةم د لن ء و مةلا لمةنون وهو ل ا

ن نةهة نا لةونا ل له نا ةةا

ة لمحا لمنن و نةةن و لحد و

هة نء ن مةلا ل

نون لحن حةهة نا أنة منحهة كا ا وأن ن مةن ما لرن ن ونا كا ممةة روأ سا ن م أ لث

ن ن كا لمةرن ة ن نة كا وأن رنةعا ن ما لرن ن لحمل كا ة

ن نة كا وأن ء ةا ث ن ما لرن ن كا

ا رةنن ن ما لرن

نمةأهة وةهة

ة ةكون ة عا ةما لحن عن ثهة لحا ةةر الةعن ن

أ هة هد ا لمث نا علةه نا وةن ىة لدن |

ن لمةن وعند لمكث لةلهة

ة ةكون ا نأ

أل

وةهةة ةةر ا

ةعن ث حدة ء مةلا ل وعند

د حن

ةةر اث ةعن حد

ة ة لمحا هة وعند عةن

ةةر ن اث ةعن حد

ن ةلةحد مةمهة وعند ةةر عن ا

ث ةعن حدة

ة ن لثا لةوم ة

ةرى ننه مرهة

أ لك ون ن نا

أ رنعهة

ألةمر ةرع وةنطأ ل ةهة

هة| روأ عةنن

نل ة من وأما ةهة


ة من ما أ لك ة نن لمنن و لث لثا لةوم ة

ن ةرى ومرهة

ىة للنرونلة هة ةللن لمحن لركة نل

ةماع وأما من ة نل وةة لحنن وأما من ة

لعر ن ةلا حن

لك ةكون ةن ون ننن

ةمنةننأ ةةه أ

ها مندن وةة روأ حدأرنعهة

ألةمر ور نةع سا

أ

رن لعهة ة

ن ةكون لك ر ون ند ةةر ما وةة أ ة ن لثا و رنةع

ة سد عل ألثور ول ة

ن

لحمل ة لك ةكون ن ن ون لنهةا ة

ةن ن ما ةةر مةوما ننن لث أ لثا رنةع و

لو عل ة لد و

T ةرةره emendation eds وةن

18 وةن

[62]

[63]

[64]

[65]

[66]

[67]

5

10

15

20


ىة د لحن ن و لمةرن ة لك ةكون ن ملهة ون لحن ر نا سمةةا وةة ل نع أ لر رنةع و

ن عل ة لرا ورنةع

عل ة

نع لر لةوم ان لةومةهة ما

أ وةهة

ن ا ورةهة ومن ث ا ةومةهة ومن ا من ن لنر م اةأ ر و

أ

لنع اوةهة ن

لن ما أهر و ث

ألةهة ل رنعةن و

أةوم ل

ورةهة ن لث ما أر و نع عث لر نع و لا و

رهة نهة رنع عثأنةن ول

ور ر ةوما عند رنعهة عثأنهة ل

لنحو نمن رىة عل هدن ا ةنأ ما

أر عل و

أ ل ةا

ة

ىة لة نهة

لمن م وهة لث ور عند هر ثأل للةهة ىة

لة نهة لمن لهةر19 هة هو لةمر

ور لد نع عند لا للةوم هة و لموحن نهة

لمن ن اأا ن ةن

أحل و ور رن رهة نهة عند رنع عث

للاأ

ور عند هر ثأل ثهة للثلا نهة

لمن ا نعمةن هة حل رن ور عند نةن لنع و لةمرىة

لة و لمم ن لةمر ور نع أ لر لةوم

نهةن ن اأ

ا ن ةنأل لمثا م وعل هدن لث

م لث ور رنعةن عند أم ول لحنا للةوم

هة و لموحن نهة لمن ةا هة و لرن

حد و ة ون كل

ن نا عةا ه نر ىة لدن أ لمند حدها

أ ةن عل وحن رىة ن ةن

مرأل

أ مند

لةمر نل20 هر من ة ث

ة كلم ن لث نل

ء من ة و ةه ر ن

ةىة ةةعن لدن

أ لمند ر ن

آما ول من

نوع أ ة كل

ن

ر نآونهة ول

لن وهة حدها ة

أةن لمنن

ن مر

أرةن ل م نحا

ةةةد

نأرورهة وةمكن

ن ن ةد ةحن

نل و من ة

أمه هله وحند

أنل

و من ةأن لممرة نل

و من ةأنمةن نل

ما من ة أن

ةعرألحنا

ةرهة ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأل ة

ن لوط هة ة ن ةعهة لو ن لنر م ا

ةأ رن من حنا ىة

لة ء ةا ثأل

ور لد ةةرهة منهة لممرن ن

مرأل ة

ون سع لةا و لا و م لحنا و لث لثا لةوم ىة عن

أ

نع لر و ون ن رن

أة ل

لث وأما ن لثا و ن ر

نأة ل

ما ن أ

ولأل

ء ىة نمنن ث





لة



T لهةن emendation eds لهةر 19

add T نوعأنل ل

20 ة

[68]

[69]

[70]

[71]

5

10

15

20

63ms tehran [68-77]

هة حنل ن ىة من

لة ما أ و رن ن من حنا


أو من ل


أو من

أن لممرة

لك ركة ن رلة أما ة

ا ورن


أونهة و

لن ىة و لموأن لحنلط ن ولممر عونهة

ا عهن ن نمنن ن لنن م ةحككا نعد نمةأهة

لحم م و اةأثهة ثلا

ة كل ن

ن لعن لحم ة ةوم ون

ة كل



م اةأرنعهة

أ لرنع كل

ا ومن وهة نور رنأ ا نن مةن

ة ةنةسم عدأل ن

أ عون ةرن ور

عن وثان ن أصحا

ر ىة عث لحا سع و لةا نع و لا م و لحنا لث و لثا هة ن ر

نأما ل

أ نا ث نا ون وهة أ رن

أ

نمنن ن لنر ةه

ة نةأم ةا لحنا هه و ةلر ور و لد وهة

نمنن ةن لنر ةه

ة نةألث ةا لثا نا

ىة لحا م و لث سع نمنن لةا لةمر و نمنن ن لنر ةه

ة نةأنع ةا لا منةعهة و ةعن

لا و نع لر و ة ن لثا لةوم

لهة نمنرنن ث نا لأ وهة ون رن

أل ما

أو حل رن نمنن ر عث

ر ث لعا من و لثا ووسو وهة م ةا

ىة ةلة لمرةهة لحم لهة نمنرن

ا مةلهة أن وا ما ةكون ن ن من

مرأل

أل


أمن ل ا ما هة من حن م ومن ا

ةأثهة ثلا

ا كل ا وعونةن ا ىة ةكون هةحن

لة

أمهة ا ما ةكون ومن ن لعن م وم

للن لن هة من م لممرلن لحم لهة نمنرن

هة ة حا ا ةصةرك ركا

نأ

ام كل ا

ةأة ل

هة ن حد ا عل وةةرهة و ةلحم ن ىة ةكون

لة م وهة لد لهة م نمنرنمنةهة

ىة ةول لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ مةأةن لث

ن لنر م اةأرةن هو من

لعث لةوم

ون رنأم ل ا

ةأة ةوم من

ا ةكون ن حلان نا ون رن

أم ل ا

ةأة

ا ن ا وعونةن ا ا وةكون هةحن

ةمد

ن أهة ونهة وةة نما هة ثلثما أ

لنهة ن ألك مهة ون م ةا ا


أن ل

أة

ن لثا و م وسد ا

ةأنوع ةهة

أ ول رةن ةوما وسد

هر ةعهة وعث لث ةوما ورنع ةوم و

نوع أة ةول نال


ن نه ا أ


أل

ل ةا ة لهة ن لثا لث ةول نا لثا ة و

رنة ول لهة

أل

ة لهة ن لثا ول ةول نا

أنوع ل لر ا نا ةال محنةللن ن

ه ا نن ا ةةل نهن ةنأنةع لرو

م لحنا ل و ةا لث لهة لثا نع ةول نا لر ة و ر

نة لث لهة لثا ة ةول نان لثا ل و ةا

[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

[76]

[77]

5

10

15

20


ل ةا م لهة لحنا ةول نا لا ل و ةا نع لهة لر ةول نا

ها د هة ون

لمد ا وةلهة لركة ومن مةأهة لن

منهة لممرن ها د هة ون


مرأل

ها م ةومد لمكث ون ا وةلهة هة ومن

لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أل

وهة ن لنر م اةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اةلثهة من ك لثا لهة نةةن لةا ر سكند مع ل و ةمة حن

لمنهة لحمد و ه ن ولل ا

ةلك م ةما

[78]

5

chapter 4

The Translation of the Arabic Text

In the name of God the Compassionate the MercifulThe summaries of the first book of Galenrsquos book On Critical Days

[1] There are six types of crisis One is a swift change that tends towards health it is truly called a good crisis1 It comes about by means of a trust-worthy evacuation or a severe inflammation The evacuation will be either by sweat by nosebleed a bowel movement urine the blood that comes out from the mouths of the arteries in the buttocks or by the menstrual flow2 The severe inflammation will be in one of the joints or in one of the limbs that are not noble The second is a swift change that tends towards death it is called a bad difficult crisis The third is the change that eventually results in health for the one who experiences it after a long period of time It is called the ripening of the illness The fourth is the change that eventually results in death for the patient after a long period it is called wasting The fifth is the change that is compounded of the swift and the slow and which results in health and safety for the patient It is called a good compound crisis The sixth is the compound crisis that results in death for the one who experiences it It is called a bad compound crisis

[2] The crisis comes on some days and on others the crisis does not come On some of the days on which the crisis comes the crisis is good and complete It has been disposed to do this3 many times on them the crisis on

1emspThe distinction between six types and their definitions does not feature in Galen Galen merely states in the beginning of On Critical Days (K 7691-4 CG 96-97) that ldquoin order for the resolution of illnesses that do not diminish gradually but that subsided all at once to be trustworthy there must occur beforehand either an obvious bodily evacuation or an evident inflammationrdquo However a similar distinction into six types recurs in the anony-mous Aggregationes de crisi et creticis diebus (The Summary on Crises and Critical Days) that was composed in the thirteenth century See C Boyle (ed) Medieval Prognosis and Astrology A Working Edition of the Aggregationes de crisi et creticis diebus with Introduc-tion and English Summary (Cambridge 1991) p 32 For this work see as well F Wallis (ed) Medieval Medicine A Reader (Toronto 2010) section 65 Panacea or Problem (I) The case for medical astrology pp 318-323

2emspThe symptoms mentioned here recur with some variations in K 7706-13 (CG 96-98) thus for ldquosweatrdquo Galen speaks of ldquoa praiseworthy sweat over the whole bodyrdquo and for ldquourinerdquo he mentions ldquoplentiful urinerdquo and for ldquosevere inflammation will be in one of the jointsrdquo Galen has ldquoan inflammation in the soft flesh below the earrdquo

3emsptahayya ʾa fīhā literally ldquoit has become a disposition within itrdquo MS Tehran reads here yat-


66 the translation of the arabic texts

them is sure of the outcome protected against harmful things afterwards and evident There was an indication that it will be good as is the case on the seventh day4

[3] For others seven characteristics that are the opposite of these come together namely when the crisis is not complete The patient is on the brink of great danger its outcome is not sure and it is not clear There was no indication for it and it is bad as is the case on the sixth day5 As for the days on which the crisis [never]6 comes [they are] the twelfth day and the sixteenth day7

[4] Some of the illnesses which return with a relapse are destructive and fatal Those are the ones in which the capacity [for healing] has dwindled and weakened along with it signs of ruin and destruction have appeared Others are not fatal instead the one suffering from it has only had a relapse When diseases are like this it is because the faculty therein (in the body) is sound and strong It is not fatal because the [healing] capacity attacks the illness a second time exerting itself until it overcomes it8

[5] In yet others it is able to prevent a return and relapse These are the safe diseases that are not accompanied by bad symptoms A thin regimen suffices here for what is necessary to prevent the disease from returning and relapsing

[6] When diseases with regard to which the person is confident [of full recovery] terminate the revitalizing regimen must be employed It is the regimen for convalescents such that the patient may return to the regimen

immu ldquoit will be completedrdquo which makes no sense here4emspThe text in this section seems to be based on two statements found in Galen at

K 77913-15 (CG 114-115) and K 77510-12 (CG 106-107) Cf Aggregationes ed Boyle pp 57-58 which mentions seven conditions for a day to be truly critical and concludes that the virtue of a crisis is strongest in seven-day periods

5emspCf Galen K 77417-7751 (CG 106-107) trans Cooper 106 ldquoAs for the sixth day some pa-tients may suffer a crisis in it but this is accompanied by severe symptoms and with very serious danger The crisis that occurs in it is not trustworthy nor does it finishrdquo Cf sections 11 and 14 below

6emspAdded according to the correct reading in MS Tehran Cf following note7emspCf Galen K 77413-17 (CG 104-107) trans Cooper 104 106 ldquoThe species of the critical days

derive from the fact that I have never seen anyone who suffered a crisis in the twelfth and the sixteenth day of the illnesshelliprdquo) MS Tehran lists the thirteenth day instead of the sixteenth See as well section 12 below

8emspThe text is cumbersome but clear ie the body is strong enough to overcome the disease but not on the first try This section next to 5-7 does not seem to be a summary but an ex-pansion of the first paragraph of Critical Days (K 7691-7706 CG 96-97) with additions from other works such as Aphorisms and Prognosis We thank Vivian Nutton for this comment

67

that he maintained when he was healthy little by little [It consists in] riding horses sitting on a litter that moves on the camel carrying it9 going to the bathhouse drinking appropriate beverages and eating fitting food such as the meat of pullets and fish that frequent rocks

[7] However with regard to diseases that have set in in such a way that the patient is not confident [of full recovery] then the regimen must be similar to the regimen of the ill This regimen will then prevent a relapse if the disease that has abated is mild For mild diseases that are not accompa-nied by any malicious bad symptoms can be prevented from relapsing If the disease is severe and malicious and then the patient is given a regimen like that he maintained while ill the relapse of the disease is such that there is no near and present danger But if he is given a regimen by which he is not fortified against it its relapse is dangerous

[8] Some of the signs of the crisis are due to the organ that is expelling the residue for example the10 attraction upwards of the abdominal wall others are due to the organ that is conveying and moving forth the residue for example difficulty in breathing (shortness of breath) yet others are due to the organ that receives the residue for example lachrymation headache delirium lethargy heaviness in the temples neck pain palpitation and shivers still others are due to the residue itself for example the flash that a person may see and the darkness of vision11

[9] Finding the true nature of the critical days is difficult and burden-some because it is difficult to perceive the expiry of the disease and to grasp it For the crisis sometimes extends for many days For this reason12 some people say that the first day is the crisis day I mean the day on which the crisis began to develop Others say that the second day is the crisis day it is the day on which the greatest span of time of the crisis is discerned13 Still

9emspemsp The first set of instructions in MS Tehran is quite different ldquo[It consists in] riding stal-lions and sitting on stallions and seats that are in motionrdquo The reading of MS Princ-eton bakr ldquoyoung camelrdquo is possibly an error (in dictation) and should be corrected to baqar ldquocowrdquo or ldquooxrdquo

10emsp K 77510-12 ldquoattraction upwards of the abdominal wallrdquo ( ةو

ن أ ن لن ة

ن مر دن حنن ) cf

CG101 l4 ةو

ن أ ةن ر لث ة

ن مر دن حنن (what is under the hypochondrium contracts

trans Cooper CG 100)11emsp Similar and other symptoms are noted by Galen (K 77110-7723 CG 98-101) however

the link between specific symptoms and organs is missing in Galen12emsp Following MS Tehran MS Princeton probably intends the same but the copyist has

probably skipped a word The text should read لك لك كن ن ن وأن كا13emsp Cf Galen (K 7795) εἰς ἣν ὁ πλεῖστος χρόνος τῆς κρίσεως ἀφίκετο ed and trans Cooper

(CG 112-115) ن لنر ن ما ر رن

ثك

أةه

ىة ةكون ن لدن that in which the time of the crisis is of) وهو

[3-9]


others say that the third day is the crisis day it is the day on which the dis-ease terminates The true crisis day is the day on which all of the signs of the crisis come together less14 than that [for the purposes of] counting the critical days is the one on which the signs of the crisis diminish by one or two signs (ie four or five signs are present)15 The day on which the disease turns (ie changes direction) for example on [that day] the crisis will not be complete It is the day on which three signs of the crisis are present and three are absent

[10] The crisis occurs more often on some of the critical days these are the good (auspicious) days like the seventh day The crisis comes on this day for most patients It is a good crisis complete sure of outcome safe from danger Warning of its [approach] has been given already for the fourth day warns by means of a change that takes place on it in the concoction of the urine or in the spittle or in the excrement or in activity with regard to ap-petite sensation intellect and sleep16

[11] The crisis occurs less often on others and these are the bad days for example the sixth day The crisis occurs then for only a few patients It is a bad crisis not complete not clear unsure of outcome and not safe from danger17

[12] On the other [days] there will not be a crisis ie the twelfth day or sixteenth18

[13] Some people call any sudden change that occurs in the patient a crisis19 Others call a crisis only the change in the direction of recovery Still others call a crisis the agitation that precedes the disengagement20 especially the doctors21 since it is their task to investigate the things them-selves and especially of the dialecticians [whose task is] to investigate the

the greatest extent) Note that the term ن ما is found in the Tehran MS contrary to the رنPrinceton MS which has وةة

14emsp ldquolessrdquo (

ةلأ) ie in the sense of less certain or decisive for beginning the count of days

15emsp Cf Galen K 7802-11 (CG 116-117) see as well K 78216-78310 (CG 120-123) 16emsp Cf Galen K 7845-16 (CG 124-125) Instead of ldquosleeprdquo Galen refers to ldquoany other change

of that sortrdquo (ἤ τινος ἀλλου τοιούτου σαφὴς ἐγένετο μεταβολὴ which is rendered by Ḥunayn as ه ن ث

ألك مما ةر ن

ة عنو ن

أ (trans Cooper 124 ldquoor in anything else of that sortrdquo)

17emsp Cf Galen K 79116 (CG 136-137) see as well section 3 above and 14 below 18emsp Cf Galen (K 7881 CG 130-131) see as well section 3 above19emsp MS Tehran reads here ldquoPeople disagree about the change that comes about in the

disease Some of them callrdquo20emsp Literally ldquowhat precedes the disengagement in terms of agitationrdquo Ms Tehran reads

ldquoStill others call a crisis the preceding agitationrdquo Cf Galen K 78812-16 (CG 132-133) 21emsp ldquothe doctorsrdquo is missing in MS Tehran

69

correctness of the terms and their normal usage22 So also is it especially [the task of] those charged with upholding23 the Greek language and the rhetoricians24mdashthat is the art that seeks to convince25mdashthey are charged with investigating the terms that have come to be used habitually and the foreign terms26

[14] When the crisis that occurs on the sixth day tends towards a more ru-inous condition then beforehand on the fourth day27 shortness of breath chills shivers dwindling of strength uneven sweating in the body and the elimination of unripe materials will be present28

[15] On some of the crisis days the crisis comes constantly29 but on oth-ers it will come only rarely For others the situation is in between As for the days on which the crisis comes constantly some belong to the first class of critical days that is (bi-manzila) the seventh day and the fourteenth some belong to the second class that is the ninth day the nineteenth and the twentieth others belong to the third class that is the seventeenth day and the fifth yet others belong to the fourth class that is the fourth day the third and the eighteenth

22emsp ldquoand especially of the dialecticians [whose task is] to investigate the correctness of the terms and their normal usagerdquo (رةا ا ا محن

أ ر cf Galen (K 7895-6) διαλεκτικοῦ (وأنμὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ ὁνομάτων ὀρθότητος σκοπεῖσθαι (for it is the task of the dialectician to investigate the matter of the correctness of the names) trans Ḥunayn (CG 133) ء ما

أل ع

ون مهة ةةا عن ةصنحث ن أ لمنة حن ا ن

أا سث من ن

أ لك trans Cooper 132 ldquoThis is ون

because it is appropriate for the logician to investigate whether names have been as-signed properlyrdquo

23emsp Iqāma omitted in MS Tehran which later supplies taqwīm in its place Clearly the grammarians are intended here

24emsp MS Princeton transcribes the Greek term aṣḥāb al-rūṭūrīqā while MS Tehran employs the Arabic equivalent al-khuṭabāʾ

25emsp This parenthetical remark is omitted in MS Tehran26emsp Cf Galen (K 7895-6) ῥητόρων δὲ καὶ γραμματικῶν εἰ σύνειθες τοῖς Ἕλλησι τοὔνομα

(and [it is appropriate] for rhetoriticians and grammarians [to investigate] whether the word is customary with the Greeks cf trans Ḥunayn (CG 133) م ل

أسم ل ل ةعما نا

هة لعا رة ن ةصنحث هل نأن لةع لن لنحوىة و ن

أا trans Cooper 132 ldquoand it is ومن سث

appropriate for the grammarian and the rhetorician to investigate whether the word conforms to proper usagerdquo

27emsp MS Tehran begins this passage ldquoIt is characteristic of a change towards a worse condi-tion that it come about on the sixth day and that it be preceded byrdquo (see the previous discussion)

28emsp Cf Galen K 78518-7864 (CG 126-127)29emsp ldquoconstantlyrdquo (أما ) ie frequently

[10-15]


[16] As for the days on which the crisis comes only rarely30 some belong to the first class ie the fifth day and the sixth others belong to the second class ie the eighth day and the fifteenth day still others belong to the third class ie the twelfth day As for the days whose status is midway between these they are the thirteenth day and the sixteenth day31

[M1] Marginal note Chief among them with regard to rarity is that which he put in the third class exemplified by the twelfth [day] This is an incon-gruity in the nature of the days on which the crisis will always be He made the first class of them chief in this regard [frequency] You may find an in-dication of what I have said in that Galen stated ldquoAs far as I have seen the crisis never comes on the twelfth [day]rdquo As for the sixth it belongs to what he placed in the first class since the crisis rarely falls on it He mentioned that the bad crisis frequently falls on it They were ordered in this way only because he made that belonging to the first class on which the crisis rarely falls adjacent to the extremity of the class in which the crisis always falls so it is most [frequently] found of the rare [cases] He made the end of the class of the rare [sort] those that are only infrequently found Thus the criti-cal days those that are frequently found and those that are rarely found are arranged in this way according to their frequency of occurrence The most frequent is first in the group [and] the rarest is at the end of the group

[17] For some people the onset of illness is the moment when discomfort is sensed For others it is when the person takes to bed People differ with regard to being bedridden Some lie down before the illness sets in because of their feebleness and the weakness of their soul Others do this after the illness has come to be on account of a strong soul and good forbearance and ability to cope Yet others are prevented from taking to bed because they are busy with worldly affairs they lie down only at the end of the ill-ness For some people the onset of the disease is the moment in which they sense the distress of the disease32

[18] For some patients the disease sets in all at once It is not preceded by any signs that indicate it For others the disease does not set in all at once but [only] after33 they are discomforted and the symptoms of the disease

30emsp Here MS Princeton inserts a long marginalium printed below as [M1] The beginning of this sentence in MS Tehran is slightly different ldquoAs for the days on which the crisis hardly comes at all but only rarely that [group] falls into three gradesrdquo

31emsp Galen K 792 -7939 (CG 138-141) discusses the crisis and non-crisis days up to the twen-tieth day but does not classify them as precisely as here

32emsp Cf Galen K 79518-7968 (CG 144-145)33emsp ldquoafter they are discomfortedrdquo (ى ن

أم ل ا

Galen K 79619-7971 states that many (نعد ما ةنdiseases begin accompanied by shivering fits and pains (ἅμα ῥίγεσιν ἢ σὺν ἀλγήμασιν)

71

are brought forth Once they are discomforted then fever will begin in them afterwards34

[19] The onset of the disease is of two sorts either in view of nature and that is the onset that is said to be discerned by reason or else it is in view of sensation which is the one recognized and according to which one must act35

[20] When the crisis falls on two days without being preceded by a warn-ing day one must solve for the critical day by reasoning on the basis of cycles the nature of the day the number of critical days and the moment of crisis36

[21]There are three moments in which the crisis takes place One of these is the moment of the feverrsquos paroxysm the second the moment of evacua-tion and the third the moment of relief37 If these moments are present on the same day we say that that is the critical day If they take place on two days then only the day about which the warning day gave warning ought to be called the critical day If the crisis takes place on two days then should most of the critical symptoms be found on the first of them but only some of them on the second day then some of the crisis should be given to the second day But if these symptoms are found altogether on the two days then the crisis applies to both of them38

[22] The critical days after the twentieth day are according to the ad-herents of Hippocrates and Galen39 the twenty-fourth the twenty-seventh

cf Ḥunayn (CG 147) وىةن وأما نوحنع ة

ن ما ننا أ trans Cooper 146 either accompanied by a tremor or a strong pain

34emsp Cf Galen K 79618-7971 (CG 144-147) 35emsp The author means to say that the onset of the disease can be viewed in two ways lsquoby

naturersquo or theoretically whereby we conclude that the disease began at a certain mo-ment even though no symptoms are yet present and empirically Note however that Galen K 79710-8014 (CG 146-153) polemicises with the Sophists for whom the time of the illness is known through thought and reason alone MS Tehran adds here ldquoThe indications by way of example Some indicate the crisis and the preceding day warns by means of an auspicious indication Some indicate its appearance and [they are] the critical symptoms tremors and sweat Some do not indicate any danger they are the unusual (gharība) symptoms As for its completion it is the relief from the fever () As for that which [occurs] at its onset (ie of the completion) it [indicates] its heading towards relief As for that which indicates confidence [in full recovery] it is all of them togetherrdquo

36emsp Cf Galen K 8103-8 (CG 168-169) 37emsp ldquoreliefrdquo ( ن

لمر من ل لةحن ) ie that one is relieved from the illness ie that the illness is

over cf Galen K 81018 τὸ τέλος αὐτὸ τῆς κρίσεως (the end (cessation) of the crisis) cf trans Ḥunayn (CG 171) ن لنر ء ا نهةن trans Cooper 170 ldquothe resolution of the crisisrdquo

38emsp Cf Galen K 81016-8119 (CG 170-171)39emsp MS Princeton adds ldquothe twentieth dayrdquo

[16-22]


the thirty-first the thirty-fourth the thirty-seventh and the fortieth But according to the adherents of Archigenes they are the twenty-first day the twenty-eighth the forty-second the forty-fifth and the forty-eighth40

[23] From among the cycles of the stars three cycles are correlates [of the cycles of critical days]41 I mean the cycle of the moon the cycle of the sun and the cycle of Saturn42 Hippocrates recorded the fortieth day the sixtieth day the eightieth day and the hundred and twentieth day among the critical days43

[M2]44 Regarding the text in this [ie first] book but not where he men-tioned the stars in the third (book) did he mention Saturn and among the [zodiacal] signs which the author of the Summaries mentioned here in book two The author of the Summaries said afterwards in book three as in the case of (manzila) the fourteen which is taken in analogy to the moon when it is on its diameter [diametrically opposed to the sun full moon half cycle] that is six months when taken in analogy to the sun (14 days of lu-nar cycle analogous to 6 months in solar cycle) and fourteen [years] when taken in analogy to the cycle of Saturn

[24] Exiting the disease may [continue from the crisis] up to the four-teenth day with great effort45 but with a moderate effort it aims for the fortieth day But only rarely will it be with an effort and [yet] after the for-tieth [day] and only in the diseases whose termination exceeds [the usual period] and it is those in which the crisis lasts for three days

[25] Galen said that the one who wishes to know beforehand about the crisis should be cognizant of Hippocratesrsquo Prognosis46 He should also be experienced and skilled in the actual practice on patients He may know it [also] from the pulse of the arteries and its rules47

[26] Some signs indicate rescue and safety others perdition and demise yet others danger and still others the ripening of the disease48

[27] The signs that indicate safety are that the strength [of the body] is strong the breathing easy the illness is light upon the body and the pulse

40emsp Cf Galen K 81517-81611 (CG 170-171)41emsp MS Tehran reads here ldquoThe correlated cycles are threerdquo42emsp Text missing in Galen43emsp Cf Galen K 8179 (CG 170-171) 44emsp This marginalium found like the others in MS Princeton is cut off in left margin45emsp The ldquoeffortrdquo (jihād) spoken of here is the exertion of ldquonaturerdquo (the bodily faculties) to

rid itself of the illness46emsp Cf Galen K 8189-17 (CG 184-185)47emsp Cf Galen K 8181-7 and 81816 (CG 182-185)48emsp Cf Galen K 8198-9 (CG 184-185)

73

nice and good [28] The signs that indicate perdition are poor breathing a heaviness of

the body and a bad pulse The signs of danger are cold sweat and the signs of ripening are ripe urine

[29] If the error that befalls in the matter of patients is of a small mag-nitude an incomplete crisis is brought about thereby on the seventh day But if it is of a great magnitude it is brought about thereby on the ninth day or on the eleventh day49 The error may be due to the physician it may be due to the patient and it may be due to his family50 and servants and it may be due to exterior events that is noise a quarrel with neighbors51 and bad news for example news of a disturbance or of a fire or the bringing of sad news concerning family property or friend52 A crisis that leads back to safety comes late but in the case of fatal diseases it comes early53 It will be on the fifth day if the illness is acute its paroxysms fall on odd days and the error in connection to the patient was great54 or on the sixth day if the situation is the opposite

[30] For some diseases it is possible to know from the very outset the type of each one and what will be the outcome at the end for example tertian fever in which the signs of ripening are clear55 It will come to an end on the fourth day For others it is not possible to get knowledge about anything con-cerning these two things [type outcome] such as tertian fever when there are two fevers and on the first days symptoms are discerned which indicate

49emsp MS Tehran adds here ldquoIf the error is on the part of the patient then with regard to illnesses that are not dangerous they will be long-term and their dissipation will take a long time But diseases that are dangerous lead to perdition That which terminates in relief is [not] dangerousrdquo

50emsp Om MS Tehran51emsp MS Tehran adds ldquoand the sound of warrdquo MS Tehran omits ldquoconcerning family prop-

erty or friendrdquo52emsp Cf Galen K 8228-17 8241-12 CG 190-19753emsp Galen K 82813 merely states that safe illnesses usually last longer because of errors

(ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασι) cf trans Ḥunayn (CG 203) نر ا عا ة

ن ن عر ن أ trans Cooper 202

ldquoif an accident occurs in themrdquo see as well CG 190 n397 MS Tehranrsquos formulation is as follows ldquoIts occurrence will come early But with regard to illnesses that are not dangerous their crises come laterdquo

54emsp In place of the last phrase MS Tehran reads ldquoand the danger is greatrdquo55emsp This passage is very different in MS Tehran ldquoFor some diseases it is possible to know

from the very outset the type of each one and what will be the outcome at the end for example tertian fever when there is a fever that is manifest (tabīnu) but in the first days the signs of ripening were not manifest For others its species is known but it is not known how it will end up such as prolonged phlegmatic fever ldquo

[23-30]


that the disease has not ripened For yet others neither its type nor the out-come at which it will end can be known for example phlegmatic fever

[31] Some diseases are safe they come to an end on the fourth day and the symptoms of ripening are clear from the first day Whoever has a disease that is like this should be given a very fine and light regimen Others are fatal and they will come to an end on the fourth day Still others are safe but they are accompanied by symptoms that indicate that the illness has not ripened sometimes it is accompanied by symptoms that indicate that it will be prolonged If the two characteristics are found together it is a disease that will last a long time and the person who suffers from it should be given a thick regimen But if one of them is found I mean only a symptom that indicates that the disease has not ripened then it is a disease that will not last for long The person who suffers from it should be given a regimen that is less thick56

[32] If the signs of ripening are clear on the fourth day then the crisis will be in the seventh day if they are clear on the seventh day then the crisis will come on the fourteenth day if they are clear on the fourteenth day then the crisis will come either on the seventeenth day the eighteenth day the twentieth day or on the twenty-first day The seventeenth day will give warning about one of these three [other] days57

[33] If the disease is prolonged and signs are discerned that it has not ripened or that it will be [even more] prolonged then if those signs are discerned on the seventh day the indication is that it will terminate on the fourteenth day But if they are discerned on the eleventh day then the dis-ease will terminate after the twentieth day and if they are discerned on the seventeenth day then the disease will terminate on the fortieth day58

[34] The summaries59 of the first book of Galenrsquos tract On Critical Days are finished Praise to God and His prayers on his prophet Muhammad and his pure family60

56emsp This statement is missing in Galen Cf however the more general statement in Galen bk 2 K 88516-8869 (CG 296-299) where he remarks that if one anticipates the crisis on the third or fourth day and the patient is a strong young man one may withhold food until the fourth day or even the seventh day However if the crisis occurs be-tween the seventh day and the eleventh or fourteenth one may not withhold food from him

57emsp Cf K 8363-83714 (CG 218-221) MS Tehran reads for the last sentence ldquowill give warn-ing about one of these two daysrdquo

58emsp Cf K 8387-8399 (CG 222-225)59emsp MS Tehran adds ldquoof the Alexandriansrdquo60emsp For the final sentence MS Tehran displays ldquoMuch Praise to God alonerdquo

75

[35] In the name of God the Compassionate the Merciful The summa-ries of the second book of Galenrsquos book On Critical Days

Three things cause people to differ with regard to the issue of crisis61 The first is that it is difficult and toilsome to establish the beginning of the disease62 The second is that error may occur either on the part of the physi-cian or on the part of the patient63 The third is that the crisis may last for many days64

[36] Some days are critical days some days are warning days and some days lie in between The true65 critical days are the fourth the seventh the eleventh the fourteenth the seventeenth and the twentieth The days that give warning of the crisis are the fourth the eleventh and the fourteenth66 The days that lie in between are the third the fifth the sixth the thirteenth and the fifteenth67

[37] The tetrads of the critical days differ with regard to their number68 The first tetrad and the second tetrad overlap (mawṣūlayn) the second tet-rad and the third tetrad are counted separately the third and fourth are con-secutive and the fourth and the fifth also overlap since the fifth terminates on the seventeenth day So also do the fifth and sixth overlap69

[38] The ancients were all in agreement about the critical days up to the fourteenth day However they disagreed about the days after it That is to say one group of them claimed that the critical days after the fourteenth day are the seventeenth day the twentieth day the twenty-fourth day70 the

61emsp MS Tehran displays ldquoThe causes for disagreement in the views of people concerning the issue of the crisis are threerdquo A marginal note in MS Princeton reads ldquoThree things that are difficult to establish The beginning of the disease the occurrence of an error and the length of the crisisrdquo

62emsp The problem of establishing the beginning of a disease has been discussed into detail in bk 1 K 7959-79716 (CG 142-149)

63emsp Cf Bk 1 section 29 MS Tehran adds ldquoor on the part of the servants or on account of external eventsrdquo

64emsp Cf Bk 1 section 965emsp Om T66emsp Cf Galen K 84510-16 (CG 234-235) see as well K 87515-8765 (CG 282-283)67emsp Galen K 8479-11 (CG 238-239) mentions the third the fifth the sixth and the ninth as

falling between the critical days68emsp ldquowith regard to their numberrdquo means here ldquothe way they are countedrdquo When tetrads

overlap the second begins on the last day of the first so that the sum total of the two tetrads is seven not eight here we have 4 + 2nd=7 7+ 3rd=11 11 + 4th=14 14 +5th =17 17 + 6th =20 7 11 14 17 and 20 are all critical days

69emsp This section is not found in Galen70emsp MS T has here instead the twenty-first day

[31-38]


twenty-seventh day the thirty-first day the thirty-fourth day the fortieth day the sixtieth day71 the eightieth day and the hundred-and-twentieth day Another group claims that72 they are the eighteenth day the twenty-first day the twenty-fifth day the twenty-eighth the thirty-second day the thirty-fifth day the forty-second day and the forty-eighth73

[39] The writings [composed by] Hippocrates called ldquoEpidemicsrdquo consist of seven books74 Two of these books are authentic [ṣāḥīḥān] there is no doubt about them they are the first and the third There is doubt concern-ing three of them they are the second the fourth and the sixth75 Two are fabrications and forgeries76 they are the fifth and the seventh77

[40] If the illnesses are such that the crisis continues for many days we must learn about the affair of the crisis from the beginning of the illness from the day that warns of the crisis and from the movements of the ill-nessrsquos paroxysms

[41] Some crises are well-defined they are the ones which come about and terminate in one day Others are not well-defined they are the ones that last for many days

[42] The exit from the disease is of three sorts by ripening and dissolution78 if the thing that activates the disease79 is worn out over time by evacuation if all of the matter that activates the disease is expelled outwards in its en-tirety by an abscess or an ulcer if the thing is pushed to a non-noble organ

[43] Some chronic illnesses terminate by ripening and dissolution for oth-ers the termination is all at once and that is when the illness moves at the end of the affair with an acute motion80 Also for some chronic diseases the crisis lasts for many days For others the crisis begins and ends on one day

71emsp Om T72emsp T adds here ldquothe critical days that come after the fourteenth dayrdquo73emsp T has here instead the forty-fourth day Cf Galen K 8537-8545 (CG 246-247) Refer-

ring to Hippocrates Galen distinguishes between two classes of critical days the last days mentioned representing these two classes are the fortieth and forty-second

74emsp T calls On Epidemics ldquoa bookrdquo (in the singular kitāb) and its seven sections maqālāt75emsp Our translation is according to the supralinear note in the Princeton MS which reads

لا نع instead of و لا T agrees with the corrected reading of P ie books 2 4 and و6

76emsp T uses one word only which does not appear in P manḥūla ldquospuriousrdquo77emsp Cf Galen K 85915-18 (CG 258-259)78emsp Om T79emsp T has ldquothe humour which is the causerdquo80emsp T expresses the same idea but formulates it more concisely Instead of ldquothe termina-

tion is all at once and that is when the illness moves at the end of the affair with an acute motionrdquo T has ldquothe termination is all at once at the end with a fast motionrdquo

77

[44] The natures of critical days are of two natures Some are true criti-cals others are false criticals The true criticals are called critical by nature they are the fourth day and the seventh fourteenth and twentieth The false criticals are the third fifth ninth and thirteenth81

[45] Knowledge of the critical days is useful in two ways It is useful for foreknowledge82 of the crisis For we know crises only from the signs and indications that warn about them It is useful [also] for calculating nour-ishment83 For if we know the day on which the illness terminates we may calculate the nourishment accordingly84

[46] Hippocrates took note of the days critical by naturemdashand they are the true critical daysmdashand the days that fall between the true critical days85 That is he mentioned them in the Aphorisms and in the Prognosis and he mentioned in the first book of Epidemics those that are critical days by na-ture and the days that fall between them86

[47] Some of those days that fall between them87 fall on even [numbered days] and some fall on odd ones Those that fall on even ones are the sixth the eighth the tenth the twentieth and the twenty-eighth88 those that fall on odd ones are the third the fifth and the ninth89

[48] Some of the cycles of critical days are tetrads [literally in four four]

81emsp Again T has the same idea expressed more succinctly ldquoThe nature of critical days is two-fold That is some of them are critical by nature like the fourth seventh four-teenth and twentieth Others are only thought to be critical such as the third the fifth the seventh and the thirteenthrdquo

82emsp Accepting the marginalium in P which corrects sāʾir to sābiq For Trsquos term taqdima maʿrifa see table on p 30

83emsp T reads here ldquoto be informed about the determination of the plan of the regimenrdquo84emsp Cf Galen K 86910-13 (CG 272-273)85emsp ldquoand they are the true critical daysmdashand the days that fall between the true critical

daysrdquo is omitted in T86emsp Cf Galen K 86811-17 (CG 270-271) Note that referrring to Hippocrates Galen speaks

about (true) critical days as being twofold some increase by series of four and some by sevens (here referring to Hippocratesrsquo Aphorisms) Additionally he mentions (refer-ring to Hippocratesrsquo Epidemics) the days occurring between them T has here instead ldquoBut as for the first book of the Aphorisms he spoke there not only about the critical days but also about the days that lie between themrdquo

87emsp ldquothat fall between themrdquo om T88emsp ldquoand the twenty-eighthrdquo om T89emsp Cf Galen K 87110-13 (CG 276-277) Quoting from Hippocratesrsquo Epidemics Galen also

mentions the thirty-fourth fortieth sixtieth eightieth and hundred-twentieth day amongst the even days while amongst the odd days he also mentions the seventh eleventh seventeenth twenty-first twenty-seventh and thirty-first day

[39-48]


others are heptads others are twenty [icosads] Those that are in fours are the days that end in the twentieth those that are in sevens are from the twentieth [with the days overlapping as explained above] to the thirty-fourth and those that are in twenties are the days from the fortieth to the sixtieth90

[49] The causes of discrepancy in the matter of critical days are many One of them is ignorance with regard to the two natures of critical days I mean those that are critical days by nature and those that are false91 The second is that their investigator restricts himself to theoretical reasoning without [taking into account] experience92 The third is that when a person sees that a crisis falls once upon one of the days he judges that it is one of the critical days he does not anticipate [any more] in order to see whether there will be a crisis on it [ie that particular day] at other times or not The fourth is that the person does not know that the critical days and the types of crises may be concurrent like epidemic diseases93 The concurrence94 may be with regard to the diseases with regard to the types of crises or with regard to the critical days

[50] As for the diseases95 at some times they are burning fevers at others tertian fevers and at yet others quartan fevers96 As for the types of crisis97 the crises will at times be [in the form of] nosebleeds at others sweating at

90emsp Carrying on with the explanation given above 7+7+6=20 20+7=27 27+7=3491emsp T is more concise ldquothose that are thus by nature and so those that are [mistakenly]

thought to be [so]rdquo92emsp Cf Galen K 87211-14 (CG 278-279) Galen merely mentions two kinds of critical days

without any qualification according to Cooper CG 270 n 822 these are days by series of four and by seven However following Galen K 86811-17 (cf section 46) it seems clear to us that these two kinds are the days that are critical by nature (ie by series of four and by seven) and those that are false ie the intermediate days

93emsp wāfid ldquoepidemicrdquo or perhaps ldquosyndemicrdquo T speaks about the fact that he does not know the fuṣūl (periods) of the critical days and the jihāt (directions) of the crises

94emsp ldquoconcurrencerdquo (wufūd) T speaks once again about fuṣūl95emsp Cf T ldquoAs for those (ie fuṣūl (periods) of the diseasesrdquo96emsp From the ldquoThe fourthrdquo in [49] to here T has something completely different ldquoThe

fourth is that the person does not know about the periods (fuṣūl) of the crisis and the directions (jihāt) of the crises With regard to illnesses the periods may be on the part of the crises and on the critical days But as for that which is in the disease [periods that have to do with the course of the illness and not with crises] they may produce in this [lapse of] time burning fevers and in another time tertian fever and in yet another [time] quartan feverrdquo

97emsp T speaks about the fuṣūl (periods) of the anḥā (directions) of the crises

79

yet others vomiting As for the critical days98 some will be at this time on the seventh day others will be at another time on the tenth day yet others at a different time on the eleventh day

[51] Some days are critical only and they are the seventh day the four-teenth and the twentieth Others are jointly critical and warning and they are the fourth day the eleventh and the seventeenth Yet others fall in the middle and they are the third the fifth99 and the thirteenth

[52] The way of reasoning with regard to the days is in this way for the days before day twenty the first two weeks are computed in a way that dis-tinguishes among them between the first and second week[s] but the third week is computed along with the second week in a way that it overlaps with it100 But as for the days that are after twenty the first two weeks are again computed in such a way that distinguishes between them so that the two of them end on day thirty-four [20 + 14] The third week overlaps with the second week ending on day forty

[53] There are three cycles One of them is a half-cycle [ldquocycle of a halfrdquo]101 it is the cycle of tetrads because when four is multiplied there results eight twelve and sixteen The other is the full cycle and it is the cycle of heptads because when seven is multiplied the results are fourteen twenty-one twenty-eight thirty-five and forty-two The third cycle is a fuller102 cycle than that and it is the cycle of twenties because when twenty is multiplied the results are forty sixty eighty and one hundred and twenty103

[M3] Regarding this text We must therefore make a division that was not required of us beforehand We must add the distinct parts one to the other That will be when we have divided that thing that is categorized as quantity into large parts The division should not exceed the limit to the point where there are very many parts and therefore the quantity that is suited for in-struction is surpassed104

[54] A division of the illnesses must be made that is not in accordance with the critical days otherwise it will be without limit nor [should it be]

98emsp T speaks about the fuṣūl (periods) of the critical days99emsp T adds ldquoand the ninthrdquo100emsp Ie one day on (in) common so that 20 days can form three heptads 101emsp T adds ldquo(al-jānib lsquoan) doublingrdquo which could mean ldquohalf the quantity of double tet-

radsrdquo and thus concord with Princeton ldquoOne of them is a half-cycle [ldquocycle of a halfrdquo] it is the cycle of tetradsrdquo

102emsp T reads here ldquothe fullest and most perfectrdquo103emsp K 8793-8797 (CG 286-287) 104emsp The marginal note refers to overdoing scholastic division into categories and subcat-

egories so that the whole thing becomes too cumbersome

[49-54]


in accordance with their general classes because that which is very distinct105 does not relate one to the other Rather [it should be] commensurate with their movements [rate of progress of the disease]106

[55] So we say that some illnesses are of the utmost acuity and swiftness others are [merely] acute yet others fall short of acute diseases falling with-in the chronic still others are chronic of long duration Among the illnesses that are of the utmost acuity some are at the ultimate extreme of acuity ie continuous fevers that terminate after four days while some are extreme107 ie burning fevers that abate in seven days Among acute illnesses some108 are of extreme acuity and they are those that terminate within fourteen days while others are of a general acuity and they are those that terminate within twenty days109 Among the illnesses that fall within [the range of] acute to chronic some are ongoing while others have paroxysms Among chronic illnesses some terminate within two months others within seven months still others within seven years yet others within fourteen years110

105emsp ldquois very distinctrdquo lit made distinct by many distinctions 106emsp Cf K 88115-8831 (CG 290-295) The meaning seems to be this theory has determined

sets of critical days and it has also classified fevers as hectic tertian etc However when it comes to practice one should not rely upon these theoretical divisions but rather pay attention to the course of each illness T has here instead ldquoA division of the illnesses must be made that is not commensurate with the critical days because they are not [precisely] defined nor also [commensurate] with their generic periods because some of them do not bear a relation to the others [or do not connect to the others] as the distinction between them is powerful Instead their division must be in accord with their movementsrdquo

107emsp The MS has the following marginal note ldquo that is not the ultimaterdquo108emsp ldquoof extreme acuityrdquo Galen does not speak of illnesses that are extremely acute but

ldquoacute in an exact wayrdquo cf K 88616 ἀκριβῶς μὲν ὀξὺ Ḥunayn (CG 299) defines the Greek as ةةهة

لحة ء و ةهةا سم عل ل ل دن ىة ةم ن لدن trans Cooper (CG 298) ldquothat which ناis called by this name (ie ldquoacuterdquo) according to thorough investigation and in realityrdquo

109emsp K 88611-17 CG 298-299110emsp This passage is quite different in T ldquoInsofar [in T [55] continues the sentence begun in

[54]] as we say that some diseases are very acute they divide into two groups One of them is at the utmost extremity of acuity such as the continuous fever that is called lsquosynochousrsquo which resolves [ie ends] on the fourth day The other group is very acute generally speaking [but not at the extreme] such as the burning fever that resolves on the seventh day Others are acute and they also divide into two groups Some are acute at their end and they are the illnesses whose resolution in general [takes place] up the fourteenth day while others are acute generally speaking and they are those whose resolution will take place up to the twentieth day Some illnesses are produced at the decline of acute illnesses and they divide into two groups some are permanent and some are recurrent (returning from time to time) Yet other illnesses are chronic and

81

[56] Some illnesses are acute namely those lasting for a short time the person suffering from them is in danger111 on their account such as burning fever112 Others are of short duration and they do not linger for long but they are not accompanied by any danger ie ephemeral fever Still others fall out of [the category of] acute fevers into [that of] chronic ones they are the ones whose movement from the beginning of the situation is slow but then it becomes acute Yet others are chronic they are those whose move-ment from the beginning of the situation to the end is a mild movement113

[57] Some illnesses are of the utmost extremity114 such that there is no extreme of acuity beyond them they are those that terminate on the fourth day The regimen of the patient in this case is that he should refrain from nourishment altogether Others are very acute but not of the ulti-mate acuity115 they are those that terminate on the seventh day In that case honey water alone should be employed Others are of true [ie not extreme] acuity and they are those that terminate within fourteen days In their case barley gruel pure just as it is116 should be employed117 Yet others occur from acuity to [the] chronic118 and others are long-lasting chronic [diseases] Among these classes some terminate within two months oth-

their divisions are four That is for some the resolution (following our editorial emen-dation) is within two months for others the resolution is within seven months for others the resolution is within seven years and for yet others the resolution is within fourteen yearsrdquo

111emsp T adds ldquogreat dangerrdquo112emsp T adds ldquothat is called qawsūs (ie Greek καῦσος)rdquo 113emsp K 8875-10 CG 300-301 Galen does not define the type of fever accompanying these

illnesses but merely speaks of ldquofeverrdquo For this long last sentence beginning ldquoStill oth-ersrdquo T has ldquoSome are produced from the decline of acute illnesses They are those whose movement at the beginning of the affair is slow but then acute at the end Oth-ers are acute They are those whose movement from beginning to end is slowrdquo Neither P nor T are very clear here nor do either of them precisely convey Galenrsquos remarks

114emsp T adds ldquoof acuityrdquo but then omits ldquosuch that there is no extreme of acuity beyond themrdquo

115emsp Instead of ldquobut not of the ultimate acuityrdquo T exhibits ldquogenerallyrdquo116emsp T makes the same statement except that instead of ldquobarley gruel pure just as it isrdquo it

has ldquopure barley waterrdquo 117emsp T has something quite different for ldquobarley pure just as it is should be employedrdquo

including accounts of categories not found in P but unfortunately T itself is not trans-parent here

118emsp This cumbersome formulation refers to a relapse see [59] below and the note there referring to Galen T however reads ldquoYet others are acute produced from the decline of the diseaserdquo

[55-57]


ers within seven months yet others within seven years still others within fourteen years The regimen for these ought to be thick119

[58] Among the illnesses that terminate on the fortieth day some are those that terminate between the onset of the illness and the completion of fourteen days others begin when it moves with acute movements during the critical days until after the twentieth [day] yet others120 take on this configuration afterwards Their termination is either within seven months or within seven years or within fourteen years

[59] Galen makes the limits of acute illnesses the fourteenth day and the fortieth day and the limits of diseases that occur from acuity to [the] chronic the fortieth day and the sixtieth day121

[60] Illnesses whose crisis comes on the twentieth day are either illnesses whose movements begin to move slowly then after the fourth or seventh day move with acute movements or illnesses for which the crisis comes on imperfectly122

[61] The summaries of the second book of Galenrsquos book On Critical Days are finished Praise to God Lord of the worlds and His prayers for his proph-et Muhammad and his pure family

[62] In the name of God the Compassionate the MercifulGod is responsible for (or is the grantor of) successThe summaries of the third book of Galenrsquos book On Critical Days123

The principles on the basis of which knowledge of the critical days is extracted are two one is that which is true on the basis of that to which experience attests and the other is that to which reason attests124

[63] The moon has seven shapes four are before fullness125 and three

119emsp Cf Galen K 88516-88611 (CG 296-299) Note that the thick regimen for those that suf-fer from chronic illnesses is not mentioned by Galen

120emsp The MS has the following marginal note ldquothat is from among the illnesses that are chronicrdquo

121emsp Cf Galen K 89414-18 (CG 310-311) quoting Hippocrates T has a somewhat clearer de-scription of the relapse ldquoAs for the illnesses that come about from the decline of other illnessesrdquo

122emsp The text is possibly an elaboration on K 89713-18 (CG 316-317)123emsp ldquoGod is responsibleCritical Daysrdquo om T124emsp Cf CG 321 ةا

لة من ر نآول رنهة لةن من ةوأحندن حدها

أ ن منا حن ول

أل ه trans Cooper 320 وهدن

ldquoThese principles are of two kinds one is derived from experience and the other from reasonrdquo Galen (K 9005) merely states that these principles are of two kinds without defining them

125emsp The MS has the following marginal note ldquobefore fullness and including itrdquo

83

are after fullness As for the four that are before the fullness one is called in Greek mēnoeidēs and it is the new moon and it is called sextile The second is called in Greek dikhotomos which means divided in half and it is called quartile The third is called in Greek amphikurtos which means having two convexities [ie convex on each side] and it is called trine The fourth is called in Greek panselēnos and it is the fullness the full moon and it is called opposition As for the three that are after fullness they are the one possessing two126 boundaries the one divided in half and the disappearance127

[M4] I did not find the Greek names in the text[64] When the sun is overhead128 the season is summer When it de-

scends toward the direction of the south it is the season of winter When it is in Aries the season is spring and when it is in Libra the season is autumn129

[65] [Concerning] what occurs in the air from the visibility of the cres-cent to its disappearance At the moment of conjunction very powerful and very long-lasting changes occur130 At fullness there are powerful changes but they are of short duration At the halfway point there are great changes When it takes on a convex shape there are weak changes and at its disap-pearance the changes are negligible131

[66] The visibility of the crescent may be swift or slow [ie of long or short duration after the last visibility of the waning moon] depending upon four causes that is at one time it will be seen on the second day [after last visibility] at another time it will be seen on the third day The reason[s] for this may be its proper motion or the difference in latitude or on account of the moment of conjunction or on account of the difference in latitude132

126emsp Though it is correct that this shape has two boundaries it is most likely a minor graph-ic error in the Arabic and the intention is the one having two convexities mentioned earlier

127emsp Cf Galen K 90214-9031 (CG 324-325) There are two Arabic terms for quarter moon dhū al-ḥaddatayn ldquopossessing two boundariesrdquo and dhū al-ḥadabatayn ldquopossessing two convexities [or curvatures]rdquo The second is more faithful to the Greek but the two are orthographically similar in Arabic and easily confused

128emsp Literally ldquoat the zenithrdquo but this is not correct for Greece or Iraq129emsp Cf Galen K 90313 (CG 326-327) no mention of the zodiac130emsp The beginning of this passage reads in T as follows ldquoThat which we have learned from

observation is that the change that comes about at the syzygies is very powerful and [very] slowrdquo

131emsp Cf Galen K 9049-16 (CG 328-329) Instead of ldquonegligiblerdquo T has ldquoweakrdquo132emsp A dittography in P one of these should probably be ikhtilāf al-manāẓir parallax T has

ldquoon account of the anomalous motion of the zodiacal signs (al-latī li-l-burūj)rdquo which makes no sense If we correct li-l-burūj to fī al-burūj (ldquoin the signsrdquo) then we have an-other wording for the first cause so T should also be emended so as to list the parallax

[58-66]


[67] There are four heptads in the cycle of the moon One is from the mo-ment of its visibility until it is divided in half and that is in Taurus and Leo at quadrature The second [extends] until it becomes full moon and that is in Scorpio and Aquarius at quadrature The third [extends] until the moment that it is divided into two halves as it wanes and it is in Aries and Cancer at quadrature The fourth [extends] until its complete disappearance and that is in Libra and Capricorn at quadrature133

[68] The cycles of critical days some critical cycles are daily others monthly others yearly The daily ones are the fourth the seventh and the fourteenth The monthly ones are the fortieth day and six months134 The yearly ones are seven years and fourteen years The relation (qiyās) of the cycles to their analogues135 follows in this way Fourteen when related to the cycle of the moon is at its diameter (full moon) [and is] analogous to six months when related to the cycle of the sun and to the fourteen years when related to the cycle of Saturn (is one half of its orbit) Also the seventh day in the lunar cycle is like a period of three months in the cycle of the sun and like seven years in the cycle of Saturn According to this pattern also the fourth day in the lunar cycle when it is sextile is the forty-fifth day of the cycle of the sun

[69] The beginning of the diseases proceeds in two ways One of them is the beginning that we see with our own eyes in the coming about of each one of them The other is the beginning in which the air changes on account of the sun in each month and on account of the moon136 in each week137

[70] That which compels the crisis in a disease to come earlier is precisely the great severity and difficulty of the disease138 The error that takes place is on the part of the physician or on the part of the patient on the part of

which is indeed a strong variable in this computation Cf Galen K 9067-9075 (CG 320-323)

133emsp Cf Galen K 9084-11 (CG 334-335) no mention of zodiac but cf K 91016-9118134emsp Cf Galen K 91317-9141 (CG 342-343) Galen only speaks of ldquoperiods of days weeks

and of monthsrdquo135emsp Instead of analogues (ashbāh) T has ldquonamesrdquo136emsp T reads ldquoon account of the weeks of the moonrdquo it is almost certainly a copyistrsquos error

and we have deleted it from the edition137emsp Cf Galen K 91511-16 (CG 344-347) Note that according to Galen (K 91516) the sun

causes the change in the air in the case of the whole year and the moon in the case of each month

138emsp The beginning of the passage is somewhat unclear in T but it may be translated as fol-lows ldquoIt may be necessary (qad yajibu ḍarūratan not very elegant) and it may be that the crises of the illnesses will come early for two reasons the first is the strength of the paroxysm and the otherrdquo

85

those attending him family and especially servants or on the part of exter-nal things that occur139 In the case of acute diseases many critical days fall in the middle I mean the third the fifth the sixth and the ninth but in the case of chronic diseases they are few140

[71] The expelling faculty in the body may sometimes move to expel the superfluity before [it is] fully ripened on account of something that excites it stimulating it to [do] this either externally or internally When externally then it is on the part of the physician the patient his family and attendants or the things that occur externally When internally it is [due to] the severity of the illness the humour that is harmful or a paroxysm of the fever141 All of these causes may move toward this with a slow motion after the ripening has intensified on account of its weakness142

[72] The paroxysm of the fever moves every day in the case of phlegmatic fever in the case of tertian fever one day [yes] and one day not143 and in the case of quartan fever one day [yes] two days not144

[73] The adherents of Pythagoras claim that numbers are of two kinds Some are odd and they are masculine145 they are the third the fifth the seventh and the ninth146 The crisis comes on the third [day] on account of the strength of the cycle and its compulsion [on] the fifth on account of the strength of nature147 [on] the seventh on account of the moon [on] the ninth on account of the error that befalls when it is great148 Others are even and they are feminine149 they are the second the fourth the sixth the eighth and the tenth

[74] The paroxysms of some diseases are continuous as in the case of

139emsp Cf Galen K 9164-11 (CG 346-347) Note that Galen does not specify those who attend the patient See as well passage 71

140emsp Cf Galen K 91614 (CG 346-347) Note that Galen does not specify which days fall in the middle T adds here ldquoThe first cycle may be in the odd [days] and then it is the third and it may be in the even [days] and then it is the fourthrdquo

141emsp ldquoof the feverrdquo om T142emsp Cf Galen K 9188-13 91911-9201 (CG 350-353) 143emsp For ldquoone day [yes] and one day notrdquo T has ldquoevery three daysrdquo 144emsp For ldquoone day [yes] and two days notrdquo T has ldquoevery four daysrdquo This is not in Galen as

such but cf K 9214-9 (CG 354-355)]145emsp Cf Galen K 92218-9231 (CG 356-357)146emsp T adds ldquoand the eleventhrdquo147emsp That is to say the weakening of naturersquos strength so that the crisis is delayed T exhib-

its here ldquothe fatigue of naturerdquo148emsp T has insteadrdquo[on] the ninth because of the sun and [on] the eleventh because of

Saturnrdquo Cf Galen K 92317-92414 (CG 358-359)149emsp Cf Galen K 9231-2 (CG 356-357)Cf Galen K 92218-9231 (CG 356-357)

[67-74]


burning fever150 that is the one whose irruption and difficulty is day on day off151 Others are of the genus of chronic illnesses except that they move with acute movements such as the fever compounded of phlegmatic fever and tertian fever Yet others are lasting and continuous such as blood fever it is the one in which the fever follows a single pattern throughout all of its days152

[75] The twentieth day belongs to the critical days for two reasons One of them [and this is the first reason] is that diseases whose period is long and whose irruption and severity are on even days only terminate on one of the even days153 The second is that the weeks are not [composed of] seven full days and that is because the year has three hundred and sixty-five and one-quarter days The month has twenty-nine and one-sixth days The week has six days and one half and one-sixth154

[76] Weeks have different ways of joining (literally ldquorelationsrdquo) one to the other The second week overlaps with the first week with a separate junc-ture but the third enters the second with a continuous juncture155

[77] The quarters also join to each other in different ways The first quar-ter joins the second with a continuous juncture the second joins the third with a separate juncture the fourth joins the third with a continuous junc-ture the fifth joins the fourth with a continuous juncture the sixth joins the fifth with a continuous juncture156

[78] Diseases belong to [different] classes Some are acute and their opposites are lingering157 diseases that are slow of movement Some are chronic of long duration and their opposites are diseases of short duration Some linger for a long time and their opposite is ephemeral fever158

[79] The summaries of the third book of Galenrsquos book On Critical Days are complete and the book is finished in its entirety Praise to God Lord of the worlds and may He pray for his prophet Muhammad and his pure family

150emsp T adds here as well ldquothat is called qawsūsrdquo151emsp Here too T reads ldquoevery three daysrdquo152emsp Cf Galen K 92518-9266 (CG 360-362)153emsp Cf Galen K 92811-12 (CG 364-365) Galen does not state that these diseases terminate

on even days but that their paroxysms occur on those days only καὶ τοὺς παραξυσμοὺς αἱ ἀρτίαι λαμβάνουσιν cf trans Ḥunayn (CG 365) ون رن

أة ل

ةه ةكون نلحم ن أن و

ون154emsp Cf Galen K 9293-12 (CG 366-367) T omits ldquoone halfrdquo155emsp Cf Galen K 93713-9381 (CG 380-383) The subject has been explained above ie the

famous ldquoGalenic weekrdquo156emsp Cf Galen K 9381-12 (CG 380-383)157emsp T has here ldquochronicrdquo158emsp This section does not appear in Galen as such but cf K 93912-9411 (CG 382-385)

chapter 5

The Hebrew Version of Shimshon ben Shlomo

1 Manuscripts

The Hebrew translation by Shimshon ben Shlomo about whom nothing at all is known except for the fact that he completed the translation of the Alexandrian Summaries on the eighth of August 13221 is extant in the fol-lowing MSS2

11 MS Vienna Oesterreichische Nationalbibliothek Cod hebr 29 (cat Schwarz 174 15)3 (א) fols 199b-204a copied in 1452 in a Sephardic script This manuscript is except for some minor variations identical with MS Parma Biblioteca Palatina Cod Parma 2919 [see page 94]

12 St Petersburg RNL Heb I 332 (ב)Copied in a Sephardic script on 30 August 1322 no foliation The MS has the following colophon on fol 267b ldquoThe translation of the Summaries of the Alexandrians of the books of Galen was completed on the eighth of Elul 5082 (= 30 August 1322) by Shimshon ben Shlomordquo [see page 95]

13 Paris Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 1117 (ג)4Fols 256a-262a (Hebrew page numbers) or 249a-255a (Arabic numbers) copied in the 14th-15th centuries in a Sephardic script The MS is incomplete and suffers from fading of the ink From הנה יכלה ליום העשרים in section 23 the MS has been copied in a different script and becomes increasingly hard to read the last words that could be read are יחסו העלות in section 24

1emspCf M Steinschneider Die hebraumlischen Uumlbersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als Dolmetscher (Berlin 1893 repr Graz 1956) p 654

2emspFor the data of the following mss we consulted the Online Catalog of Hebrew Manu-scripts at The Institute of Microfilmed Hebrew Manuscripts in the National Library Je-rusalem and the relevant printed catalogs See as well Steinschneider Die hebraumlischen Uumlbersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als Dolmetscher pp 654-655

3emspCf AZ Schwarz Die hebraumlischen Handschriften der Nationalbibliothek in Wien (Leipzig 1925) p 190

4emspCf H Zotenberg (ed) Catalogues des Manuscrits heacutebreux et samaritains de la Biblio-thegraveque Impeacuteriale (Paris 1866) p 205


88 The Hebrew version of Shimshon ben Shlomo

14 Paris Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 1118 (ד)5 Fols 104a-108b copied in a Sephardic script in the 15th century An ever in-creasing section of the text on fol 108a חלושה (ch 25) until fol 108bis missing [see page 93] (ch 27) אמנם יהיו בשתי אלו התמונות

15 Parma Biblioteca Palatina Cod Parma 2919 (cat Richler 1498)6 (ה)No foliation copied in the 15th century in a Byzantine script illustration in the right and bottom margin of beginning of marsquoamar two with Hebrew term המבשרים

16 Paris Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 8847 Fols 276a-279a copied in the 15th century in a Byzantine script The manu-script suffers from hiatuses (a large section from 14-18 is missing) and is riddled with errors and its variants have as a rule not been incorporated in our edition On the other hand in one place at least (passage [26]) it displays the best reading

The basic MS used for the edition is Paris BN 1117 until section 24 and from then on MS St Petersburg Variants of the other MSS mentioned above have been noted in the critical apparatus

2 Sigla

MS Vienna Oesterreichische Nationalbibliothek Cod hebr 29 = א-Note in the margin(s) of MS Vienna Oesterreichische Nationalbiblio = א1thek Cod hebr 29St Petersburg RNL Heb I 332 = בNote in the margin(s) of St Petersburg RNL Heb I 332 = ב1Paris Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 1117 = גParis Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 1118 = דNote in the margin(s) of MS Paris Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 1118 ד1Note above the line in MS Paris Bibliothegraveque Nationale heacuteb 1118 ד2Parma Biblioteca Palatina Cod Parma 291 = הNote in the margin of MS Parma Biblioteca Palatina Cod Parma 291 ה1Note above the line in MS Parma Biblioteca Palatina Cod Parma 291 = ה2

5 Cf ibid p 2066emspCf B Richler Hebrew Manuscripts in the Biblioteca Palatina in Parma Catalogue Palae-

graphical and codicological descriptions Malachi Beit-Arieacute (Jerusalem 2001) p 4417emspCf Zotenberg Catalogues des Manuscrits heacutebreux et samaritains de la Bibliothegraveque Im-

peacuteriale p 152

89The Hebrew version of Shimshon ben Shlomo

3 Abbreviations

add = added byditt = dittographyinv = inverted byom = omitted by

4 Vocabulary

Shimshon ben Shlomo was familiar with the Hebrew scientific idiom which was well-developed by the early fourteenth century Nevertheless some of his choices for medical terms are interesting and unique Some of these will be noted presently The philosophical terms used in Book Three are of special interest The discussion of Pythagorean theories found there are as far as we know unparalleled in medieval Hebrew letters and we shall give them our attention in this section as well We must recall that we do not have the Arabic Vorlage from which he produced his translation so we can only speculate what Arabic word lies behind the Hebrew Indeed as we have seen above in our discussion of MSS Princeton and Tehran there are numerous and significant differences even between versions of the same text We will indicate in square brackets the passage where the term occurs just as we did with regard to the Arabic terms

Among the noteworthy medical terms are those used to render ldquowarningrdquo or ldquoindicationrdquo as in the warning days that give notice that the crisis will soon be at hand ימי הבשרה ldquowarning daysrdquo [end of 13 14] and מבשר ldquowarn-ing [day]rdquo [18]8 The second of these is paired with another unusual term ימי -the days to be watchedrdquo ie the days on which the patientrsquos condildquo = המבטtion should be observed closely both are defined in [14] Noteworthy as well are התאבקות ldquodisturbancerdquo or ldquoagitationrdquo [1] and הבחראן השמור ldquotrustwor-thy crisisrdquo [18] meaning a crisis that one can trust will not return Finally let us mention נעתק ldquorelapsedrdquo [3] forms of this Hebrew verb are usually employed to translate forms of the Arabic naqala with the general meaning of ldquomovementrdquo (including the movement from one language to another in the process of translation) In our text the reasoning must be that a relapse is the movement of an illness from one period of time to another

The interesting philosophy is found mainly at the beginning of Book

8emspFor a fuller discussion of the medical terms see Gerrit Bos Novel Medical and General Hebrew Terminology from the 13th Century Vol 2 Journal of Semitic Studies Suppl 30 (Ox-ford 2013)


Three9 Shimshon ben Shlomo has not introduced any new words into the Hebrew philosophical lexicon his terminology is well-attested Herein how-ever lies the true challenge to choose the most appropriate English word for rather common terms a selection that must be based upon the context and to the extent possible on the identification of the philosophical tradi-tion to which the statement belongs Consider this sentence ldquoThat is to say they [the Pythagoreans] thought it not be in vain that the worlds are three ie the fixed world the limited world and the world that lies beneath the moonrdquo [26] The Hebrew terms modifying the first two of the worlds are קיים and מוגבל The second of these means is derived from the verb that means ldquoto limitrdquo and by extension ldquoto definerdquo10 However in the present context clearly means ldquolimitedrdquo and it must correspond to πεπερασμένον one מוגבלof the terms used in the Pythagorean dichotomy limitedmdashunlimited The Hebrew term קיים used to describe the first world however has a variety of meanings ldquorealrdquo ldquoexistingrdquo ldquofixedrdquo ldquounmovingrdquo11 With some hesitation we have chosen ldquounchangingrdquo see the notes to the passage But in the following passage [27] the same word קיום appears together with העמדה and there we have chosen to render the two terms ldquobeingrdquo and ldquorealityrdquo as we explain in a note12

The same passage [26] continues ldquoRather the reason for this is that the number three is primary and so the worlds were divided up in this wayrdquo Again the Hebrew מוקדם which we have translated ldquoprimaryrdquo derives from a root (and an Arabic homonym) many forms of which are attested to but its precise meaning in this context must be established13 The text immedi-ately following clarifies ldquoand so the worlds were divided up in this way For this very reason each of the species has one of the numbers especially [as-

9emspemspThe Arabic translation of Galenrsquos On Critical Days is also very rich in this respect Un-fortunately Cooperrsquos translation and notes are particularly weak on those passages see Y Tzvi Langermann ldquoCritical Notes on a Study of Galenrsquos On Critical Days or A Study in Need of Critical Repairsrdquo Aestimatio 9 (2012) 220-240

10emsp See the numerous examples in Jacob Klatzkin Thesaurus Philosophicus Linguae He-braicae (New York 1968) sv גבל Klatzkin gives only one meaning ldquodefinierenrdquo

11emspemspKlatzkin sv קיים gives two sets of meanings ldquoruhend unbeweglichrdquo and ldquodauernd dauerhaft konstantrdquo The second seems more appropriate here especially in the sense used in Klatzkinrsquos first example drawn from a neoplatonic treatise by Isaac Israeli

12emsp See further note 47 [page 97] to the translation below of the Hebrew version and Langermann ldquoThe Astral connections of Critical Daysrdquo pp 105-6

13emsp See Klatzkin 1264 sv מקדם who refers to it only in the sense of ldquocauserdquo (סבה) An ex-tensive discussion of the term features in Giuseppe Sermoneta Un glossario filosofico ebraico-italiano del XIII secolo (Rome 1969) no 67


sociated] with itrdquo So it is because the number three and number is general is fundamental to reality that the worlds are a priori three that crises recur on a given number of days and so on In this context the best choice seems to be ldquoprimaryrdquo in the sense used eg by Aristotle at the beginning of his Metaphysics (981b 29) when speaking of primary causes (πρῶτα αἲτια)

In [27] as we explain in a note דמוי must mean representation [or like-ness] rather than ldquoideardquo שורש ldquoprinciplerdquo literally ldquorootrdquo must be traced back eventually to the Greek ἀρχή14

14emsp Klatzkin sv שרש gives this term one of the longest entries in his lexicon (pp 160-163 of part iv)

The Hebrew translation by Shimshon ben Shlomo features on fols 104A-108b it was copied in a Sephardic script in the 15th century ms Paris Biblio-thegraveque Nationale DE FRANCE heacuteb 1118 fols 103b-104a

The Hebrew translation by Shimshon ben Shlomo features on fols 199b-204a it was copied in 1452 in a Sephardic script ms vienna Oumlsterreichische nationalbibliothek cod hebr 29 (cat schwarz 174 15) fol 199b

st petersburg national library of russia hebrew i 322 fol 267v

95The Hebrew version [1-3]

The Hebrew Version

קבוצי מאמרי1 גאלינוס בימי הבחראן העתקת חנין בן יצחקהבחראן הוא השנוי המהיר החד אשר יחודש בחולי אם לחיים אם למות וחדושו יהיה אם בהרקה כמו רעיפה או שלשול או קיא או שתן ואם שישקע המותר לאבר מהאברים ויחדש בו מורסא ולא ימנע בחראן משיהיה2 עמו קושי והתאבקות וזה שהחולה אם ואם לו חשכת הראות ואם שתקרה עליו שכלו ואם שיתבלבל רעה נשימה שיתנשם באלו כיוצא יחדשו וירתחו כשיתעוררו שהליחות מפני וזה קיא וחפץ עלוף שיקרהו המקרים ושם הבחראן נגזר מלשון היונים והסוריאנים משם המשפט אשר ישפטו בו השופטים כפי מה שקדם להם וחקרו מעניינו עד שישפטו עליו במה שראוי מחיים או

מות הנה אם כן הבחראן הוא ההתהפכות מהיר חד יחדש בחולה קשי והתאבקות3 והחוליים הנושנים כשיהיו לא יחודש בהם התהפכות מהיר4 חד5 ולא יהיה כלותם בקושי והתאבקות אבל הבראתם תהיה כשיתבשלו הליחות המולידות להם מעט מעט ועובי הטחול יאמר שיחודש בהם בחראן כמו קדחת רביעית ולא ויותכו6 מעט מעט

ושאר החוליים הארוכים הנושנים מיני החוליים מצד זמנם שני מינים וזה כי מהם ארוכים נושנים7 ומהם קצרים מהירים ואמנם החוליים החדים הנה הם ואם הם קצרי הזמן הנה לא יוחסו אל החדות מפני קוצר זמנם לבד כי כבר נמצא הקדחת הנקראת קדחת יום שהיא היותר קצרה שבקדחות8 ולא תיוחס אותה הקדחת אל החדות ולא יוחס מן החוליים אל החדות אלא מה שיתקבץ והחוליים יקראם אבוקראט חדים ואלו החוליים הם אשר זמנו הסכנה בו עם קוצר החדים מהם מה שיוחס9 לתכלית החדות והם10 אשר יבא11 בהם12 הבחראן בשביעי13 או לפניו ומהם מיוחס לחדות על14 השלוח והם אשר יבא הבחראן במה15 שבין השביעי יום יבא בהם הבחראן בארבעה עשר וכבר אמר אבוקראט שהחליים החדים והיד

מאמרי המאמר אה 1משיהיה מי שיהיה אה 2

והתאבקות והשתכלות ד 3מהיר מה אה 4

om חד אה 5 om ויותכו מעט מעט א 6

נושנים משנים אה 7שבקדחות ולא תיוחס אותה הקדחת אל החדות ולא יוחס מן החוליים אל ב1 8

add שיוחס שיינח ג אבוקראט אה 9והם ואם ג 10

om יבא ג1 ה 11inv בהם הבחראן ה 12בשביעיהשביעי א 13

על אל ג 14במה שבין השביעי והיד בארבעה עשר יום אה וכבר אמר אבוקראט שהחליים החדים 15

om יבא בהם הבחראן אה

[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15

20


ואמנם החליים שיארכו אחר ארבעה עשר עד שיגיעו אל הארבעים הנה יוחסו לחדות הנעתק לפי שהוא יחודש בו בימים הראשונים שיכלו בהם החוליים החדים בחראן חסר

אחר לא יכלו כליון שלם במה שאחר זה מהימים עד הארבעים ואמנם מה שיעבור זה מהחוליים הנה הוא יוחס כשהוא חולי ארוך ויוחס אל החדות והפכו וזה שהחולי החד אמנם הוא החולי שיגיע תכליתו במהירות למהירות תנועתו עמו החד16 אשר המהיר הוא התהפכות אמנם הנחנו שהבחראן ואם המאוחר הוא קושי והתאבקות הנה זה17 ההתהפכות אמנם יהיה בחולי עד העשרים ואמנם18 מאחד יהיה בחליים כליון מהיר חד תכוף אלא שהוא לא ועשרים עד19 הארבעים הנה כבר יהיה עמו קושי והתאבקות אבל יהיה ברוב העניינים בהעלם הראות או בשישקע המותר באבר מהאברים שיחדש בו מורסא ואמנם אנחנו נקרא כליון החולי איך שיהיה בחראן ואם שיהיה בישולו מעט מעט והתוכו ההתוך שיעלם מהחוש וחוזק20 הבחראן למספר השנים והחדשים ועד יום העשרים הנה אמנם תהיה תנועת הבחראן בכל ארבעה ימים

כמו שאמר אבוקראטאחר יהיה הבחראן וימי הבחראן תנועת21 כי עוד הבחראן וימי הבחראן תנועת העשרים עד הארבעים בכל שבועות עוד מאחר הארבעים תהיה תנועת הבחראן בכל22 עשרים עד המאה ועשרים וימיו יעתקו אל מספר מהחדשים אחר אל23 מספר מהשנים והחליים שיחודש בהם הבחראן אמנם יודעו ממין החולי רל מצורת החולי ומתנוועתו אמנם ממין24 החולי רל25 צורתו הנה כמו הקדחת השורפת והקדחת השלישית 26 ממיני החוליים שיבא הבחראן27 בהם ואמנם הקדחת הרביעית הנה ממיני החוו םשהליים שיבא בהם הבחראן מעט אבל כלותם יהיה מעט מעט ואמנם תנועת החולי כי הוא כשיהיה מהיר ויהיה החם חזק יורה זה על חדוש הבחראן וכשתהיה תנועת החולי החולי יהיה ופעמים בחראן בו יחודש לא28 עוד מועט בו והחום חלושה מאוחרת מהחוליים שיחודש בהם בחראן ולא יבא בהם בחראן לחולשת הכח ולאותו מלדחות

סבות החוליוידיעת ימי הבחראן ממה שיצטרך לו הרופא בהקדמת הידיעה והבשורה עד שיקדים במה כשירפאם ידו על וירפאו החולים בענייני בו ויובטח שיהיה במה ויבשר לחולה שראוי ויקדים בהכנת29 מה שיצטרך אליו קודם זמן הצורך לו וימלט שייוחס לו שהוא

om החד ד 16זה ההתהפכות אמנם יהיה בחולי עד העשרים ב1 17

om ואמנם מאחד ועשרים ב 18עד הארבעים הנה כבר יהיה בחליים כליון מהיר חד תכוף אלא שהוא לא יהיה עמו קושי 19

והתאבקות ב1וחוזק יחוזק אבגה 20תנועת תנועות אה 21

בכל כל ג 22אל על אה 23

ממין המין אה 24om רל צורתו אה 25

om שהם ד 26 inv הבחראן בהם ב 27

om לא ד 28בהכנת מה בהכית() במה אה 29

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

5

10

15

20

25

97

סיבת מות מי שימות והבחראנים יבאו בזמן הגעת החוליים30 ותכליתם אלא כשיקרה מקרה חזק ויכריח הטבע עד שיתעורר קודם העת הראוי מפני שהטבע אמנם יכון לדחיית31 הליחות אחר

שיבשלם וידקדקם וישיבם לעניין אשר יקל עמו הבדלם מהאברים בשול החולי ואמנם יורו32 סבות החולי בעניין אשר ייוחס בהם אל שהם כבר נתובשלו כשהיו דביקות וסר מהם דבקותם33 והיו עבות ודוקדקו או היו דקות34 ונתעבו וזה כלו אמנם יהיה וישלם בעת תכלית החולי ולזה הנה ראוי לרופא שיקדים וידע היום שיחודש בו הבחראן ויבוקש בו לחולה35 המנוחה והמרגוע ולא יקריב לו ביום ההוא דבר מהרפואה ולא יניעהו בזולת זה תנועה חזקה רק יעזוב הטבע ישקוט וינוח עד שישלים פעלו והתאבקותו36 לחולי ולא יטרידהו בחדוש יחדשהו37 או דבר יקבלהו החולה38 וכבר אמר אבקראט שהוא מה שהתמיד החולי39 בהתחלה הנה אם תראה להניעו40 מעט הניעהו וכשהגיע החולי לתכליתו הנה עזיבת החולה41 שוקט נח הוא יותר משובח הנהגת המזון בעתות הבחראן42 וידיעת ימי הבחראן כבר יצטרך לה הרופא בהנהגת החולה והזנתו וזה שאין ראוי כשיקרב החולי43 לתכליתו שיכביד הטבע המזון ויחלק44 הטבע פעולתו ועסקו לטחינת המזון שיקח ולסיבות החולי ולזה הנה ראוי אצל תכלית החולי שיעשה מההנהגה מה שהוא בתכלית הקצה מהדקות ושוה אמרך אצל תכלית

החולי או שתאמר אצל סיבות החולי התם45 הנשלם ותכלית החולי מתחלף וזה שהוא כבר יהיה ביום הרביעי וכבר יתכן שתעשה מתחילת העניין ההנהגה אשר בתכלית הקצה מהדקות והוא שימנע46 מהמאכל לגמרי וכשיהיה החולי תכליתו47 מתאחר עד היום השביעי הנה בעליו יצטרך אל ההנהגה הדקה אשר 48 לתכליתו ויזון בתחילת העניין במי כשך השעורים או במי הדבש וכו תלא תגיע בדקושיהיה תכלית החולי מתאחר עד יום הארבעה עשר הנה כבר יתכן שיזון בעליו בחלמון הביצה או במעט פתיתי הלחם הנקי וכבר אמר אבוקראט כשיהיה חם חד יהיה חדוש

החוליים החולים אה 30לדחיית לדחות אה 31

יורו ילכו אבדה 32דבקותם דבקות א דבקו ה 33

דקות emendation editors דבקות mss דקיקות ד2 34לחולה החולה ג 35

והתאבקותו והתאבק א והתאבקות גד 36יחדשהו ויחדשהו א 37

החולה החולי ג 38החולי החולה אדה 39 inv להניעו מעט ב 40

החולה החולי ג 41הבחראן וידיעת ימי הבחראן כבר יצטרך לה הרופא ב1 42

mss החולה emendation editors החולי 43ויחלק ויחלה ב 44

התם הנשלם התכה נשלם אה 45om שימנע ב 46

תכליתו לתכליתו ד 47בדקות בתכלית אה 48

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

5

10

15

20

The Hebrew version [4-11]


ויחוייב בהכרח שתעשה בו מההנהגה מה הכאבים שהם בתכלית הקצה בו49 נראים שהוא בתכלית הקצה מהדקות וכשלא יהיה כן איפשר בו ההנהגה שהיא יותר עבה הנה כבר ראוי כפי רבות החולי ורחקו מהתכלית שתוסיף מעט במזון50 וכשיגיע תכליתו

ולפני זה מעט הנה51 ראוי שיקל בוהבחראן המשבח והבחראן המגונה ואחר שיודע גבול התכלית ממין החולי ומתויחס החדות52 אל המיוחסים מהחוליים הוא האם החולי ממך יעלם שלא וזה נועתו משולח ותנועת החולי איך היא במהירות ואיחור בלתי נאותה כשתפקוד תוספת החולי ותוספת הבשול בעת מעתות הבשורה53 ומה שיקדם ויתחדש מהאותות קודם הבחראן הנה זה כבר יורה אותך על מהירותו ואיחורו ואם היה כבר קדמו אותם האותות אותות משובחים54 מורים על השלום ועל בישול החולי תדע שהבחראן יבא בטוב ובשלום ואם היה כבר קדמו אלה האותות אותות55 רעים ולא קדמו אותות הבשול הנה זה אות56 על

שהבחראן יבא ברע ואחר זה תדע שהידיעה57 בדבר הבחראן ממה שכבר יצטרך לו58 בהקדמת הידיעה במה שיהיה בהשערת המזון ובעשיית מה שיצטרך אליו מהידיעה בכל דבר ממנו בזמנו וכמו שכבר יראו בעולם אותות תלקח הוראה בהם על מה שיהיה ויבשר בחדוש אותו הדבר המתחדש ויגביל זמן חדושו אם מהאותות שיראו בעולם ואם ממקומות הכוכבים ויורו על מה שיהיה והיציאה ודפק העורקים יראו אותות מהטבע בשתן כן כבר כמו מפעולת הטבע בהתאבקותו עם החולי האם הוא משובח או מגונה ויקראו אלו הימים

שיראו בם אותם האותות ימי הבשורה וימי המבט ימי הבשורה וימי המבט וכמו שאין כל הימים ימי הבחראן כן אין כל הימים ימי בשוורה אבל כאשר היה היום השביעי הוא יום הבחראן היה יום הרביעי הוא יום הבשורה בו עד שכשיראה בשתן ביום הרביעי ענן צף בעליונו או תלוי בו יהיה הבחראן בלי ספק ביום השביעי וכל שבוע כשיחלק לשני חלקים הנה חלוקתו תפול ביום הרביעי והרביעי 59 ממנו לפי שהוא חולק השבוע לשני חלו ימכל שבוע יראה במה שיהיה ביום השביע

קים וכמו כן הבחראן אם יבא כפי זה ביום הארבעה עשר היום60 האחד עשר יבשר בו ואל זה הענין כיון אבוקראט באמרו שחשבון ימי הבחראן יהיה על תוספת ארבעה61 ארבעה עד העשרים וכשיהפכו62 ימי הבשורה63 ויהיו ימי הבחראן יהיו אותם ההוראות

om בו ד 49במזון מהמזון ב 50

add הנה זה מעט אה 51החדות הסבות ג 52 om הבשורה א 53

משובחים משובחות ב 54om אותות א 55

om אות ב 56om שהידיעה אה 57

om לו ב 58השביעי השלישי אה2 59

היום הנה אה 60om ארבעה ב 61

וכשיהפכו וכשיתהפכו אה 62הבשורה הבשורים אה 63

[12]

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20

25

99

המבשרות בהם בימים אחרים מהימים אשר לפניהם וכשיעברו ימי הבשורה העשרים תארך זמן בשורתם וזה שהם אמנם יבשרו בשבועות עד הארבעים

ואמנם יודעו ימי הבחראן ממה שכבר נשמר והובט פעמים רבות וזה שכל מה שהוא תחת עולם ההוייה וההפסד הנה שמושו יפול ברוב העניינים במהלך הירח ולזה הנה ראוי 64 במשפט ההכרחי וכבר הובט ונשמר מימי הבחראן שהשביעי והארבו ושישפט עלי

עה עשר מהימים שיבא בהם היותר משבח שבבחראן ושהששי65 מהימים שיבא בהם היותר רע שבבחראן ולא יהיה הבחראן בו אלא עם קשי והסתערות חזק ופעמים יביא אל תוספת יהיה או אל מורסא תחודש בקצת האברים ולא ישובח מהבחראן מה שיפול בו בעליו בהתאבקות אחר וכשתהיה ביום הששי זיעה לא תהיה משתוה ולא בגוף כולו גבולו כשיקדים הבחראן והעתק מגבולו והתאחרו גבולו ועברו הבחראן העתק ויתאחר ממנו הוא לסבות רבות הראשונה והיותר חזקה מהם שהסבות שיפלו תחת ההויה וההפסד ואפילו היו מתנועות66 שמימיות הנה כבר נמצא הקף עתותיהם ויחוייב להם הסדור וישים מרוצת הטבע על הקפים אלא שאין אחד67 מהם ממה שאי אפשר 68 שהוא נופל תחת ההוייה וההפו השיסור אבל אמנם הוא מחוייב על הרב והסדור במסד אמנם הוא על הרב לא על עניין המחוייב בעניין אחד תמיד וכבר איפשר שיתעורר הטבע לדחות מה שיזיקהו קודם העת המשבח לדחותו אם לרבויו אם לעקיצתו ובכלל לחפיזה69 תהיה מהסבה הפועלת כמו שההורג כבר יחפיזהו70 קצת האברים71 שיפילו בנפשו החולה שיפשע כן גם ואיפשר לה הפלתו72 בו שראוי העת קודם המלחמה ותהיה פשיעתו סבת העתק הבחראן מן זמנו וכמו כן כבר איפשר שיהיה זה בפשיעה חדשה מי שחדשה לו או מהרופא הממונה ברפואתו או מהסבות שירדו עליו מחוץ כמו הבלגם והיגיעה והמחשבה והתעורה והפחד או מפני שנוי האויר ולזה אמר אבוקראט אין ראוי לרופא שיסתפק על עשיית מה שראוי שיעשה מבלתי שיעזר73 בחולה74 על

עצמו ובמי75 שישמשהו ובאשר מחוץ ופעמים ניחס76 הבחראן אל יום בלתי יומו בסכלנו בזמן התחלת החולי שהוא הזמן שיפול בו החולה על המטה אבל התחלתו אמנם היא התחלת לקיחת הקדחת והרבה ויכריחום77 עניינים בעת ההוא עד שיתעסקו במה שהיה יקרה להם החולי מהאנשים

add עליו לא אבגד 64ושהששי שיבא אה add ושהששי מהימים שיבא בהם היותר רע ד om ושהששי 65

מהימים שיבוא בהם היותר רע ד1מתנועות מתנועעות אה 66

om אחד אה 67add 68 במה שיצא א

לחפיזה לזפזה() אה לחפזה בד 69יחפיזהו יחפיהו() אה יחפזהו בד 70

האברים הדברים בד 71הפלתו הפלגתו ב 72

om שיעזראה 73בחולה emendation editors בחולי אגדה 74

ובמי שישמשהו emendation editors ובמי שימששהו גד וכמו שימשכהו אה 75 שישמשהו ד2

ניחס כיחס אה 76ויכריחום נכריחום אה 77

[15]

[16]

[17]

5

10

15

20

25



מנהגם להשתמש בו78 בעת הבריאות ופעמים ילאה הטבע גם כן מלדחות החולי בכללו ביום אחד עד שיצטרך להתאחר עד יום אחר וייוחס הבחראן אל היום השני כמו מה ולא יתחזק הטבע על דחיית החולי בכללו באותו היום שיהיה הבחראן ביום השביעי

וויצטרך בדחיתו למה שישאר ממנו אל היום השמיני וייוחס הבחראן בסבת זה אל השמיני ופעמים יהיו לקדחת גם כן הקיפים באים בזוגות כמו שיקרה בשלישית הכפולה ויפול בשמיני או בששי ויהיה ממנהג79 החולי שיבא בו הבחראן בשביעי או בתשיעי ואעפי שלא ועצרה הטבע מלפתוח לדחות80 מה שכבר הוכן לדחותו קושי הקדחת היתה הכנתו נשלמת לאלו הסבות כולם כבר יפול הבחראן בזולת ימיו ויפסד גבול יום

הבחראן האמיתי הבחראן השלם והבחראן החסר וכבר ראוי שיתקבץ בבחראן שיהיה שלם ושיהיה הרע והבחראן מבשר לו ואשר מבואר ושיהיה בטוח הבחראן ביום ושיהיה81 שמור המגונה הוא מה שיהיה לו הפכי אלו העניינים והבחראן השלם הוא הבחראן שיותך בו החולי כלו עד שלא ישאר בגוף מסבותיו דבר והבחראן השמור הוא הבחראן שיובטח

ועמו שהחולי לא ישוב וכבר יאמר לזה בעצמו בחראן אמיתי ובחראן בטוח ורחוק מהסכנה ואמנם יהיה הבחראן שמור כשקדמוהו אותות הבשול והיה חדושם ביום מימי הבחראן שיובטח בהם והבחראן הבטוח הוא הבחראן שלא82 יהיו עמו מקרים בהם סכנה כמו הדפיקה וכאב הקרבים וזולת זה ממה שדומה להם והבחראן המבואר הוא אשר סבות כלות החולי בו מבוארות גלויות כמו הזיעה והשלשול ודומיהם והבחראן המבושר בו הוא הבחראן שקדמוהו אותותיו ביום מימי הבשורה וזה שהטבע לא יגש אל החוליים פתאם אבל אמנם יעשה בהם מעט מעט עד שינצחם הנה הוא כשילך83 בו

ידחם בימי הבשורה עתה יזכור התחלף ימי הבחראן המאמר השני ימי הבחראן והדרגתם מימי הבחראן ימים הם היותר חזקים והיותר

ומשובחים והם היום השביעי והיום הארבעה עשר כי אלו הימים מימי הבחראן הם המעוד והיותר בטוחים ליום העשרים ממנו מימי הבחראן שבין התחלת החולי שבחים הימים השניים אחר אלו הימים המבשרים בהם והם הרביעי והאחד עשר והשבעה עשר עוד השלישיים אחר אלו הם הימים שבמה שבין אלו שיתקדם בהם הבחראן או יתאחר אמנם מהיום הרביעי הנה הם היום השלישי והיום החמישי ואמנם מהיום השביעי הנה

והם היום הששי והיום השמיני ואמנם הבחראן שיהיה ביום האחד עשר הנה רב מה שיתקדם הוא ביום התשיעי בחפזת84 כח הקדחת ואלו הם הימים שיחדש בהם הבחראן המשבח ברוב העניינים ומהם היום הששי והיום הזה כאילו ימשך היום השביעי כחו וימשול עליו אבל הוא לא יהיה בו הבחראן על דרך השלום ולא על דרך שלמות וזה שלא

om בו ד 78ממנהג מהמנהג אה 79לדחות לחות אה 80

ושיהיה ובשיהיה אה ושיהיה ביום הבחראן בטוח ויהיה בטוח ביום הבחראן ג 81שלא יהיו שיהיו ד 82כשילך בשולך() ג 83בחפזת בחכזת ג 84

[18]

[19]

5

10

15

20

25

30

101

תשתלח בו85 זיעה נגרת משתוה ולא ישוב כבחראן שיהיה בו הכח86 השביעי87 אצלך כאשר הנהיג עניינו במדרגת המלך הטוב ומדרגת היום הששי במדרגת המתגבר הרע ואי אפשר לבחראן ההווה בעשרים שיבא בהם האחד ועשרים יום88 אלא בבשורה ועם זה יהיה היום המבשר בו היום השמונה עשר ואמנם היום השלשה עשר הנה הוא חלוף ימי הימים שיחודש בהם הבחראן לגמרי בעניין מהעניינים לפי שהוא חסר הכח מכל הבחראן ואמנם היום השני הנה לא יחודש בו הבחראן בעניין מן העניינים מפני שהכח

עדיין חזק ויסבול מה שיזיקהו עד שלא יתעורר קודם העת שראוי שיתעורר בו הימים אשר אין בהם הבחראן ולא יחודש89 הבחראן90 גכ בעניין מהעניינים ביום החמשה עשר ולא ביום הששה עשר ולא ביום התשעה עשר לפי שיום91 החמשה עשר ויום92 התשעה ליום השבעה עשר ויום הששה עשר יתקדם ליום הארבעה עשר שני על שיחשבו מהם הבחראן בהם93 שיחודש והשבועות העשרים ליום מתקדם עשר

הדבקות ומהם שיחשבו על ההפרדה הפרדת השבועות והקף הארבעה94 המבשרים ואמנם המשבח מהם על ההפרדה הנה השבוע הראשון והשבוע השני ואמנם המשבח מהם על הדבקות הנה בשבוע השני והשבוע השלישי וזה שיום הבחראן כפי חשבון ימי השבועות מיום הארבעה עשר איננו יום האחד ועשרים אבל הוא יום העשרים מפני שיום הארבעה עשר הוא התחלת השבוע

והשלישי והימים גכ שיחשבו על הקף הארבעה המבשרים בבחראן המתחדשת בשבועות אמנם ינהג חשבונם מנהג חשבון השבועות והיותר עצום מה שיהיה מההתאבקות והקושי מהבחראן אשר יהיה עד95 יום הארבעה עשר והבחראן מזה העת יהיה בו מן הקושי וההתאבקות וכמו כן גם כן הנה ימי הבחראן הנופלים בין ימיהם המתחדשים על חשבון הסבובים96 ולא יפול אחר הארבעה עשר עוד אחר העשרים הנה ימי הבשורה אצל וזה שהבשורה אמנם תהיה יחלשו הם הנה על חשבון הארבעה עשר97 שיהיו זה98 בשבועות וסבובי השבועות גם כן מאחר יום הארבעים יחלשו וזה שהתנועה אמנם תהיה אצל זה בכל עשרים עד שיהיה הבחראן ביום הארבעים עוד ביום הששים עוד ביום השמונים עוד ביום המאה עוד ביום המאה ועשרים עוד יתאחר אחר כן הבחראן

ויהיה בהמשכות המנייןוכבר אמר אבוקראט שהחוליים הקיציים יותכו בסתו והחליים הסתוים יותכו בקיץ ווכבר זכר מהבחראן מה שיהיה מהסבובים יותר רחוק מאלו ואמר שהרבה מהחוליים בנ

om בו ד 85add 1במדרגת ד add עד שיהיה במדרגת ב add הכח עד שיהיה ד 86

השביעי אצלך כאשר הנהיג עניינו ד1 87om יום ד 88

ditt יחודש אה 89om הבחראן אה 90שיום שביום ד 91

ויום התשעה עשר בד om והתשעה עשר ד1 92בהם ביום אה 93

om הארבעה אה 94עד על אה 95

הסבובים ההבובים() אה 96om עשר אגדה 97

זה ד2 98

[20]

[21]

[22]

5

10

15

20

25



ערים מהם מה שיכלו99 חלק בע100 ומהם מה שיכלו בשבעה חדשים ומהם בשבעה שנים ומהם כשיקרבו לצמיחת השער בגב הערוה ואמנם101 אבוקראט בספר אפידימיא לפי שהיה102 הספר הזה אמנם שמו מזכרת103 לו זכר כל הימים שיחודש בהם הבחראן רל

הימים שייחד טבעם הבחראן והימים אשר יטו בכח הבחראן על היום שהוא ראשון בו ואמנם בספר הפרקים ובספר הקדמת הידיעה הנה אמנם זכר הימים שיחודש בהם הבחראן על104 שהוא מיוחד בטבעם וממה שזכרו מימי הבחראן במאמר הראשון מספר אפידימיא אמנם מהזוגיים הנה הרביעי והששי והשמיני והארבעה עשר והשמונה עשר

ווהארבעה ושלשים והארבעים והששים והשמונים והמאה והמאה ועשרים ואמנם מהנפרדים הנה השלישי והחמשי והשביעי והתשיעי והאחד עשר והשבעה עשר והאחד

וועשרים והאחד ושלשים ואמנם בספר הפרקים ובספר הקדמת הידיעה הנה חייב הבחראן לשביעיות ולרביעיות ואמר105 בספר הפרקים שהחליים החדים יבא בהם הבחראן בארבעה עשר יום ושהמבשר ביום השביעי הוא היום הרביעי והיום השמיני הוא התחלת 106 היום המבו אשבוע אחר ושהיום המבשר אחר זה הוא האחד עשר וזה שהיום הזה הו

שר בשבוע האחר עוד המבשר בשבוע השלישי אחר כן הוא היום107 השבעה עשר לפי שזה הוא רביעי ליום הארבעה עשר ושביעי לאחד עשר

יכלו במספרים108 בעצמם מהימים הידיעה אמר שהקדחות ואמנם בספר הקדמת והיותר בטו וזה שהיותר שלמה שבקדחות ויאבד מי שיאבד ובהם ישלם מי שישלם

חת109 האותות תשקוט ביום הרביעי או לפניו והיותר110 קשה שבקדחות והיותר רעת111 האותות תמית112 ביום הרביעי או לפניו ועד כה יגיע סבובם הראשון113 ואמנם סבובם השני הנה יכלה אל השביעי ואמנם סבובם השלישי הנה יכלה ליום האחד עשר ואמנם סבובם הרביעי הנה יכלה ליום הארבעה עשר ואמנם סיבובם החמישי הנה יכלה ליום

והשבעה עשר ואמנם סבובם הששי הנה יכלה ליום העשרים ואלו הסבובים על התוספת יגיעו עד יום העשרים ואי איפשר שיחשב דבר מזה על חשבון ימים שלמים מפני114 זאת כפי עוד ימים שלמים על חשבון יתכן שיחשבו לא והחדשים115 כן גם שהשנה

שיכלו שיוכלו ב 99om בע אבדה 100ואמנם ואמר גד 101שהיה שיהיה אה 102מזכרת מוכרת א 103

om 104 על שהוא מיוחד בטבעם וממה שזכרו מימי הבחראן אהואמר ואמנם אגה 105

om הוא ד 106om היום אה 107

במספרים במספרי העונות אה 108בטוחת בטוחות אבדה 109

והיותר קשה שבקדחות והיותר רעת האותות תמית ביום הרביעי או לפניו ד1 110רעת בטוחת אה רעת ה1 111

תמית תמות אבה 112הראשון ב1 113

om מפני שהשנה גם כן והחדשים לא יתכן שיחשבו על חשבון ימים שלמים אה 114add והחדשים גם כן ב 115

[23]

[24]

5

10

15

20

103

ההנהגה מהתוספת יהיה הסבוב הראשון יום116 הארבעה ושלשים עוד117 הסבוב השני יום הארבעים עוד הסבוב השלישי יום הששים

ואמר שהעלה בשבוע השלישי כפי עלות הדבקות שהחודש לא ירוץ חשבונו על ימים יפעל מה גדול שבשרשים הטבעיים118 שמה שבשמים וזה שהיותר שלימים תמימים שבארץ ובייחוד הירח להיותו היותר קרוב ממה שבשמים לארץ והעתק הירח יהיה לא בסבובו שיתחבר119 בו עם השמש שיהיה בקרוב מתשעה ועשרים אבל בסבובו בגלגל

רבו לארבעה הימים אלו חלקו וכאשר ושליש יום ועשרים שיהיה בשבעה והמזלות עים120 לפי שרבועי הירח כשיוקשו בהקש גלגל המזלות יותר חזק ולא יתחלקו בהקש סבוב הירח עד שיגיע לשמש יהיה רבוע הירח ששה ימים וחצי ושליש יום ולזה יכלה השבוע השלישי ביום העשרים ולא יכלה ביום האחד ועשרים והשבוע השני יכלה ליום 121 העשרים בבחראן לפי שחציו יתחיל בו122 יום123 אחו םהארבעה עשר ואמנם ימנה יו

רון מהשבוע השלישי וילחם הבחראן עד חציו עתה יזכור עלות ימי הבחראןהמאמר השלישי אמר שפיתאגורש וסיעתו יחסו העלות של ימי הבחראן אל המסוופרים וחייבו למה שיסוב בשמים מהכוכבים פעולות במה שילוה להם מהתחלף תמו

נותיהם וחייבו עם זה למספר אשר אחר סבובי מה שיחודש כמה שבארנו כח יחודש עונות עתים במה שיחודשו ויהיה זה שהם חשבו124 שלא היו לבטלה העולמות השלשה רל העולם הקיים והעולם המוגבל והעולם אשר למטה מהירח אבל אמנם היה זה מפני היה הסבה ולזאת החלוקה זאת על העולמות ונחלקו מוקדם היה שמספר השלשה מיוחד כל אחד מהמינים אחד מהמספרים ואם לא מה עניין הדבר בחוליים125 החדים126 127 הנושנים יכלו בכל עשרים יום לולי שמה שיו םשיכלו ברביעיות והשביעיות והחולייחויב128 בגלגל כבר129 יחויב130 במה שירוץ על זולת מנהג הטבע131 כrdquoש מבלתי שעורים מתחלפים ולזה132 היה היום הששי והיום השמיני והם יחד133 יפלו על קדחת ביותר רע

שבבחראן ואמנם גאלינוס הנה הדבר אצלו אל המספר אמנם הוא דמוי יחשבהו האדם במחשו

יום נא יום השניgtםlt ועשרים נא שהעשרים ד1 116עוד א om עו ה 117

om הטבעיים שמה שבשמים אה 118om שיתחבר א 119

רבועים רביעיים ב 120om יום אה 121בו ביום אה 122

add 1יום ליום ו עשרים gthellipltה פעמי gthellipltצי ושליש gthelliplt וחצי העשרים gtהאltחרון ד 123חשבו יחשבו אה1 124

בחוליים בחולים אה 125om החדים אה 126

והחוליים והחולנים אה 127שיחויב שיסוב אבה 128

כבר דבר אבה 129יחויב יחייב אבה 130הטבע הטבעי א 131

ולזה כך פריס 884 ולמה אבדה gthelliplt ג 132יחד נא קרובים ד2 133

[25]

[26]

[27]

5

10

15

20



בה ואיננו אצלו ממה שלו העמדה וקיום ומציאות שורש ולזה נאץ מאמרים רבים מחברי ארסטו המיוחסים אל המשאים ואמר שהוא שוה אם אמר האומר שהיום השביעי הוא יום בחראן או134 ששערי המדינות135 אל המדינת אסא שבעה מאמרים אמנם היה136 היום השביעי יום בחראן במקום137 מספר השבעה ולא יחבר עניין כל הבחראן אלא אל תמונות138 הירח ויחשוב ששאר הכוכבים כבר יפעלו עליותיהם ותמונותיהם פעלות בנו ולא יהיו פעולותיהם בעניינים הכוללים מחדושי הקיץ והסתו אבל כבר יהיו פעולותיהם בעניינים המיוחדים ואמנם הירח הנה פעולותיו שני מינים אחד מהם במהלכו עד שישוב אל השמש והאחר במהלכו בעגלתו139 בגלגל המזלות ואמנם140 סבוב הירח עד שישיג השמש וזה141 הסבוב יהיה142 בתשעה ועשרים יום וחצי143 ואמנם144 העת שיסוב בו ואמ שתמונות ושליש יום ועשרים יהיה משבעה הנה המזלות בגלגל בעגלתו הירח הירח בהקשו אל השמש יחדשו פעולות כוללות ואמנם תמונותיו בהקש עגלתו בגלגל המזלות הנה יחדשו145 פעולות146 הם יותר מיוחדות מאותם ושהיותר חזק שבתמונות הירח התמונות שיהיו חצי עגלה והם התמונות שיהיה בהם מהשמש על תכלית הרחק עוד אחריהם התמונות שיהיה147 בהם הירח בעל שני גבולים ושהחלושה148 שבתמונות 149 סבובו בגו ששתהיה בהם הירח תמונתו בראשית עלייתו ושהתחלת סבוב הירח בהק

לגלהמזלות150 היום שהתחיל בו החולי בחולה וכפי הקש זה היום ראוי שיובטו ויחשבו הסבובים

הירח בהם יפעל לא הירח בהם שיעלם השלשה שהימים גאלינוס מאמר ואמנם 151 העניין היותר קרוב מהלך הירח עד שישיג השמש במהלו לפעלה בארץ ולזה יתחבר עכו בגלגלו בגלגל המזלות הנה אנחנו לא נקבלהו ממנו וזה שלא יחוייב מפני שאצל הסתר

הירח לא ינשבו הרוחות ואמנם ינשבו עם הגלותו הירח פעולתו בארץ אבל כבר ראוי לנו שנקבל ממנו מה שאמרו והטיב באמרו שפוועולות הירח בחשבון החולי אמנם יהיו על הקש סבובו בגלגל המזלות אבל שהוא מתח

לף כפי תמונותיו בהקש השמש וזה שרבוע הירח כבר יפעל לא בהקש החולי לבד אבל

או emendation editors אלא mss נא אל ד2 134cg 377 l 10 ن نو

أةن نعهة ثن

ةنهة ن مد أ המדינות אל המדינת אסא שבעה מאמרים 135om היה אה 136

במקום למקום אה 137תמונות תמונת אה 138

בעגלתו פעולתו א בעגלתו א1 139ואמנם והוא בא1 140וזה הנה זה אה 141יהיה היה אבה 142וחצי ושליש ד 143

om ואמנם העת שיסוב בו הירח בעגלתו בגלגל המזלות הנה יהיה משבעה ועשרים יום ב 144יחדשו יחודש אה 145

פעולות הם פעולותיהם אה 146 add שיהיה חצי עגלה אה 147ושהחלושה ושהחולשה א 148

בהקש בהקשו אה 149המזלות הנה יחודשו פעולותיהם יותר מיוחדות מאותם ושהיותר חזק שבתמונות הירח 150

add התמונות אהom על אה 151

[28]

[29]

[30]

5

10

15

20

105

כבר הוא יפעל בהקש השמש וכמו כן התמונות בהקש שאר הכוכבים והעתקתם152 וכמו לעניין מעניין בזה התהפכות נמצא בחולי מהחוליים לתכלית154 כשיגיע153 גכ כן עליית הכוכבים המפורסמים ושקיעתם וכפי זה אמר אבוקראט ששתיית הרפואה קודם עליית155 אל שערי אל עבור ואחר עלייתו קשה ואין ראוי שיושמו עליות הכוכבים ושקיעותיהם אותות לעתות השנה ומה שיחודש בהם לבד אחר שכבר יפעלו פעולות במה שאין נפש לו ומזה שהשמש כבר יתהפך בעת התהפכו בזמן ההתהפכות156 הקיצי רמאח אל סמאך אל מעלית אדומיים158 יהיו157 לא באוקרסטאס כמו שאמ והימים מפני שבעלייתו כח בורר להם ואמנם השינויים שיהיו כפי החדשים הנה אמנם יחודשו עם הירח כאשר יורה מה שבים מהבח ובפרט159 הבעל חיים המכסה חרסים וזה שזה 160 עמו והכפייה גכ אמנם יהיה התו רהבח יתנועע בתנועת הירח ויתוסף עמו ויחסעוררותה כפי חשבון החדש בזמן התחסרו ורחק הירח במה161 שיהיה כפי חשבון הקש חצי הירח היות אצל הירח משתנות163 עליית בעת שיחודשו162 הרוחות יהיו החדש עגלה והרוחות שיחודשו164 אצל היות הירח חצי עגלה ישתנו אצל שלמותו והרוחות שיחודשו165 אצל שלמות הירח ישתנו אצל היותו שנית חצי עגלה וככה אמר ארסטו166 וליום168 הארבעה עשר הנה כבר התבאר שראוי שיחוייב גדול167 הכח ליום השביעי אחר שהרבוע169 והנגוד אמנם יהיו בשתי אלו התמונות ואמנם התמונה שיהיה עליה

והירח בראשית עלייתו הנה עמידה תהיה ברביעי וכמו כן התמונה שהיא בעלת שני גבולים והיא170 על השלוש171 תשמש172 אל האחד עשר והשמש לפי שהוא פועל בהוייה ימי174 קבוצי המאמר השלישי מספר גדולים173 תמו יותר בגבולים שהם שנוייו יהיו

הבחראן לגאלינוס ובתמם תם הספר תל

והעתקתם והעתקתים אה 152כשיגיע כשיגיעו א 153

לתכלית בתכלית אה 154om עליית אה 155

ההתהפכות התהפכות אה 156יהיו היו אה 157

אדומיים אדמים אה 158om ובפרט הבעל חיים אה 159

om ויחסר עמו אה 160במה למה אה 161

שיחודשו שיחודש אה 162om משתנות אה 163

שיחודשו יחודשו אה 164שיחודשו א om יחודשו ה 165

ארסטו אראטס אה 166גדול גודל אה 167וליום וביום א 168

שהרבוע הרבוע אה 169והיא והוא ב 170

השלוש השליש אה 171תשמש תשמר אה 172גדולים גבולים א 173

om ימי ד 174

[31]

[32]

5

10

15

20


chapter 6

The Translation of the Hebrew Version

The [Hebrew] Summaries of Galenrsquos books1 On Critical Days from the [Ara-bic] by Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāq

[1] A crisis is a swift sudden change that occurs in an illness either for life or for death2 It occurs either through evacuation such as a nosebleed or diarrhea or emesis or urine or through a residue that settles in an organ and causes an inflammation A crisis is unavoidably accompanied by hard-ness and struggle namely that the patient has breathing problems or that he is delirious suffers from dimsightedness fainting or nausea For when humors are stirred up and [begin to] boil they cause symptoms of that sort The term ldquoBHRrsquoNrdquo [ie Arab buḥrān] is derived from Greek3 and Syriac4 [in which it means] the verdict of life or death made by the judges on the basis of their preceeding investigation5 Thus a crisis is a fast sudden change which causes hardness and struggle to the patient

[2] Chronic illnesses do not have a fast sudden change and do not end with hardness and struggle but they are cured when the humours that cause [these illnesses] become concocted and dissolve little by little and [so] it cannot be said that a crisis happens to them Examples [of such ill-nesses] are quartan fever thickness of the spleen and all the prolonged chronic illnesses

[3] There are two kinds of illnesses with regard to their length namely

1emspIe the three books that make up his treatise On Critical Days2emspCf Langermann ldquoAstral Connectionsrdquo p 103 ldquoThe crisis of a fever is a swift change in its

developmentrdquo cf Galen In Hippocratis Aphorismos Commentarius II (K 17b470) Ἡ μὲν κρίσις ὀξυρροπός ἐστιν ἐν νόσῳ μεταβολὴ πρὸς ὑγειάν ἢ θάνατον (A crisis is a sudden and swift change in a disease either for health or for death)

3 Ie κρίσις cf HG Liddell and R Scott A Greek English Lexicon (repr Oxford 1989) p 997 ldquoseparating distinguishing 2 decision judgementhellip˛ II judgement of a courthelliprdquo

4 Ie Buḥrānā cf C Brockelmann Lexicon Syriacum (Halle 1928) p 65 ldquo1 examinatio 2 crisis (morbi)rdquo Cf the marginal note in Galen Buḥrān MS London fol 59r al-buḥrānu ismun Suryāniyyun wa-maʿnāhu l-ḥukmu

5emspAt the beginning of the third part of On Critical Days (K 9704177055) Galen explains the etymology of this term According to him it was not a physician who called this stage of a disease for the first time ldquojudgementrdquo The inventor of this term was rather a layman who saw a sick person in the state of a crisis Frightened by this terrible sight he compared the state of this patient to that of someone being on trial for murder and waiting for judgment


107

those that are prolonged and chronic and those that are short and fast Acute illnesses although they are short are not considered to be acute only because of their shortness for [there are illnesses] like ephemeral fever which is the shortest of the fevers but is not considered to be acute Illnesses are considered to be acute only when shortness is combined with danger These are the illnesses which Hippocrates calls ldquoacuterdquo Of6 the acute illness-es there are those that are considered to be extremely acute namely those in which the crisis occurs on or before the seventh day and there are those which are considered to be acute in a general sense7 namely those in which the crisis comes between the seventh and fourteenth day Hippocrates8 has said that in acute illnesses the crisis comes on the fourteenth day In the case of illnesses that last after the fourteenth day they are considered to be acute from9 the relapse until they reach the fortieth day since10 a defective crisis happens in them in the first days during which acute illnesses resolve and since their resolution will not be complete in the following days until the fortieth

[4] Illnesses that are prolonged beyond this [day fourteen] will be consid-ered to be long-lasting but they will be considered to be acute on account of their swift movement for an acute illness is that illness whose end comes fast while it is slow when the opposite is the case If we have assumed that a crisis is a fast acute change which is accompanied by hardness and agita-tion then this change occurs in an illness up to the twentieth [day] From the twenty-first until the fortieth day illnesses have a fast acute immediate

6 Cf Ḥunayn trans Cooper CG 298-9 (=K 88611) ldquoSo let us call the illnesses that linger to the seventh day lsquovery acutersquordquo

7 Hebrew על השלוח or משולח (see [12] below) corresponding to Arabic مرسل means in a general non-specific sense

8emspCf Hippocrates Aphorisms 223 (Loeb Classical Library London 1931 repr 1979) p 113 ldquoAcute diseases come to a crisis in fourteen daysrdquo cf idem Crises 14 (Loeb Classical Li-brary London 2010) p 283 ldquoAcute diseases have their crises in fourteen days in most casesrdquo see as well CG 288-289 (K 88011)

9 ldquoacute from the relapserdquo (מן הנעתק) cf Ḥunayn CG 301 l1 (K 8871) لمةنك ا من رن عا

حا

(from the relapse trans Cooper) ibid note 897 acute from the relapse μέχρι τῆς τεσσαρακοστῆς add K (ldquoup to the fourteeth dayrdquo) It is called this because if the illness has lasted that long it must have relapsed at least once by then

10emspldquosince a defective crisis happens in them in the first days during which acute illnesses resolverdquo cf CG p 300 (K 8872) ldquothe first days during which acute illnesses resolve and since their resolution will not be complete in the following days until the fourteethrdquo cf CG 300-1 (K 8872-4) ldquowhich must be called by this name only when there is a defective crisis in an acute illness in the twentieth day or before it the strength of its remaining part is broken (and) its resolution will occur in the fortieth day or beforerdquo

[1-4]

108 the translation of the hebrew version

end but it does not come with hardness and agitation as it comes in most cases while it is hidden from the eye or when a residue settles in an organ in which it causes an inflammation But we call the end of the disease how-ever it may be (ie clear agitation or some other bodily event) a crisis even if its concoction is slow and its dissolution is such that it is hidden from the senses The strength of the crisis is [in keeping with] the years and months Up to11 the twentieth day the motion of the crisis is every four days as Hip-pocrates said

[5] The motion of the crisis and the days of the crisis The motion of the crisis and the days of the crisis after the twentieth until the fortieth are [reckoned] according to weeks After12 forty [days] the motion of the crisis is [reckoned] every twenty [days] until one hundred and twenty [days] and [then] its [critical] days are transferred to the number of months and then to the number of years

[6] The diseases in which a crisis occurs are known according to the kind of disease that is its form and its motion As for [knowing it from the] kind of illness ie its form it is like ardent fever and tertian fever for these are the kinds of diseases that have a crisis But quartan fever belongs to the kinds of diseases that only have a minor crisis and that have a slow resolution If the motion of the illness is fast and the fever strong it indicates the occurrence of a crisis And if the motion of the illness is slow [and] weak and the fever is minor a crisis does not yet happen in it Sometimes an illness is one of those illnesses in which a crisis can happen but it does not [actually] hap-pen because of the weakness of the power [of the body] and its inability to repel the causes of the illness

[7] The knowledge of the days of the crisis is part of what a physician needs for a prognosis and warning13 so that he can warn the patient before-hand about what will happen Thus he will be trustworthy in the matters that concern patients They will be cured by him as he will give them a proper treatment and prepare beforehand what he needs subsequently He will not then be held responsible when a patient dies

[8] Crises happen when illnesses reach a climax unless a serious acci-dent occurs which forces nature to become active before the proper time

11emsp Cf Hippocrates Crises 7 p 279 ldquothat is these increments in the most acute (sc of fevers) are by fours up to the number twentyrdquo See also CG 290-291 (K 88115-17) on the three types of illness those whose crisis occurs in days those whose crisis occurs in months and those whose crisis occurs in years

12emsp Cf CG 182-3 (K 8179-11) ldquoIt is my view that Hippocrates disparaged all of the days after the fortieth day except for the sixtieth the eightieth and the hundred-twentieth dayrdquo

13emsp ldquowarningrdquo (בשורה) cf below section 14

109

because nature strives to expel the residues once they have been concocted dissolved and reduced to a state in which their expulsion from the organs is easy

[9] The concoction of an illness An indication for the [humoural] causes of an illness to be considered as concocted is when they are viscous or not viscous anymore or that they were thick and then became fine or that they were fine and then turned thick All this will be complete at the time of the climax of the illness For this reason the physician should know beforehand when the crisis will happen and the patient can [then] be asked to rest and repose [until the predicted critical day] On that day one should not give him any medicine nor let him exercise strenuously but one should let nature alone and in peace so that it can complete its activity and its combat against the illness One should not disturb [nature] with anything that might affect it or by anything that the patient takes upon himself Hippocrates has said that if you think it good [that the patient] exercises a little bit while the illness is still in the beginning let him exercise but if the illness has reached its climax it is better to leave the patient resting and at ease

[10] The regimen of food during a crisis and the knowledge of the days of a crisis The physician should [know about] these for the treatment of the patient and his nutrition When the [illness] approaches its climax food should not be a heavy burden for nature because in that case nature would have to divide its activity and occupy itself both with breaking up the food that [the patient] takes and with [fighting] the causes of the illness Therefore [the patient] should have an extremely thinning regimen when the illness is at its climax It makes no difference whether you say ldquoat the climax of the illnessrdquo or you say ldquowith regard to the causes of the complete finished illnessrdquo

[11] The climax of an illness varies It can occur already on the fourth day in that case the patient should have an extremely thinning regimen from the beginning [of the illness] that is he should totally abstain from food14 When15 the climax of the illness is delayed until the seventh day the patient needs a regimen that is thinning but not extremely so and he should feed himself initially with barley gruel or honey water If the climax of the illness is delayed until the fourteenth day the patient should be fed with egg yolk or

14emsp Cf Hippocrates Aphorisms 17-11 (pp 102-105) and CG 294-298 (K 8848-14 88517-8862) Here again the author of this summary has placed materials from book II near the beginning as noted in the introduction this version of the summary exhibits the most radical reorganization of material

15emsp Cf CG 296-297 (K 88415-18)

[5-11]


with some crumbs of clean [ie made from refined flour] bread Hippocrates16 has said that when the fever is high pains will appear that are extremely severe then an extremely thinning regimen must be employed If this is not the case it is possible to employ a more thickening regimen When the illness is more severe and more remote from its climax one should increase [the amount of] food a little bit and when it reaches its climax or a short time before that one should diminish [the amount of] food

[12] The good crisis and the bad crisis17 If the limit of the climax of a certain type of illness and its motionmdashwhether it belongs to the illnesses that are considered to be acute in a general sensemdashis known and so also if the illness moves in an inappropriately fast or slow motion then if you look at the [rate of] increase of the illness and of the concoction at a time of warning as well as the symptoms that occur before the crisis you will have an indication for the fast or slow [motion] of the illness If these symptoms were preceded by good symptoms that indicate safety and concoction you should know that the crisis will be good and safe But if these symptoms are preceded by bad symptoms and they have not been preceded by signs of coction you should know that the crisis will be bad

[13] Afterwards (after paying attention to all of the signs described in the preceding passage) you will realize that knowledge in the matter of the cri-sis is something that is necessary for the prognosis with regard to estimat-ing the nutrition [of the patient] and for every single thing you have to do at any time in accordance with that knowledge Just as signs can be seen in the world from which one can derive what will happen and which indicate the occurrence of that event and limit the time of its occurrence be they signs that are seen in this world or [those that are seen] in the positions of the starsmdashso also signs from nature are visible in the urine and arterial pulse and stool which indicate whether the outcome of the activity of nature in its fight with the illness will be good or bad The days in which those signs can be seen are called the days of warning18 and of observation19

16emsp Cf Hippocrates Aphorisms 17 (pp 102-103) ldquoWhen the disease is very acute imme-diately not only is the pain extreme but also it is essential to employ a regimen of extreme strictnessrdquo

17emsp These subheadings are another sign of the reorganization characteristic of this version of the summaries

18emsp ldquoDays of indication and observationrdquo Hebrew ימי הבשורה והמבט reflects the Greek ldquoἐπιδήλοις τε καὶ θεωρηταῖς ἡμέραις (Galen De crisibus (K 980913-14 Ḥunayn (CG 169 l 5) رهة

لمندن م اةأل ة

Note that Ḥunayn does not (the indicator daysrdquo trans Cooperldquo) نtranslate Greek θεωρηταῖς (CG 168 n 283 ldquoand to be watched)

19emsp This passage sums up succinctly the arguments for the utility of knowing the critical

111

[14] The days of warning and the days of observation Just as not all days are days of crisis so [also] not all days are days of warning However20 if the seventh day is the day of the crisis then the fourth day is the day of the warning for if one sees a cloud floating on top of the urine or suspended in it on the fourth day the crisis will without any doubt be on the seventh day Every21 week can be divided into two [equal] parts whereby the divi-sion falls on the fourth day The fourth day of every week shows what will happen on the seventh day because it (ie the fourth day) divides the week into two parts Likewise if the crisis comes on the fourteenth day the elev-enth day warns of it Hippocrates22 intended this matter when he said that the calculation of the critical days is by increments of four each until the twentieth [day] When the days of warning transform into critical days then the indications that indicate them fall on other preceding days23 When the days of warning have passed beyond the twentieth day the periods of their warning become longer as they warn in weeks until the fortieth day

[15] The critical days are known from what has been noticed and ob-served repeatedly namely that the functioning24 of nearly everything that belongs to the world of coming into being and passing away follows the course of the moon Onersquos judgment should therefore be in accordance with this [principle] It has already been observed and noticed regarding the days of crisis that the seventh and fourteenth [day] are the most excellent critical days while the sixth day is the worst of the critical days A crisis on this day always comes with hardness and strong agitation and sometimes it leads to an increase [in the disease] or an inflammation affecting one of the organs A crisis in which the patient is affected by another [kind of] struggle is also not good and when there is sweating on the sixth day it is not equal and not over the whole body25

days note the analogies to other fields of medicine (uroscopy) and sciences (astral prognostication)

20emsp Cf CG 124-5 (K 78411-16) 21emsp Cf CG 234-5 (K 84514-17) 22emsp Cf Hippocrates Prognostics II (Loeb Classical Library London 1923 repr 1981) 20 (pp

42-43) ldquoSo in the most acute diseases keep on adding periods of four days up to twen-ty to find the time when the attacks endrdquo CG 274-275

23emsp Ie the crisis will move back to day four or day eleven24emsp We translate according to its context the Hebrew term שמוש literally ldquoservicerdquo Here

it refers to the way things behave in their natural course especially when this is cycli-cal things that rise and fall increase and decrease They grossly follow the moon ie increasing for about two weeks then decreasing for about two weeks

25emsp Does this mean that the patient on day six is ldquobusyrdquo with something else and not free

[12-15]


[16] The shift of a crisis its exceeding its limit and coming after its limit When a crisis exceeds [its limit] and comes earlier or later it has many causes The first and most powerful [of these are] causes [affecting] that which falls under the category of coming to be and passing away even if they are the heavenly motions Their circuit is known and they must be or-derly and so they set the flow of nature in cycles but none of them is free of deviation26 True the most part of it (nature) must be orderly [even] with regard to that which falls under [the category] of coming to be and passing away but it is [still] only mostly so not such as to mandate its always being in the same way27 It is possible that nature awakens to repel that which is harmful to it before the right time to do so either because it is extensive or because it is severe In general the effective cause is because of haste just like a soldier who is triggered by some of his limbs to do battle before the proper time But it is also possible that the patient commits a mistake against himself and this mistake is the cause of the deviation of the crisis from its [proper] time It is also possible that this happens because of a mis-take by someone else for instance by the physician who is charged with his cure or [that it is caused] by external causes such as phlegm or exertion or worry or insomnia or fear or because of a change in the weather Accord-ingly Hippocrates28 said that a doctor should not restrict himself to do what is required without the help of the patient himself of the attendants and of external [factors]

[17] Sometimes29 we attribute the crisis to the wrong day because we did not know when the illness began and we [mistakenly] took it to be when the patient takes to his bed However30 the [real] time of its beginning is that of the beginning of the fever Many people are affected by an illness and are forced by circumstances to do what they were used to do when they were healthy Sometimes nature is not capable of expelling the dis-

to deal with the crisis26emsp A difficult and cumbersome sentence The intent seems to be that even the most or-

derly of causes ie the regular circuits of the heavenly bodies is not free of some anomaly

27emsp The discussion of the causes of error or mistake in the critical days something that occupies Galenrsquos attention quite a bit in On Critical Days is here preceded by a general remark on regularity and order in nature

28emsp Cf Hippocrates Aphorisms 11 (pp 98-99) CG 196-7 (K 8253-5)29emsp ldquoSometimeshellipbedrdquo cf CG 144-145 (K 7969-16)30emsp Cf Ḥunayn trans Cooper CG 146-7 (K 79711-13) ldquoFor we must count the beginning of

an illness to be this time when the fever begins in an obvious manner to the point that the patient is forced to take to his bedrdquo

113

ease in its totality on one day so that it is forced to postpone it to another day Then the crisis is attributed to the second day as in the case of the crisis that is on the seventh day but nature is not strong enough to repel the disease completely on that day instead it is forced to repel the remnant [of the illness] on the eighth day and consequently the crisis is attributed to the eighth [day] Sometimes fevers have cycles that come in pairs as hap-pens in the case of the double31 quartan [fever] An illness may also have its normal crisis on the seventh or ninth day with a high fever occurring on the eighth or sixth day for which reason nature is restrained from begin-ning to expel that which is already prepared to be expelled even though its preparation [for expulsion] has been completed For all these reasons a crisis may fall on other days [than it normally falls on] and the limit of the real critical day is corrupted

[18]32 The complete crisis and the defective crisis A crisis should have the following characteristics it should be complete trustworthy and reli-able on the day of the crisis distinct and have a day that warns of it A bad defective crisis has the opposite of these [characteristics] A complete crisis is a crisis in which the illness is completely resolved so that no trace of its causes is left in the body A trustworthy33 crisis is a crisis that one can trust that it will not return This [crisis] is also called true and reliable and not dangerous A crisis is trustworthy when it is preceded by signs of concoction and when they occur on a reliable critical day A safe34 crisis is a crisis in which there are no dangerous symptoms in it as for instance palpitations intestinal pains and the like A distinct crisis is a crisis in which the factors that determine the end of the illness are distinct [and] clear such as sweat diarrhea and the like A crisis for which warning has been given is a crisis that is preceded by its signs on one of its warning days For nature does not approach illnesses all of a sudden but deals with them slowly until it overcomes them So when it moves on them it repels them by means of the warning days35 Now I will mention the different critical days

31emsp In which paroxysms of fever occur in a repeating pattern of 2 consecutive days fol-lowed by 1 day of remission

32emsp Cf CG 108-111 ll (K 7766-17)33emsp ldquotrustworthyrdquo (שמור) cf Ḥunayn CG 108-9 l 15 (K 77613) صحة (trustworthy trans

Cooper)34emsp ldquosaferdquo (בטוח) cf Ḥunayn CG 108-9 l 16 (K 77614-15) سلسةم35emsp Very unclear seems to mean that though nature rises up against illness only slowly

the warning days show that nature is actively involved in the process of healing

[16-18]


[19] Book two The36 critical days and their classification Some critical days are strongest and best and they are the seventh and fourteenth day for these are the best and most trustworthy critical days between the beginning of the illness and the twentieth day The secondary days that come after them These are the days that warn of them ie the fourth the eleventh and the seventeenth day The tertiary days that come after them those are the days in which the crisis comes earlier or later of the fourth day it is the third and fifth day and of the seventh day it is the sixth and eighth day When the crisis that occurs on the eleventh day comes earlier it will for the most part come on the ninth day because of the urging of the power of the fever These are the days on which a good crisis happens in most cases The sixth day also belongs to these days However the seventh day attracts as it were its power and rules over it And37 the crisis that occurs [on the sixth day] is not safe and not complete because the sweat will not pour forth [over the body] equally It will not turn out like the crisis that has the strength of [a crisis on day] seven which governs like a good king the status of the [crisis on] day six is that of an evil tyrant38 A crisis occurring on the twentieth day cannot come on the twenty-first unless it has been warned of () If this is the case then the warning day is the eighteenth However the thirteenth day is totally unlike the days on which the crisis occurs because it is the most impotent of all critical days The second day does not have a crisis in any way because its (ie naturersquos) strength is still strong enough to endure the harm done to it so it is not stimulated before the proper time

[20] The [critical] days on which a crisis does not occur and does not happen in any respect are the fifteenth sixteenth and nineteenth day For the fifteenth day comes after the fourteenth the sixteenth day precedes the seventeenth and the nineteenth day precedes the twentieth day Weeks in which a critical day occurs are counted as overlapping39 or as separate

[21] The separation between the weeks and the cycle of the four warning [days] The best [weeks counted] as separate are the first and the second week while the best weeks [counted] as overlapping are the second and third for according to the calculation of the days of the week from the four-teenth day the critical day is not the twenty-first but rather the twentieth

36emsp ldquoThe critical dayshellipthe sixth and eighth dayrdquo cf CG 238-9 (K 8476-17)37emsp Cf Ḥunayn trans Cooper (CG 126-7 ll 10-11 (K 7861-2)) ldquoIf he breaks into a sweat

then it will not quite cover his whole body uniformly with heatrdquo38emsp Cf CG 128-9 ll 7-8 (K 786171-2)39emsp ldquooverlappingrdquo cf Cooper CG 75 ldquohere means that the end day of the first period is

the same as the first day of the next periodrdquo see as well ibid 244-245 ll 3-5 (K 85016-8512)

115

day as the fourteenth day is the beginning of the third week Likewise the calculation of the days that are counted according to the cycle of the four in-dicators of the crisis occurring in weeks is like the calculation of the weeks The most severe critical day in terms of agitation and hardness will be one [that occurs up to day] fourteen the crisis at this time comes with hardness and agitation So also the critical days that fall between those days [that have been mentioned] will happen in accordance with the computation of cycles None (ie no warning) will fall after the fourteenth not to men-tion () the twentieth Thus the warning days that are on the computation of the fourteenth are weak because the indication for this day is [only] by weeks40 So also the cycles of weeks after the fortieth day are weak because the movement will then be every twenty [days] Thus [the indication will be] that the crisis is on days forty sixty eighty one hundred and one hun-dred and twenty The crisis can come even later in keeping with the same [arithmetic] series

[22] Hippocrates41 has said that the summer illnesses resolve in winter and the winter illnesses ndash in the summer He has related that there are crises that have cycles that are more remote42 than these He43 said that in the case of many childrenrsquos diseases some terminate after seventy [days] some after seven months some after seven years and some when they reach puberty And in the book Epidemics44 as this book was his casebook he mentions all the days on which a crisis occurs that is to say the days whose nature is characterized by the crisis and the days which tend by the force of the crisis to the day on which it occurs first

[23] In the Aphorisms and Prognostics he mentions the days on which a crisis occurs because it is specific to their nature In45 the first book of Epi-

40emsp That is to say warning by weeks is less precise and useful than a warning of two or three days as in a good crisis

41emsp Cf Epidemics (Loeb Classical Library London 1994) 315 (pp 254-5) cf CG 294-5 ll 8-10 (K 88316- 8841)

42emsp Ie they resolve only after a longer period of time43emsp Cf Aphorisms 328 p 133 ldquoMost diseases of children reach a crisis in forty days in

seven months in seven years at the approach of puberty44emsp Ie Epidemics book 1 cf Ḥunayn trans Cooper CG 118-9 ll1-4 (K 78018-7814) ldquoWhat

points me to this is the fact that he must have been guided by it in the first book of his Epidemics treatise in which he enumerated many of the critical days and he returned to mention some of them in the Prognostics and in the Aphorismsrdquo (trans Cooper) and CG 276-7 ll 2-3 (K 8719-10) ldquoIn the first book of the Epidemics he counted all of the critical days in orderrdquo (trans Cooper)

45emsp Cf CG 276-7 ll 1-9 (K 8719-14)

[19-23]


demics he mentions regarding the critical days the even [days] namely the fourth sixth eighth fourteenth eighteenth thirty-fourth fortieth sixtieth eightieth one hundredth and one hundred and twentieth [day] Of the odd [days] he mentions the third fifth seventh ninth eleventh seventeenth twenty-first and thirty-first In46 the Aphorisms and Prognostics he states that the crisis necessarily occurs in [series of] sevens and fours In47 the Aphorisms48 he remarks that in acute diseases the crisis comes within four-teen days and that the fourth day warns of the seventh and that the second week begins from the eighth day and that the eleventh day is warned by it because this day is the49 warning day of the second week Moreover the seventeenth day is the warning day of the third week because it is the fourth day from the fourteenth day and the seventh from the eleventh [day]

[24] However in the Prognostics50 he said that the fevers culminate on51 the same days both those from which patients recover and those from which they die For the fever that is safest and has the most trustworthy signs will abate on the fourth day or before it and the most malignant fever with the worst symptoms will kill on the fourth day or before it The first period [of fevers] ends here The second period ends in the seventh day and the third period ends in the eleventh day and the fourth period ends in the fourteenth day and the fifth period ends in the seventeenth day and the sixth period ends in the twentieth day The52 increments of these periods continue up to the twentieth day It is impossible for any of these [periods] to be counted by whole days as it is impossible for the year and the months to be counted by whole days53 Thereafter54 according to this pattern [and]

46emsp Cf CG 270-1 ll 9-11 (K 86811-15)47emsp Cf CG 274-5 ll 9-16 (K 8711-5)48emsp Cf Aphorisms 224 (pp 114-5)49emsp ldquothe warning dayrdquo cf Aphorisms 224 (pp 114-5) ἡ τέταρτη (the fourth day trans

Jones) Ḥunayn CG 274-5 (l 14) نع لر (K 8714)50emsp Cf Prognostics 20 ll 1-22 (pp 42-43) CG 274-5 ll 3-11 (K 8701-16)51emsp ldquoon the same daysrdquo lit ldquoin the numbers of the same daysrdquo52emsp ldquoThe increments of these periods continue up to the twentieth dayrdquo cf Prognostics

20 ll cf Ḥunayn CG 274 ll 7-8) رةنلعث أ

هة لحا ن

مرأة ل

رنعهة نأرنعهة

أة

ة ةكون ن ةالرن ه وهدن

(And these increments are by four-day intervals in acute illnesses up to the twentieth day) (= Prognostics 20 ll 13-15)

53emsp ldquodaysrdquo Ḥunayn adds ا ةcf CG 274-5 ll 8-9 (without fractions trans Cooper) ل لر ن

54emsp Cf Ḥunayn CG 274-5 ll 9-10 لثةنلث نع و لر لةوم ول

أور ل لد ة ةا

لرن ه م وهدن ا لنن لك عل م من نعد ن ث

(ldquoAnd (the counting proceeds) thereafter according to this pattern and these incre-ments The first period is the thirty-fourth dayrdquo (trans Cooper) cf note 805 (Cooper) ldquoI am still unsure why the thirty-fourth day is important here The scribe of L had problems with this also and his text adds the twenty-fourth and twenty-eighth days to

117

these increments is the first period the thirty-fourth day And the second period [ends]55 on the fortieth day and the third on the sixtieth day

[25] He said that the cause of the third week [ending on the twentieth day] is in accordance with the causes of overlapping since the computation of the month is not in whole and complete days56 For the greatest natural principle is this what is in heaven effects what happens on earth especially the moon because of all the heavenly bodies it is closest to the earth The motion of the moon is not its revolution that is joined to the sun (ie the synodic month) which is approximately twenty-nine [days] but rather its revolution in the ecliptic (ie the sidereal month) which is 27 13 days And since these days are divided into four quarters [and] because the quarters of the moon when taken relative to the ecliptic are stronger (ie larger)--and they are not divided relative to the revolution of the moon until it joins with the sun (the synodic month which is longer so each quarter would be longer and hence weaker)mdashso the quarter is 6 + 12 + 13 days57 Accordingly the third week ends on the twentieth day and not on the twenty-first day The second week ends on the fourteenth day He counts the twentieth day as a critical day because its half begins on the last day of the third week and the crisis fights for half [of the day] It is now time to relate the causes of the critical days

[26] Book Three He said that Pythagoras and his circle ascribe the causes of the critical days to the numbers They held it to be necessary that what-ever stars revolve in the heavens possess effects in accordance with the at-tendant changes in their configurations Together with this they held it to be necessary that the number that follows upon the cycles of what comes to be as we have explained has a power by means of which seasonal periods

this first period One possibility is that the thirty-fourth day is twenty plus fourteen or the major fourteenth day period within the second twenty-day cyclerdquo

55emsp ldquo[ends]rdquo cf Cf Ḥunayn CG 274-5 l 10 ةمنةهة 56emsp Cf Prognostics 20 ll 15-18 ldquoNone of them however can be exactly calculated in whole

days neither can whole days be used to measure the solar year and the lunar monthrdquo (trans Jones) CG 366-7 ll 2-4

57emsp The word order in this sentence has been rearranged for purposes of clarity The in-formation conveyed here is simply this For purposes of reckoning critical days the moonrsquos sidereal period rather than its synodic period is employed The sidereal pe-riod is shorter so each quarter is shorter hence stronger in the sense that a shorter period of time is needed for a cycle (measured as a quarter revolution) 6 + 12 + 13 is the standard way of writing out fractions in the period in our decimal notation we would write 683

[24-26]


come about in that which comes about58 That is to say they thought it not be in vain that the worlds are three ie the unchanging world the limited world and the world that lies beneath the moon59 Rather the reason for this is that the number three is primary and so the worlds were divided up in this way For this very reason each of the species has one of the numbers especially [associated] with it Were it not so what is the rationale for acute diseases terminating in multiples of four and seven and chronic diseases terminating every twenty days unless it be the case that what is necessary for the orb (it must move in regular cycles on account of the numbers as-sociated with it) is also necessary for that which moves in an unnatural fashion All the more so [since this usually happens] without anomalous measures (ie though disease is unnatural its cycles still follow regular pat-terns in general) For this reason60 days six and eight which fall together (are classified together) with regard to fever have the worst crises

[27] But for Galen number is a representation [or likeness] that a person thinks in his mind He does not consider it to have being or reality and to exist as a principle61 For this reason he scorned many treatises of Aristo-

58emsp This last sentence appears in a horrific Hebrew with numerous variants we have tried to make as best sense of it as possible The key point if our understanding is correct is that for these Pythagoreans the heavens rather than numbers are the primary causes for terrestrial processes (As we shall see in the following sentence number is the cause for the division of reality into three ldquoworldsrdquo with the heavens being above the earth) In line with the principle stated in [25] they too subscribe to the rule that the greatest cause of all for terrestrial events is the heavens However terrestrial eventsmdashwhose primary cause is the changing stellar configurationmdashhappen in measured cycles and the numbers associated with these cycles have a power of their own

59emsp The idea calls to mind the discussion in Aristotlersquos Physics III4 203a 4-17 Aristotle takes up together the theories of Plato and the Pythagoreans pointing to the differ-ences between them On the admittedly flimsy basis of this one sentence in our text it seems that the Summaries are confronting an original amalgam of the two a fixed presumably unlimited world beyond the heavens the limited celestial world and the sublunar realm On the notions of limited and unlimited see Walter Burkert Lore and Science in Ancient Pythagoreanism (Cambridge MA 1972) p 258 In particular we have here a fairly standard neoplatonic classification of three worlds the highest unchang-ing world then the celestial realm and the sublunar realm Support for this interpre-tation can be drawn from a miscopy in Paris 884 a manuscript whose readings we have generally not included in the apparatus For the first world in place of הקיים Paris 884 displays השפלים ldquothe baser thingsrdquo which makes no sense This is easily seen to be a miscopy for השכלים ldquothe intellectsrdquo yielding the widespread classification into worlds of the intellects heavenly bodies and terrestrial bodies

60emsp Following the reading in Paris 884 61emsp The Hebrew philosophical terminology has been translated according to the context

119

tlersquos followers who are linked to the Peripatetics saying that it is the same whether we say that the seventh day is the critical day or that the gates of the city of Thebes are seven62

[28] So the seventh day was a critical day in the place of the number seven63 The issue of crisis connects only to the configurations of the moon He thinks that the risings and configurations of all the stars produce effects upon us but () their actions are not in general things such as those that come about in summer and winter Instead their actions are in particular things However the moonrsquos actions are of two kinds One of them is in its motion until it joins [again] with the sun the other in its motion in its circuit in the ecliptic The circuit of the moon until it catches up with the sun is in twenty-nine and one half days but the time in which the moon makes one revolution in the ecliptic is twenty-seven and one-third days They say that the configurations of the moon vis-agrave-vis the sun produce general effects The configurations vis-agrave-vis its circle (circuit) in the ecliptic produce ef-fects of a more particular sort than the former The strongest configuration of the moon are those of the half circuit and they are those in which the sun is at its maximum elongation After them come the configurations in which

Harsquoamadah has been rendered ldquobeingrdquo and qiyyum ldquorealityrdquo Semantically both convey the sense of ldquostandingrdquo and thus are appropriate for the notion of a self-standing en-tity or substance (and not far removed at all semantically form the concept of hyposta-sis) The Hebrew dimuy ldquorepresentationrdquo or ldquolikenessrdquo (cf Mauro Zonta Un dizionario filosofico ebraico del xiii secolo Lrsquointroduzione al ldquoSefer Delsquoot ha-Filosofimrdquo di Shem Tob ibn Falaquera (Torino 1992) 62-64) cannot be the Arabic muthul (plural of mithāl but in this context always appearing in the plural) in the sense of Platonic idea since Galen rejects the reality of these Moreover in the second of his lists of Pythagorean terminology which is displayed as part of Galenrsquos stern rejection of Pythagorean arith-mology the monad is identified with ἰδέα Clearly the authors are struggling to express as clearly as possible the difference between the Pythagoreans who hold number to be a self-standing actual entity like a Platonic idea and Galen who does not The pas-sage before us echoes discussions in Aristotle and especially later Academicians such as Speusippus which treat together the Platonic ideas (Arabic muthul) and Pythago-rean number theory the key texts are Aristotlersquos Metaphysics beginnings of Books XII and XIII

62emsp This passage is very obscure in the Hebrew displaying very well the wear and tear of crossing linguistic cultural and historical boundaries from Greek (referring here to the Greek philosophical vocabulary that was used to express this brand of philosophy even if there was no Greek Vorlage for the Summaries) to Syriac (most likely) to Ara-bic to Hebrew see the discussion in Langermann ldquoAstral Connectionsrdquo 107

63emsp Another unclear sentence It seems to say that the seventh day ie the lapse of seven days rather than the number seven is the cause of the crisis on that day

[27-28]


the moon has two boundaries (ie half moon with moon bounded by a semi-circle and a straight line and gibbous moon bounded by two arcs) The weakest configuration is that which the moon has at its first rising Moreover the beginning of the revolution of the moon in its circuit in the ecliptic is [analogous to] the day on which the illness began In keeping with this analogy one ought to observe and compute the cycles

[29] However we do not accept Galenrsquos statement that during the three days during which the moon is not seen the moon produces no effect on earth and for that reason it joins to the closest thing [which is] the motion of the moon until it catches up with the sun in its orb in the ecliptic orb For this does not necessarily follow from [the observation] that no winds blow when the moon is hidden and that they blow when it is revealed64

[30] The effect of the moon on earth It is however fitting that we accept from him what he said and he said it well that the effects of the moon in the computation of the illness should be relative to its circuit in the ecliptic but it varies in keeping with its configurations relative to the sun That is to say the quarter65 of the moon acts not just relative to the illness but also relative to the sun So also with regard to the configurations relative to the other stars and their motion when it arrives at the termination in one of the illnesses one finds there a shift from one thing to another Likewise with regard to the risings and settings of the well-known stars In line with this Hippocrates said that drinking a medicine before the rising of Sirius as well as after its rising is difficult66

64emsp Yet another unclear sentence During the days of the moonrsquos invisibility it is catching up with the sun and passing it In K 9075-7 (cf CG 332) Galen says that for a period of three days the moon may or may not be seen (that is it will surely not be seen for at least or day or two but it may be briefly seen on the third day) but either way it is not powerful enough to effect any change on earth There is a brief reference to the stop-ping (stasis) of winds at the end of K 908 (CG 334) but it is not clear what Galen wishes to conclude from this In any event the authors of these Summaries read Galen as concluding that the moon has no effect during the three days of its invisibility Perhaps this justifies speaking of four units of seven days since 28 days is close to the length of the sidereal month and allows one to finesse the longer synodic month which in-cludes a short stint of lunar impotence This seems to be the intent of the beginning of the passage that follows But this passage remains obscure

65emsp Hebrew רבוע literally ldquosquaringrdquo or ldquoquadraturerdquo but here seems to be a miscopy The quarters of the lunar cycle (both synodic and sidereal) are approximately seven days just like the ldquodefaultrdquo cycle of the crisis

66emsp We have not been able to locate this exact statement in the Hippocratic corpus How-ever Hippocrates does warn us to guard against the risings of the stars for example in Epidemics I11 for a fuller discussion of this passage see Langermann ldquoAstral Connec-

121

[31] The risings and settings of the stars should not by themselves be taken as signs for the seasons of the year and what comes to be in them be-cause they also produce effects in inanimate beings Among these [consid-erations astral connection of disease] is the sunrsquos reversal at the summer solstice and the days following the rising of Arcturus when there are no red bile fevers because its rising has a power that sifts them out as Theophras-tus said67 But the changes that follow the months come to be along with the [cycle of] the moon as is shown by sea creatures especially the sea-urchin68 That is to say that this animal moves along with the moon growing larger and smaller together with it Epilepsy also has fits in keeping with the count of the moon (lit month) at the time of its waning The distance of the moon such as it is in keeping with a count analogous to the month [is the cause] for the blowing of winds that begin to blow with the rising of the moon and shift then changing at half moon And the winds that come to be at half moon change when it becomes full And the winds that blow when it is full change when it is once again half moon And so Aristotle said69

[32] Thus it has been shown that it is proper to ascribe great power to day seven and day fourteen since quadrature and opposition are at those con-figurations Now the configuration that the moon has on its rising ends on the fourth [day] so also the configuration with a double boundary which is at trine and is in service until the eleventh [day] Because the sun has its effect on generation its changes will be over boundaries (bounded periods of time) that are larger The summaries of the third book of the treatise On Critical Days by Galen are done and with their completion the treatise is complete thank God

tionrdquo 109-11067emsp Another difficult paragraph cf Langermann ldquoAstral Connectionrdquo 109-11 lsquoTheophras-

tusrsquo is a good surmise for the name intended by the Hebrew letter chain BrsquoWQRSṬ rsquoS Theophrastus has something to say about risings and settings in his On Weather Signs (Arthur Hort Theophrastus Inquiry into Plants and Minor Works (London 1916) 2 390-97) but not the connection between Arcturus and red bile fever

68emsp Literally ldquothe animal that is covered by shardsrdquo69emsp Aristotle speaks of the connection between winds and the moonrsquos phases in Genera-

tion of Animals II 4738a 22-3 see Langermann ldquoAstral Connectionrdquo 109

[29-32]

Bibliography

Anawati Georges C Rasāʾil ibn Rushd al-Ṭibbīyah Cairo repr 2005Averroes Obra Medica trad Maria Concepcioacuten Vaacutezquez de Benito Seville and

Malaga 1998 limited editionBergstraumlsser G Ḥunain ibn Isḥacircq uumlber die syrischen und arabischen Galen-

Uumlbersetzungen (Abhandlungen fuumlr die Kunde des Morgenlandes xvii 2 Leipzig 1925)

Bos Gerrit ldquoMaimonides on Medicinal Measures and Weightsrdquo Aleph 9 (2009) 255-276

ndashndashndashndashndashndash Novel Medical and General Hebrew Terminology from the 13th Century Vol 2 Journal of Semitic Studies Suppl 30 (Oxford 2013)

Bos Gerrit and Y Tzvi Langermann ldquoAn Unknown Summary of Galenrsquos On the Elements According to Hippocrates attributed to Ḥunayn Ibn Isḥāqrdquo Forthcoming in Arabic Sciences and Philosophy

Boyle C (ed) Medieval Prognosis and Astrology A Working Edition of the Aggregationes de crisi et creticis diebus with Introduction and English Summary Cambridge 1991

Brockelmann C Lexicon Syriacum Halle 1928Burkert Walter Lore and Science in Ancient Pythagoreanism Cambridge MA 1972Bylebyl Jerome J and Walter Pagel ldquoThe chequered career of Galenrsquos doctrine on

the pulmonary veinsrdquo Medical History 15 (1971) 211-229Cooper CM Galen De diebus decretoriis from Greek into Arabic A Critical

Edition with Translation and Commentary of Ḥunayn Ibn Isḥāq Kitāb ayyām al-buḥrān Farnham-Burlington 2011

Dietrich Albrecht Medicinalia Arabica Studien uber arabische medizinische Handschriften in turkischen und syrischen Bibliotheken Gottingen 1966

Galen Uumlber die Arten der Fieber in der arabischen Version des Ḥunain ibn Isḥāq Ed and trans Matthias Werhard Inaugural-Dissertation Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitaumlt Munich 2004

Garofalo I ldquoLa traduzione araba de de temperamentis del de optima constitutione e del de bono habiturdquo In V Boudon-Millot et al (eds) Ecdotica e ricezione dei testi medici Naples 2006 125ndash135

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoLa traduzione araba del commento di Ioannes Grammatikos al De pulsibus di Galenordquo In A Garyza and J Jouanna (eds) I testi medici greci tradizione e ecdotica Atti del iii Convegno Internazionale Napoli 15ndash18 ottobre 1997 Naples 1999 185ndash218

Gutas Dimitri Greek Thought Arabic Culture The Graeco-Arabic Translation Movement in Baghdad and Early Abbasid Society (2nd-4th5th-10th c) London 2012

124 bibliography

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoPaul the Persian on the classification of the parts of Aristotlersquos philosophy a milestone between Alexandria and Baġdacircdrdquo Der Islam 60 (1983) 231-267

Hippocrates Aphorisms Loeb Classical Library London 1931 repr 1979ndashndashndashndashndashndash Prognostics II Loeb Classical Library London 1923 repr 1981ndashndashndashndashndashndash Epidemics Loeb Classical Library London 1994ndashndashndashndashndashndash Crises Loeb Classical Library London 2010Hort Arthur Theophrastus Inquiry into Plants and Minor Works London 1916Ibn Juljul Ṭabaqāt al-aṭibbāʾ wa-rsquol-ḥukamāʾ Second printing Beirut 1985Irvine JT and O Temkin ldquoWho was Akilaosrdquo Bulletin of the History of Medicine 77

(2003) 12-24 Iskandar AZ ldquoAn attempted reconstruction of the late Alexandrian medical

curriculumrdquo Medical History 20 (1976) 235-258ndashndashndashndashndashndashldquoBibliographical studies in medical and scientific Arabic works Galenrsquos fī

ʿAmal al-tashrīḥ (On Anatomical procedures) the Alexandrian book entitled fī rsquol-Tashrīḥ ilā lsaquol-mutaʿallimīn (On Anatomy for students) and Rhazesrsquo al-Kāfī fī rsquol-ṭibb (The Sufficient Book on Medicine)rdquo Oriens 25-26 (1976) 133-147

Klatzkin Jacob Thesaurus Philosophicus Linguae Hebraicae New York 1968Kuumlhn CG Claudii Galeni Opera Omnia 20 vols Leipzig 1821-1833 repr Hildesheim

1967Lameer Joep ldquoFrom Alexandria to Baghdad Reflections on the Genesis of a

Problematical Traditionrdquo In Remke Kruk and Gerhard Endress (eds) The Ancient Tradition in Christian and Islamic Hellenism Studies on the transmission of Greek philosophy and sciences dedicated to HJ Drossaart Lulofs on his ninetieth birthday (= CNWS Publications 50) Leiden 1997 181-191

Langermann Y Tzvi ldquoMaimonides on the Synochous Feverrdquo Israel Oriental Studies 12 (1993) 175-198

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoThe Astral Connections of Critical Days Some Late Antique Sources Preserved in Hebrew and Arabicrdquo In Anna Akasoy Charles Burnett and Ronit Yoeli-Tlalim (eds) Astromedicine Astrology and Medicine East and West Florence 2008 99-118

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoIslamic Atomism and the Galenic Traditionrdquo History of Science 47 (2009) 277-295

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoCritical Notes on a Study of Galenrsquos On Critical Days or A Study in Need of Critical Repairsrdquo Aestimatio 9 (2012) 220-240

Liddell HG and R Scott A Greek English Lexicon Repr Oxford 1989Lieber E ldquoGalen in Hebrew the transmission of Galenrsquos works in the medieval

Islamic worldrdquo In V Nutton (ed) Galen Problems and Prospects London 1981 167-186

Maimonides Medical Aphorisms Treatises 1-5 ed and trans Gerrit Bos Provo 2004Meyerhof Max ldquoNew light on Ḥunain Ibn Isḥacircq and his periodrdquo Isis 8 (1926)

685-724

125bibliography

ndashndashndashndashndashndash Von Alexandrien nach Bagdad Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte des philosophischen und medizinischen Unterrichts bei den Arabern Berlin 1930

Pormann PE ldquoThe Alexandrian Summary (Jawāmiʿ) of Galenrsquos On the Sects for Beginners Commentary or Abridgementrdquo Bulletin of the Institute of Classical Studies 47 (2004) 11-33

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoJean le grammarien et le De sectis dans la litteacuterature meacutedicale drsquoAlexandrierdquo In Ivan Garofalo and Amneris Roselli (eds) Galenismo e medicina tardoantica fonti greche latine e arabe Naples 2003 197-248

Richler B Hebrew Manuscripts in the Biblioteca Palatina in Parma Catalogue Palaegraphical and codicological descriptions Malachi Beit-Arieacute Jerusalem 2001

Sālim Muḥammad Salīm Kitāb Jālīnūs fī Firaq al-ṭibb lil-mutaʿallimīn (Muntakhabāt al-Iskandarāniyyīn 1) Cairo 1977

ndashndashndashndashndashndash Kitāb Jālīnūs ilā Ghulūqūn fī al-Taʿattī li-shifāʾ al-amrāḍ Cairo 1982 ndashndashndashndashndashndash Kitāb Jālīnūs ilā Ṭutrūn fī al-nabḍ lil-mutaʿalimīn Cairo 1985 ndashndashndashndashndashndash Kitāb Jālīnūs fī al-usṭuqusāt ʿalā ra ʾy Abuqrāṭ naql Abī Zayd Ḥunayn b

Isḥāq al-ʿIbādī al-mutaṭabbib (Muntakhabāt al-Iskandarāniyyīn 5) Cairo 1986 Savage-Smith E ldquoGalenrsquos lost ophthalmology and the lsquoSummaria

Alexandrinorumrsquordquo In V Nutton (ed) The unknown Galen London 2002 121-138Schacht Joseph and Max Meyerhof ldquoMaimonides Against Galen On Philosophy

and Cosmogonyrdquo Bulletin of the Faculty of Arts of the University of Egypt 5 (1937) 53-88 (Arabic section)

Schoeler Gregor ldquoDie Frage der schriftlichen oder muumlndlichen Uumlberlieferung der Wissenschaften im fruumlhen Islamrdquo Der Islam 62 (1985) 201-230

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoWeiteres zur Frage der schriftlichen oder muumlndlichen Uumlberlieferung der Wissenschaften im Islamrdquo Der Islam 66 (1989) 38-67

Schwarz AZ Die hebraumlischen Handschriften der Nationalbibliothek in Wien Leipzig 1925

Sezgin F Geschichte des arabischen Schriftums Leiden 1970-1979 Stefani Claudio de ldquoContributi della versione araba allrsquoedizione del testo greco del

De differentiis febrium di Galenordquo In V Boudon-Millot et al (eds) Ecdotica e ricezione dei testi medici Naples 2006 111-116

Steinschneider M Die arabischen Uumlbersetzungen aus dem Griechischen Graz 1960ndashndashndashndashndashndash Die hebraumlischen Uumlbersetzungen des Mittelalters und die Juden als

Dolmetscher Berlin 1893 repr Graz 1956 sect 415 9 Strohmeier G ldquoThe uses of Galen in Arabic literaturerdquo In V Nutton (ed) The

unknown Galen London 2002 113-120ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoDie christlichen Schulen in Baghdad und der alexandrinische Kanon der

Galenschriften Eine Korrektur in Ḥunains Sendschreiben an ʿAlī ibn Yaḥyārdquo Oriens 36 (2001) 268-275

Ullmann M Die Medizin im Islam Leiden 1970 65-67Vaacutezquez de Benito Maria Concepciacuteon La medicina de Averroes comentarios a

126 bibliography

Galeno Salamanca 1987 Wallis F (ed) Medieval Medicine A Reader Toronto 2010Walzer R ldquoCodex Princetonianus Arabicus 1075rdquo Bulletin of the History of Medicine

28 (1954) 550-552 Watt John W ldquoThe Syriac Aristotle between Alexandria and Baghdadrdquo Journal for

Late Antique Religion amp Culture 7 (2013) httpwwwcfacukshareresearchcentresclarcjlarccontentsvolume-7-2013html

Wilkie JS and Lloyd GER ldquoThe Arabic version of Galenrsquos De sectis ad eos qui introducunturrdquo Journal of Hellenic Studies 98 (1978) 167-169

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoThe Arabic version of Galenrsquos Ars parvardquo Journal of Hellenic Studies 101 (1981) 145

ndashndashndashndashndashndash ldquoThe Arabic version of Galenrsquos De elementis secundum Hippocratemrdquo Journal of Hellenic Studies 102 (1982) 232-233

Zotenberg H (ed) Catalogues des Manuscrits heacutebreux et samaritains de la Bibliothegraveque Impeacuteriale Paris 1866

ط رط Hippocrates 46 larr نهة ر

نهة

ن اةةمةا larr ك نةد

أ

signs 45 ر ثاآثر

أ

أحا larr discomfort 18 ى نأ

Archigenes 22 ن ا ةحنرحن

Leo 67 سدأ

principles 62 ولأل

أ

two principles 62 ن لاأ

amphikurtos 63 ورنةة

من

sure of outcome 1011 نهةة لعا مون

أ ما مون

أما

feminine 73 ىنثأ

هل family 7071 larr حننرأ

harmful things 2 ة ناآنهة

آ

to investigate 13 نحث عن نحث

investigating 13 ثنح

ن 1238910111213141516202124 نر

2932354043454950607073

ةوم وةة مةد ةكون ة ما crisis larr علم علا

crises 41454950 ة نا نر

م اةأ ل ن

عرأة larr

ن نر

م اةأر ل و

أ larr critical 51 حورىة نا

true critical 44 حورىة حة نا

false critical 44 ور حورىة رن نا

to begin 9435860 أ نةد ( أ

أ )ند

onset beginning 17193569 أ مند

beginning 40 ء نةد

full moon 6367 ر ند

ن body 142771 larr ثةل ند

signs 23 نرون نرن

chill 14 نر

ةر larr عر نا

excrement 10 رن نرهة نر larr ن

to be slow 66 نوأن

مرأ ة ء slow 56 larr ركا نطة

ة ةلا ة

نن larr مرمهة ط ةةد ر

نهة larr Hippocrates 2223 ط رنهة

م larr منللن

Pythagoras 73 ورعن نوثا

urine 110 نول

ripe urine 28 ةنلنمن ول لن

ن 930313233ة ( ةن

ن )نا

to be discerned to be clear

evident clear 2311 ننة

ء رن ةن larr ن ممةنا

very distinct ةرثنةا ل ا ةن ةن ممةنا

destruction demise perdition 42628 ةللن

to be finished 3461 مة

to be complete 9 مسمةسة

completion 58 م ةما

imperfectly 60 م ةر ةماعل عن

ن ور نن larr complete full 101175 م ةا

incomplete 29 م ةر ةاعن

a heaviness of the body 28 ن د لن ثةل ثةل

heaviness in the temples 8 ةنعن د ثةل

trine ثمثل

Taurus 67 ورث

ن اةلمةنو Galen 162225343559 larrك ا حن

dialecticians 13 ل د لحن ن أصحال د حن

Capricorn 67 ىة د حن

Arabic Glossary and Index (Princeton Manuscript)

128 arabic glossary and index

attraction 8 ن دن حنن

to be experienced 25 رن ( ن رن )ن

experience 62 رنهة نة

experiences 49 رن ا حنة

the distinct parts 53 ةنهة لممةنا ء رن نأء ل رن ن

to come together 9 ةمع حن )نع(

conjunction 6566 ةماع حن

Summaries 233435616278 مع و مع حن ا حن

south 64 نون حن

effort 24 ا حن

great effort 24 ةد د وىة سث ة ا حن

a moderate effort 24 ل ةد معةد ا حن

ignorance 49 ل حن

good forbearance 17 هة نر و هة حن و حن

good 1027 ةد حنومهة ن larr حن ةر ر حن ا حن

to exceed ورن ا حن( ة رن ا )حن

exceeding 24 هة ورن ا محن

to stimulate 71 حث

to become acute 56 ( حةد

)حد

limit 53 حد

limits 59 و حد ةهة ا

عن ا هة acuity 57 larr حنحد

a general acuity 55 هة مرسلهةحد

two boundaries 63 ن ةاحد

ن مر

أ acute 2955565778 larr ركة

حا

well-defined 41 و محد

not well-defined 41 و ةر محدعن

taking on a convex shape 65 نحد

ة

to be fortified ررنن ) )ررن

ة larr ممر

رةة larr حننر

to move 435860717274 رك)رك( ة

ن مر

أ larr movement 5666 ركة

slow movement 71 نمةأهة ركة

an acute motion 43 هة ركة حا

a mild movement 56 لمةنهة ركة

movements 54 ة ركا

slow movements 60 ة نمةأهة ركا

acute movements 586074 هة ة حا ركا

ن 40لممر أن و

ة ن ركا

the movements of the illnessrsquos

paroxysms

to sense 17 ح

sensation 1019 ح

ى 17 نأ نال حا لأ أحا

sensing discomfort

to compute 52 نا حن حا حن

nice 27 حن

to attend رحن

descend 64 حطن )حط(

م اةأ حورىة حة larr نان

م larr نن حككاأحكم

becoming intense 71 م ةحككا

dissolution 43 لحل

ة

bathhouse 6 م ا

Aries 6467 ل

ability to cope 17 ل حةماونهة

م fever 1874 larr ن

phlegmatic fever 3072 مللن لن م

منةهة 74 أمهة )م(

lasting and continuous (fever)

blood fever 74 م لد م

quartan fever 72 لرنع م

tertian fever 3072 ن لعن م

ephemeral fever 5678 م ةوم

129arabic glossary and index

burning fever 555674 لمرةهة لحم

74 ن لعن م وم

للن لن هة من م نلممرل لحم

the fever compounded of

phlegmatic fever and tertian fever

continuous fever 55 لمنةهة لحم

two fevers 30 ن ةا

burning fevers 50 ة مرةهة ةا

quartan fevers 50 ة رنع ةا

tertian fevers 50 ن ة عن ةا

to be skilled 25 حنك( حمةنك(

condition 141516 ل حان

عرأ larr malicious 7 نمةث

حن

و رةة 29أن عن حننر حننر سث

news of a disturbance or of a fire

ةة 29 و دأل و ما

أهل

أم من

حننر ةن

sad news concerning family

property or friend

bad news 29 ةهةلموأن ر نا

حنأل

servants 2970 م حند

to be extracted 62 ةنرن ) رن )ن

ن 2442لممر رون من

لن رون ن

exiting the disease the exit

from the disease

inflammation abscess 142 رن ن

family 29 و

حن حنا

ن ةر لحن ة لحنومهة ن ومهة حن

a quarrel with neighbors

two characteristics 31 ن لةا لهة حن حن

error 29357073 أا حن

ملة ر danger 7102656 larr علا حن

light 27 ةنن حن

palpitation 8 وألن ن نةا حن

relief 21 حنل

ة

of true acuity 57 هةلحد ا حن ا حن

ىة 71 لموأن لحنلط حنلط

the humour that is harmful

delirium 8 هن لدن ط ةلا حن ط ةلا حن

difference discrepancy 354966 ن ةلا حن

ل ةا نهة ا ن محنةللن larr أ

feebleness 17 ورحن

dwindling of strength 14 وهةلة ور

حن

horses 6 ةلحن

to give a regimen 731رن نر( (

to be given a regimen 7 رن ةد

regimen 673157 نةر ةد

a thick regimen 31 لةطننةر عن ةد

ا 31 عنلن

ةلأنةر ةد

a regimen that is less thick

a thin regimen 5 للةن نةر لةد

the revitalizing regimen 6 لمنعث نةر لةد

ةه 31 أنةر و لةد ن

أ

a very fine and light regimen

the menstrual flow 1 مث رور

to be expelled عن ند ع(

ن (

expelling 71 عن

وهة ع larr ة

ن

نةر ة larr ةد

أ ةة

ة

to indicate 161826303133

ل

indicating 2728

ل

indications 45 أل لةل ل

Aquarius 67 لو

م blood 1 larr م

dikhotomos 63 محوو

lachrymation 8 موع هة د ور cycle 236768 larr سث

full cycle 53 م ور ةا


the cycle of tetrads 53 نةع رأور ل

the cycle of heptads 53 نةع ساأور ل

the cycle of twentyrsquos 53 ة رةنالعث ور

half-cycle 53 لنن ور

cycles 2023485368 ر و أ

the cycles of the stars 23 لكولن ر و أ

critical cycles 68 حورةهة ا لن ر و أل

م constant ongoing 15165574 larr مأ

wasting 1 نولن

masculine 73 نور

ط ةلا حن هن larr ن

heads 64 و روأأر

visibility 656667 ةهةروأ

ة ةارنع larr م

autumn 64 رنةعtetrad 3777 نوع ر

ور larr tetrads 374877 نةع رأ

quadrature 67 رنةعة

quartile 63 عمرن

a bad pulse 28 نلمنن

هة هة ر ر

م اةأ ن

عرأ larr bad 316 ةأ ر

هة مرسل larr حد

ىة larr مكن ر

رنshiver 14 هة رعث

nose-bleed 150 ن رعاabdominal wall 8 ن لن

ة مر ة

مر

نهة larr وحنعرة

ن compound(ed) 1 larr م مرل

rhetoricians 13 لروورةة ن أصحا

روورةة

ن مر

أث larr

رة

مة

Saturn 2368 حل رنto excite 71 ن

ع رن

م اةأ larr even 73 ون رن

أ ون رن

م اةأ حورىة ور larr نا رنن ةعلا ور larr من مرن

نمن chronic 555759 larr مر مرن

even [numbered days] 47 ون رنأ ون رن

عل 25 لن ى نالممرن ولهة ولهة مرن مرن

the actual practice on patients

cause 3566 سمنن

two reasons ن ا سمنن

causes 496671 ن ناأ

lethargy 8 ة نا

week 52697576 نوعأ

two weeks 52 ن نوعاأ

ور larr heptads 486776 نةع ساأ

disappearance 67 ر سمةةا

sextile 68 ة ةد

sextile 63 مد

Cancer 67 ن را

to be swift 66 رعةهة ا

رعهة larr عن

to abate 7 سكن

to set 7 سكن سكونا

safety recovery 113262729 مهة سلا

safe 31 سلسةم

safe from danger 1011 لحنر سلسةم من

terms 13 ء ماأسم

هة 13 لعا ا رة ن ىة ةد نلة ء ما

أل

the terms that have come to

be used habitually

the foreign terms 13 هة رةنلعن ء ما

أل

the Greek names 63 نةهة لةونا ء ماأل

fleshy fish 6 ىةن ر

لرن لمك مك

year(s) 5557586875 نهة

years 55575868 نون


yearly 68 نوىة

easy 27 ل

poor breathing 28 لمةنن سوء سوء

winter 64 ء ةا ث

a strong soul هة نند هة سث

د سث

ن وعونةه 70لممر هة

د سث

the great severity and difficulty

of the disease

هه 73 ةلر ور و لد هة د سث

the strength of the cycle and its

compulsion

beverage 6 ن ر ث

ورن larr عن ث

ورةن larr عن

ث

عةر larr لثك سث

ن larr حننر عن سث

to doubt 39 ك سث

لةمر 63 ل ككا سثأككل سث

the shapes of the moon

sun 23646869 ثم

to attest 62 د ث

month 6975 هر ث

two months 5557 ن هر ث

months 55575868 هر ثأ

monthly 68 ورىة ث

appetite 10 وهة ث

to be true 62 ص

health correctness 1613 هةصح

ن نر larr authentic 39 صحة

headache 8 ع ددعن larr ثةل

ةة larr حننر دهة د عونهة difficulty 7475 larr سث

the severity of the illness 71 نلممر عونهة

shortness of breath 14 ر نن ر عن عنart 13 عهة منا

their general classes 54 مةهة لعا ا ن منا

أ منن

noise 29 مةاsummer 64 مةن

ن 17لممر ر ر

نأرر

نthe distress of the disease

agitation 13 ن ر ن

to multiply عن نأ ) عن )ن

weakness 71 نع ن

weakness of the soul 17 عن نن ن

to add 53 ن ا نأ ) ن ا )ن

different relations 76 هة ة محنةللن نا ا ن أنهة ا ن أ

difficulty in breathing 8 لمةنن ةة من ةة

منdoctor 29357071 نمةن

doctors 13 ء ناأ

م اةأ larr nature 4446 نع

nature 1619204473 منةعهة

two natures 4449 ن منةعةا

class 1516 نةهة

classes 15165778 ة نةا

منة larr م

food 6 م عا

investigator 49 لن ا

a bowel movement 1 ن لن ة

ةلا

رور مث larr ن

مرأ larr to be prolonged 3133 ل ا

length 31 ول

ن مر

أر

ةوةل larr ةعن

هة 5657لمد وةل

of long duration long-lasting

darkness of vision 8 لنر هة هة ن ن


to count 37 عد

number 2037 عد

numbers 73 عدأ

counting 9 عد

latitude 66 نر

ع

symptoms 5 ن عر

أ ن

رع

ةأهة 7 نمةثهة رن حن

عرأ

malicious bad symptoms

ن 18لممر ن

عرأ

the symptoms of the disease

حورةهة 21 ا لن ن

عرأل

the critical symptoms

to know 45 عرن

knowledge 62 معرنهة

مة larr ن

عرن

ة larr ننعرو

sweat 11450 ةر

ع

cold sweat 28 ر ا لن ة

لعر

ء عل larr ما

ور ة larr رةنا عث رةن

عث

organ 8 وعن

a non-noble organ 42 رةنةر ث

و عنعن

ا 1رن ىة ل ث

لة ء ا عنأل

limbs that are not noble

ruin perdition 426 عن

severe 7 ر لمةد سةم سةم عن

عنمون

أنهة larr ما

ة عا

Scorpio رنعهة

intellect 10 عةل

to know 49 علم

knowledge 45 معل

the signs of the crisis 9 ن لنر م علاأم

عل

two signs 9 ن ما علا

sign 931 مهة علا

signs 4818262728303133 ة ما علا

the signs of the crisis 9 ن لنر ة ما علا

the signs of danger 28 لحنر ملة علا

ن 28303132 لنن ة ما علا

the signs of ripening

instruction 53 ةعلسةمم larr منن عا

to relapse 7 و ( عا )عا

return 5 هة عو

ء ماأهة larr عا

relapse 7 هة و معا

larr من عن

ةر ء nourishment 4557 larr ةةد عندن

نةر ةد larr thick 57 لةطنعن

نةر عنلطن larr ةد

the utmost acuity 55 هةلحد ةهة ا

ةهة عن اعن

extreme acuity 55 هةلحد ةهة من ا

لعن

لرعهة 55 هة ولحد ةهة ا

عن

the utmost acuity and swiftness

هة 55لحد لهةوى من ةهة ا

عن

the ultimate extreme of acuity

هة 57لحد ها من نعد


لة لهةوى ةهة العن

the utmost extremity such that

there is no extreme of acuity

beyond them

to change 6569 رةر( ةعن )عنا

change 11013 رةةعن

weak changes 65 هة عةنة ن ر

ةةعن

great changes 65 مةمهة ة عن رةةعن

powerful changes 65 وةهةة ة ر

ةةعن

65 د هة حنلمد وةلهة د وةهة حن

ة ة رةةعن

very powerful and very long-lasting

changes

negligible changes 65 ا ل ن ة ل نا رةةعن

panselēnos 63 لةةن سا نان نةا larr حن وأ

ن


pullets 6 رةن ر ن رون

ن

odd [days] odd 4773 رنأر

ن

evacuation 12142 رعنةهن

ن 14 ء لم ةنن ةا ثأن رع

ةهن

the elimination of unripe materials

to distinguish 52 ةر

ن

distinguishing 52 رةةةهن

هةة larr ل

رنة

separate 37 ةر

مةهن

meaning 63 ةرةن

ن اةنل نول larr ك

joints 1 ل ا ل من مهن

disengagement 13 ل ا نهن

residue 871 ل نن

ن 42عل لمر ا لن ء لثىة عل نا

the thing that activates the disease

ن 39 ور ن مرن ةعلا ةعل من من

fabrications and forgeries

the mouths of the arteries 1 ةلعرو ه و

نأم

ن

to be worn out 42 ىةنن

to be fatal 4 ةةلن

مرأ larr fatal 31 ل ةةا

to calculate رر( ةد )ةد

سةم ةةرعن larr quantity 53 ر مةد

ء 45 دن لعن ةر ةر ةةد ةةد

calculating the nourishment

ancients 38 ء ما ةدةم ةد

ط 25 رهة ىة لن

لة لمعرنهة مهة مهة ةةد ةةد

ن اةHippocratesrsquo Prognostics larr ك

ulcer 42 رحهةة

to divide 53 ةسم

to make a division 53 ةسم ةمهة

to be divided in half 67 ةننةسم ننن

division 5354 ةمهة

divided in half 6367 ةنمةوم مةوم ننن

ن مر

أةر larr

ة

to judge ى على ةن

ةن

to terminate 933414355575875 ىنهةن

ء 2430314358 ا نهةن

termination coming to an end

ن 945لممر ء ا نهةن

the expiry of the disease

diameter opposition 236368 ةر

buttocks 1 هة مةعد

to last ةللع

ككل ةمر moon 23676873 larr سث

convincing 13 ةناع أ

ور وهة capacity faculty strength 42773 larr حن

ة

the expelling faculty 71 نعهة لد وهة لة

vomiting 50 ء ةة

to take in analogy to be related 2368 ةا

م reason relation 196268 larr كلا ةاة

the way of reasoning 52 ةهة امة

Epidemics 46 ةمةا نةد ن اة ك ن ا

ةك

ن 134616278 لنر م اةأة

لمةنو ن ا ن حن اةك

Galenrsquos book On Critical Days

Aphorisms 46 ول لهن ن اةك

the Prognostics 46 لمعرنهة مهة ن ةةد اةك

ةمةا 39 نةدأهة ا

لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم

the books by Hippocrates that

are called On Epidemics

litters 6 ىة لر لرىةهة د ه larr سث ةلر

ء عةر larr ما لث لثك لثك

49 ةالة م و لككلا م كلا

theoretical reasoning

quantity 53 ةهةل

ر و أ ولن larr 23 ولن

ن 9 لنر ةكون ةكون

the development of the crisis


meat 6 حم لحومل

نةر ةن larr ةد

نةر ن larr ةدأ

the Greek language 13 نةةن لةونا هة هة لعن لعن

being bedridden 17 ء لةا أ

flash 8 لمعن

مرأن larr ركة

لة

disappearance 6365 ة محا

to extend last 92435404143 مةد ( أ

)مد

هة time duration period 5668 larr وةل مد

ن مر

أر

ةةعن

lasting of the crisis 35 ن لنر مةد مةد

ن 4791317181927293133354058مر

هة عونهة د سث رون ن ة disease larr ركا

ن ء نن ا نهةن عل نا ن عر

أرر

ن

ن 4567242930314049505455 مر

أ

diseases 5657586069707478

هة 55لمد منهة وةلهة ( مرن ن

مرأ(

diseases that are chronic

of long duration

لمكث 78 ( وةلهة ن مر

أ(

diseases that linger for a long time

acute diseases 555970 هة لحا ن

مرأل

لركة 78 مةأهة لن ثهة

رة

لمة ن مر

أل

lingering diseases that are

slow of movement

منهة 437074 لممرن ن مر

أل

chronic illnesses

fatal diseases 29 لهة لةةا ن مر

أل

هة 78لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أل

diseases of short duration

mild diseases 7 للمةنهة ن

مرأل

epidemic diseases 49 هة ند لو ن مر

أل

ا 75ة

ىة ةول مد

لة ن مر

أل

diseases whose period is long

patient 672935577071 نمرة

ولهة ى patients 710111829 larr مرنمرن

to refrain from 57 مك مك عنن

مرأ larr lingering 56 مكث

of short duration 65 لمكث لةل ة

fullness 6365 ء مةلا

death 1 موة

ل larr حننر ما

honey water 57 لعل ء ء ما ما

barley gruel 57 عةر لث ء لثك ما

to turn tend 914 ل ما

mēnoeidēs 63 ةد ممةنوهة ن pulse 27 larr ر

نن

حكgtltمه 25أة و

لعرو ن نن

the pulse of the arteries and its rules

rescue 26 هة ا حنن

rarely 151624 رهة لند ة رهة ن ند

م اةأر to warn 101620213245 larr ةوم

ندنأر(

)ندن

م اةأ larr indication warning 2310 ر ندن أ

warning 51 رمندن

to categorize 53 نن

text 53 ن

ور ةسم مةوم نن larr

half-way point 65 ةنمةننرع

ةهن larr to ripen 303133 ن نن

larr concoction ripening 10424371 ن ننة ما علا

ن 126لممر ن نن

the ripening of the illness

full ripening 71 م لةا ن لنن

ةن larr نولنمن


to see 49 رنن

to anticipate 49 رةنن

correlates 23 أر ا ةرهة نننن

نةر منعث larr ةد

spittle 10 ث ننعن هة ن

د larr سث نن

ر larr عن ننةة

27 larr سوء منةنن

shivers 8 نن نا

to be useful 45 عنن

usefulness 45 عهة منن

to diminish 9 نهة

waning 67 ن نهةا

convalescent 6 ةه نا

to have a relapse 45 نك

relapse 47 نكهة

to end terminate 303752 نةهة ا( )ن

limit 54 ةهة ان

the feverrsquos paroxysm 217172 لحم ونهة ونهة ن

نة أن paroxysms 295574 larr ركا و

ن

sleep 10 ومن

new moon 63

ل مة

هل

crescent 6566 ل هلا

air 6569 ء هو

to take on a configuration 58 أةا

( ةأ)هةا

irruption 7475 ن ا هةحن

neck pain 8 نهةلرة وحنع وحنع

Libra 67 ن مةرن

middle 1516365170 وطto overlap to join 527677 ول

أ)ول(

to relate 54 ل ة

a separate juncture 7677 ة ر

نة هة هة ل

ل

a continuous juncture 7677 ل ةا هة ل

هةل larr ل ةا

different junctures 77 هة ة محنةللن ةال

consecutive 37 موول

continuous 74 مةل

concurrence 49 وون

ن مر

أ larr concurrent 49 ند و

moment 6791721 وةةthe moment of crisis 20 ن لنر وةة

moments 21 ة وةاأ

mild 7 ر لمةد ةةر ةةر

ةوم 10202122242931323337384143

4445495051525758596066687273

day 7475 larr م

the crisis day 9202125 ن لنر ةوم

ن 40 لنر ر نالمندن لةوم

the day that warns of the crisis

two days 2021 ن ةوما

م 15162430353638404143464749 اةأ

days 51525574

ن 36 لنر م اةأر نا

ىة ةندنلة م ا

ةأ

the days that give warning

of the crisis

critical days 36 ن م نر اةأ

critical days by nature 46 نع نان م نر ا

ةأ

ور 49 ىة هة رنلة نع و نا

ن م نر اةأ

critical days by nature and those

that are false

ن 915222334353738454849 لنر م اةأ

ن اةthe critical days 5062687075 larrك

the true critical days 46 لحة ن لنر م اةأ

حةحهة 36 ن لنر م اةأ

the true critical days

good (auspicious) days 10 ةا م حن اةأ


bad days 11 ةأهة م ر اةأ

even days 75 ون رنأم ا

ةأ

odd days 29 رنأم ا

ةأ

warning days 36 ر ندن م أ اةأ

حورةهة 9101520465458 ا لن م اةأم ل ا

ةأل

the critical days

the critical days 16 نةهة لنر م اةأل

daily 68 مة اةأ

هة ن larr لعن ةونا

ء ماأ larr Greek 63 ة

ن ةونا

to die 24 אבדאבוקראט 341114162230

Hippocrates Hippocrates 9 אבקראט

an organ 14 אבר אבר מהאבריםorgans limbs 81516 אברים

red bile fevers 31 אדמי אדומייםאויר larr שנוי sign 12 אות

symptoms signs 12132431 אותות אותות הבשול 1218

symptoms of concoction signs from nature 13 אותות מהטבע good symptoms 12 אותות משובחים

bad symptoms 12 אותות רעים slowness 12 אחור איחור)אחר( התאחר 16171921

to come after postpone to come later אמתי אמיתי larr בחראן גבול

אפידימיא larr ספרארוך prolonged 3 larr חלי

to become longer 14 ארךארסטוארסטו Aristotle 31 larr חבר

earth 252930 ארץTheophrastus 31 באוקרסטאס

expulsion 8 בדל( הבדל(בחראן 12346910121314151718202122 crisis 232528 larr חזק יום כח משבח

עתק תנועה a true crisis 18 בחראן אמיתי

בחראן בטוח ורחוק מהסכנה 18 a reliable and not dangerous crisis

a defective crisis 3 בחראן חסר a safe crisis 18 הבחראן הבטוח

הבחראן הוא ההתהפכות מהיר חד 1 a crisis is a fast sudden change

the defective crisis 18 הבחראן החסר a distinct crisis 18 הבחראן המבואר

הבחראן המבושר בו 18

a crisis for which warning has been given

a good crisis 19 הבחראן המשבח הבחראן המשבח והבחראן המגונה 12 the good crisis and the bad crisis

הבחראן הרע המגונה 18 a bad defective crisis

the complete crisis 18 הבחראן השלם והבחראן השמור 18

a trustworthy crisis היותר משבח שבבחראן 15

the most excellent critical days היותר רע שבבחראן 1526

the worst of the critical days the worst crises

שם הבחראן נגזר מלשון היונים והסוריאנים 1

the term ldquocrisisrdquo is derived from Greek and Syriac

crises 8 בחראנים בטוח reliable trustworthy 1824 larr בחראן

most trustworthy 19 היותר בטוח )בטח( הובטח 718

to be trustworthy to trust larr יום in vain 26 בטלה לבטלה

ביצה larr חלמון)בלבל( התבלבל עליו שכלו 1

to be delirious phlegm 16 בלגם

בעל הבעל חיים המכסה חרסים 31the sea-urchin larr ים

health 17 בריאותבשול בישול concoction 4 larr אות תוספת

בשול החולי 912 the concoction of an illness בשורה warning 712141921 larr יום

to concoct 8 בשל( בישל(to be concocted 29 התבשל

to warn indicate 71314 בשר( בישר(גאלינוס Galen 2729 larr ספר

Hebrew Glossary and Index

138 hebrew glossary and index

גב גב הערוה larr צמיחה limit 16 גבול

the limit of the climax 12 גבול התכלית גבול יום הבחראן האמיתי 17

the limit of the real critical day boundaries 32 גבולים

שני גבולים 2832 two boundaries a double boundary

to limit 13 גבל( הגביל(body 1518 גוף

גלגל orb 26 larr מהלךlarr ecliptic 252830 גלגל המזלות

מהלך סב viscous 9 דבק

viscosity overlapping 9202125 דבקותדבש larr מים

to repel 18 דחהrepelling expelling 61617 דחות

repelling 17 דחיה repelling the disease 17 דחיית החולי

expelling the residues 8 דחיית הליחות representation 27 דמוי

palpitation 18 דפיקה arterial pulse 13 דפק דפק העורקים

fine 9 דקדקות larr הנהגה

to dissolve 8 דקדקto become fine 9 דוקדק

cure 2 הבראהbeing revealed 29 הגלות

הדרגה larr יוםהויה הוייה generation 32 larr עולם

ההויה וההפסד 16 coming to be and passing away

הוראה larr לקחההוראות המבשרות 14

the indications that indicate soldier 16 הורג

nutrition 10 הזנההמשכה המשכות המניין 21

arithmetic series הנהגה regimen pattern 1024 larr דקות

הנהגת החולה 10 the treatment of the patient

the regimen of food 10 הנהגת המזון ההנהגה אשר בתכלית הקצה מהדקות 11

an extremely thinning regimen ההנהגה הדקה אשר לא תגיע בדקות

לתכליתו 11 a regimen that is thinning but not

extremely so ההנהגה שהיא יותר עבה 11

a more thickening regimen מההנהגה מה שהוא בתכלית הקצה

מהדקות 10 an extremely thinning regimen

הסתערות הסתערות חזק 15strong agitation

הסתר אצל הסתר הירח 29when the moon is hidden

being or reality 27 העמדה העמדה וקיוםmotion 30 העתקה

הפסד larr הויה עולםseparation 20 הפרדה

הפרדת השבועות 21 the separation between the weeks

larr prognosis 713 הקדמה הקדמת הידיעהספר

cycle 21 הקףtheir circuit 16 הקף עתותיהם

cycles 1617 הקפים הקש analogy 28 larr חשבון נקש

relative to vis-agrave-vis 252830 בהקש relative to 30 על הקש

evacuation 1 הרקההשערה השערת המזון 13

estimating the nutrition התאבקות 1249131521

struggle agitation combat התהפכות change shift 430 larr בחראן

התהפכות המהיר החד 4 a fast acute change

התהפכות מהיר חד 2 a fast sudden change

ההתהפכות הקיצי 31 the summer solstice

התוך התוכו ההתוך שיעלם מהחוש 4 its dissolution is such that it is hidden

from the senses beginning 212328 התחלה

התחלת החולי 1719 the beginning of the illness

139hebrew glossary and index

התחלת לקיחת הקדחת 17 the beginning of the fever

having fits 31 התעוררות pairs 17 זוג זוגות

even 23 זוגיsweat(ing) 1518 זיעה

וזה שלא תשתלח בו זיעה נגרת משתוה 19 because the sweat will not pour

forth [over his body] equally to feed oneself 11 זן

to connect 28 חבר( חיבר( to be joined 25 התחבר

חבר חברי ארסטו המיוחסים אל המשאים 27 Aristotlersquos followers who are linked

to the Peripatetics חד acute 311 larr בחראן התהפכות חלי

כליון שנוי חדוש 169111318

occurring occurrence appearing חדות acuity 34 larr חלי תכלית

acute figuratively 3 חדות אל השלוח acute from the relapse 3 החדות הנעתק

חדש month 2531 larr חשבוןmonths 45222431 חדשים

חולה patient 179101628 larr הנהגה נפל עזיבה

patients 7 חולים חוש larr התוך

to be strong 17 חזק( התחזק(חזק חוזק הבחראן 4

the strength of the crisis חזק strong 61625 larr הסתערות יום

מקרה נוע תמונה life 1 חיים

חלוש weak 6 larr תמונהחלי חולי 146911121317182830

illness disease larr בשול דחיה התחלה חשבון כלה כליון מין סבה רבות

תוספת תכלית תנועה long-lasting illness 4 חולי ארוך

one of the illnesses 30 חולי מהחוליים an acute illness 4 החולי החד

illnesses diseases 34681822 ח)ו(ליים larr מין

החוליים הארוכים הנושנים 2 the prolonged chronic illnesses

acute illnesses 32326 החוליים החדים החוליים המיוחסים אל החדות יחס

משולח 12 the illnesses that are considered to

be acute in a general sense chronic illnesses 226 החוליים הנושנים

החליים הסתוים 22 the autumn or winter illnesses

the summer illnesses 22 חוליים הקיציים חלף התחלף ימי הבחראן 18

the different critical days egg yolk 11 חלמון חלמון הביצה

to divide 14 חלק( נחלק(to be divided 25 חולק

to be divided 25 התחלק נחלק על זאת החלוקה 26 divided up in this way

parts 14 חלק חלקיםdivision 14 חלקה חלוקה

to be weak 21 חלשחלשה חולשת הכח 6

the weakness of the power fever 611 חם חום

waning 31 חסר( התחסר(חסר larr בחראן

to trigger 16 חפז( החפיז(urging 19 חפזהhaste 16 חפיזה

nausea 1 חפץ חפץ קיאחצי חצי עגלה half circuit 28 larr ירח

to investigate 1 חקרחרס חרסים larr בעל

)חשב( נחשב 20212428to be counted to be computed

חשבון 21242531calculation computation

חשבון הקש החדש 31 a count analogous to the month

חשבון החולי 30 the computation of the illness

חשבון ימי הבחראן 14 the calculation of the critical days

dimsightedness 1 חשכה חשכת הראות טבע nature 89161718222326 larr אות

מרוצה פעלה טבעי larr שרש


טוב larr מלךטחול larr עבי

טחינה טחינת המזון 10breaking up the food to disturb טרד( הטריד(

exertion 16 יגיעהknowledge 13 ידיעה

day 3491114171920242526272832 יום critical day 2728 יום בחראן

יום הבחראן 141821 the day of the crisis larr גבול the wrong day 17 יום בלתי יומו

the day of warning 14 יום הבשורה יום מימי הבשורה 18

one of the warning days יום מימי הבחראן שיובטח בהם 18

a reliable critical day the warning day 1923 היום המבשר

ימים 4131415192021222324252931 days

whole days 24 ימים שלמים ימים שלימים תמימים 25

whole and complete days days of the crisis 14 ימי בשורה

ימי הבחראן 571014151923 the days of the crisis larr חלף חשבון

ספר עלה ימי הבחראן והדרגתם 19

the critical days and their classification

ימי הבשורה 131421 the days of warning

ימי המבט 1314 the days of observation

ימי השבועות 21 the calculation of the days of

the week מימי הבחראן ימים הם היותר חזקים

והיותר משובחים 19 some critical days are

strongest and best the days that warn 19 הימים המבשרים

the secondary days 19 הימים השניים the tertiary days 19 הימים( השלישיים(

יוני larr בחראןto attribute to ascribe 1726 יחס( ייחס(

יחס יחס משולח larr חליsea creatures 31 ים מה שבים מהבח

to grow 31 יסף( התוסף(stool 13 יציאה

to indicate to show 69121331 ירה( הורה( ירח moon 252829303132 larr הסתר

מהלך סב עולם עתק פעלה רבוע רחק שלמות תמונה תנועה

half moon 31 היות הירח חצי עגלה intestinal pains 18 כאב כאב הקרבים

pains 11 כאבים to be a heavy burden 10 כבד( הכביד(

כוכב כוכבים stars 262830 larr מקומות עליה

כולל larr ענין פעלהכח power 19263132 larr חלשה

the force of the crisis 22 כח הבחראן the power of the fever 19 כח הקדחת

כלה 22242526to terminate to culminate end

ending resolution 26 כלות the end of the illness 18 כלות החולי

resolution 3 כליון the end of the disease 4 כליון החולי

כליון מהיר חד תכוף 4 a fast acute immediate end

epilepsy 31 כפיהכשך כשך השעורים larr מים not to be capable 17 לאה

inability 6 לאותלחה ליחות humors 12 larr דחייה

to fight 25 לחם( נלחם(לחם larr פתית

to derive 13 לקח לקח הוראהלשון larr בחראן

slow 46 מאחר מאוחרfood 11 מאכל

מבאר מבואר distinct 18 larr בחראןמבט larr יום

מבשר warning 1823 larr הוראה יוםwarning [days] 21 מבשרים

מבשר מבושר larr בחראןמגבל מוגבל larr עולם

מגנה מגונה bad 13 larr בחראןמדינה larr שער

מהיר 36 larr בחראן התהפכות כליון שנוי


fastness 412 מהירותits swift movement 4 מהירות תנועתו

motion 28 מהלךמהלך הירח 1529

the course (motion) of the moon מהלכו בגלגלו בגלגל המזלות 29

its orb in the ecliptic orb causing 2 מוליד

inflammation 1415 מורסא to kill מות( המית(

death 17 מות residue 14 מותר

מזון food 10 larr הנהגה השערה טחינה casebook 22 מזכרתמזל מזלות larr גלגל

worry mind 1627 מחשבהמטה larr נפל

larr specific special 2326 מיחד מיוחדענין פעלה

hydromel 11 מים מי הדבש barley gruel 11 מי כשך השעורים

species 26 מין מיניםthe kind of disease 6 מין החולי

ממין החולי רל מצורת החולי ומתנועתו 6 according to the kind of disease that is its form and its motion

the kinds of diseases 6 מיני החוליים battle 16 מלחמה

a good king 19 מלך המלך הטוב to count 25 מנה

rest and repose 9 מנוחה המנוחה והמרגועמנין larr המשכה

number 5262728 מספרnumbers 2426 מספרים

מפרסם מפורסם larr עליהמציאות מציאות שורש 27

existing as a principleprimary 26 מקדם מוקדםמקום מקומות הכוכבים 13

the positions of the stars a serious accident 8 מקרה מקרה חזק

symptoms 118 מקרים מרגוע larr מנוחה

the flow of nature 16 מרוצה מרוצת הטבעמשאים larr חבר

good best 13161921 larr משבחמשובח

בחראן יום עת יותר משובח better 9 larr אות בחראן

to attract 19 משךto rule 19 משל

משלח משולח larr יחסverdict 115 משפט

משתוה equal 15 larr זיעהchanging 31 משתנה

to die 7 מת being delayed 11 מתאחר

an evil tyrant 19 מתגבר המתגבר הרעמתחלף varying 30 larr שעור

to scorn נאץ)נבט( הובט to be observed 28 larr שמר

opposition 32 נגודנגר larr זיעה

to govern 19 נהג( הנהיג עניינו(to let (someone) exercise 9 נוע( הניע(

הניעתנועה חזקה 9 to let (someone) exercise strenuously

to move 31 התנועע נושן 3 larr חלי

to be harmful 1619 נזק( הזיק(נח larr עזיבה

children 22 נער נעריםנעתק larr חדות

נפל נפל החולה על המטה 17the patient takes to his bed

odd 23 נפרד inanimate beings 31 נפש מה שאין נפש לו

to overcome 18 נצח( ניצח(to take relative to 25 נקש( הוקש בהקש(

to blow 29 נשבto catch up with 2829 נשג השיג

נשימה larr נשם)נשם( התנשם נשימה רעה 1

to have breathing problems )נתך( הותך 21822

to dissolve to be resolved to revolve 26 סב

העת שיסוב בו הירח בעגלתו בגלגל המזלות 28

the time in which the moon makes one revolution in the ecliptic

cause 71626 סבהthe effective cause 16 הסבה הפועלת


causes reasons 161718 סבות סבות החולי 6910

the causes of the illness סיבות החולי התם הנשלם 10

the causes of the complete finished illness period revolution circuit 24252830 סבוב

סבוב הירח 2528 the revolution (circuit) of the moon

cycles periods 2122242628 סבובים to endure 19 סבל

order 16 סדורסוריאני larr בחראן

סיעה larr פיתאגורשסכנה danger 3 larr בחראןסמאך אל רמאח larr עליה

treatise 32 ספרthe book Epidemics 22 ספר אפידימיא

ספר ימי הבחראן לגאלינוס 32 the treatise On Critical Days by Galen

the Aphorisms 23 ספר הפרקים Prognostics 2324 ספר הקדמת הידיעה

winter 2228 סתוסתוי larr חלי

עב thick 9 larr הנהגהto turn thick 9 עבה( התעבה(

thickness of the spleen 2 עבי עובי הטחולעגלה circuit 28 larr חצי ירח סב

world 13 עולםעולם ההוייה וההפסד 15

the world of coming into being and passing away

העולם הקיים והעולם המוגבל והעולם אשר למטה מהירח 26

the fixed world the limited world and the world that lies beneath the moon

worlds 26 עולמות the three worlds העולמות השלשה seasonal periods 26 עונה עונות עתים

)עור( התעורר 181619 to be stirred up to become active to

awaken to be stimulated עורק עורקים larr דפק

עזיבה עזיבת החולה שוקט נח 9leaving the patient resting and at ease

cause 25 עלה causes 25 עלות

עלות ימי הבחראן 25 the causes of the critical days

העלות של ימי הבחראן 26 the causes of the critical days

fainting 1 עלוף rising 3132 עליה

עליית הכוכבים המפורסמים ושקיעתם 30 the risings and settings of

the well-known stars עלית אל סמאך אל רמאח 31

the rising of Arcturus עליית אל שערי אל עבור 30

the rising of Sirius risings 28 עליות

עליות הכוכבים ושקיעותיהם 29 the risings and settings of the stars

not to be seen עלם( נעלם(general things 28 ענין העניינים הכוללים

particular things 28 העניינים המיוחדים ענן larr שתן

severity 16 עקיצהthe right time 16 עת העת המשבח

עתים larr עונה the seasons of the year 31 עתות השנה

to be transferred 5 עתק( נעתק(the shift of a crisis 16 העתק הבחראן

the motion of the moon 25 העתק הירח פועל having its effect 32 larr סבה

fear 16 פחדפיתאגורש פיתאגורש וסיעתו 26

Pythagoras and his circle to be corrupted 17 פסד( נפסד(

to effect to act 2530 פעלto produce an effect 29 פעל פעלה

to produce effects 2831 פעל פעולות activity 9 פעל

activity effect 1030 פעלה פעולה the activity of nature 13 פעולת הטבע

פעולות effects actions 2628 larr פעל the effects of the moon 30 פעולות הירח

general effects 28 פעולות כוללות פעולותיותר מיוחדות 28

effects of a more particular sort פרק פרקים larr ספר


mistake 16 פשיעה to commit a mistake 16 פשע

פתית פתיתי הלחם הנקי crumbs of clean (ie made from

refined flour) bread צורה larr מין

צמיחה צמיחת השער בגב הערוה 22reaching puberty

צף larr שתןקדחת fever 31726 larr התחלה כח קשי

ephemeral fever 3 קדחת יום quartan fever 2 קדחת רביעית

quartan fever 6 הקדחת הרביעית ardent fever 6 הקדחת השורפת

tertian fever 6 הקדחת השלישית )הקדחת( השלישית הכפולה 17

the double quartan [fever]fevers 324 קדחות

)קדם( הקדים 1620 to come earlier to precede to come earlier 19 התקדם

קיא emesis 1 larr חפץקיום larr העמדה

summer 2228 קיץקיצי larr התהפכות חלי

shortness 3 קצר קוצר זמן short 3 קצר

short 3 קצרי הזמן קרב קרבים larr כאב

malignant difficult 2430 קשהhardness 1241521 קשי קושי

a high fever 17 קושי הקדחת ראות larr חשכה

hidden from the eye 4 בהעלם הראות extensiveness 16 רבוי quadrature 32 רבוערבוע הירח 2530

the quarter of the moon quarters 25 רבועים

the quarters of the moon 25 רבועי הירח severity of the illness 11 רבות רבות החולי

multiples of four 26 רביעיה רביעיותwinds 2931 רוחות

physician 791016 רופאהרופא הממונה ברפואתו 16

the physician who is charged with

his cure רחק רחק הירח 31

the distance of the moon larr תכלית רע bad 24 larr אות בחראן מתגבר

nosebleed 1 רעיפהto treat 7 רפא( ריפא(to be cured 7 נרפא

רפואה medicine 9 larr רופא שתיה to move 26 רץ to boil 1 רתח

week 14212325 שבוע larr weeks 5142021 שבועות

הפרדה יום to be good 15 שבח( שובח(

multiples of seven 26 שביעיה שביעיותjudges 1 שופט שופטים

שוקט larr עזיבהשלוח larr חדות

safety 1219 שלוםtrine 32 שלוש

)שלח( השתלח larr זיעהשלישי larr יום

to recover 24 שלםשלם complete safe 1824 larr בחראן יום

completeness fullness 1931 שלמותfullness of the moon 31 שלמות הירח

diarrhea 118 שלשולשם larr בחראן

שמור trustworthy 18 larr בחראןheaven 2526 שמים

שמימי larr תנועה)שמר( נשמר והובט 15

to be noticed and observed הובט ונשמר 15

to be observed and noticed the attendant 16 שמש( מי שישמשהו(

sun 252829303132 שמששנה year 24 larr עת

years 4522 שנים a change in the weather 16 שנוי שנוי האויר

השנוי המהיר החד 1 a swift sudden change

changes 3132 שינויים שני larr יום

שעור שעורים מתחלפים 26 anomalous measures


שער larr צמיחהשער שערי המדינות אל המדינת אסא 27

the gates of the city of Thebes שערי אל עבור larr עליה

שפט larr משפטto abate 24 שקט

שקיעה larr עליהto settle 14 שקע

שרש שורש larr מציאות השרשים הטבעיים 25

the natural principles שתיה שתיית הרפואה 30

drinking a medicine urine 11314 שתן

ענן צף בעליונו או תלוי בו 14 a cloud floating on top of the urine

or suspended in it increment increase 141524 תוספת

תוספת הבשול 12 the increase of the concoction

תוספת החולי 12 the increase of the illness

תכוף larr כליוןתכלית 489101130

end climax termination larr גבול extremely acute 3 תכלית החדות

תכלית החולי 911 the climax of the illness

maximum elongation 28 תכלית הרחק תלוי larr שתן

configuration 2832 תמונהconfigurations 26283032 תמונות

תמונות הירח 28 the configurations of the moon

החלושה שבתמונות 28 the weakest configuration היותר חזק שבתמונות הירח 28

the strongest configuration of the moon

תמים larr יוםתנועה motion movement 1221 larr מהירות

מין נוע

תנועת הבחראן 45 the motion of the crisis

תנועת החולי 612 the motion of the illness

תנועת הירח 31 the movement of the moon

תנועה תנועות שמימיות 16heavenly motions

insomnia 16 תעורה

abscessemsp76accident seriousemsp108activityemsp109 See also nature(s)acuityemsp81 82 extreme (of)emsp80 81 generalemsp80 true [ie not extreme]emsp81 ultimateemsp81 ultimate extreme ofemsp80 utmostemsp80 See also illness(es)affair See crisiscrisesagitationemsp68 107 108 strongemsp111airemsp83 84amphikurtosemsp83ancientsemsp75Aphorismsemsp77appetiteemsp68Aquariusemsp84Archigenesemsp72Ariesemsp83 84arteries mouths of theemsp65 See also pulseattendantsemsp85 112attractionemsp67author See summariesautumnemsp83

barley gruelemsp81 109bathhouseemsp67bedriddenemsp70beginning See disease(s) fever(s) illness(es)beverages appropriateemsp67ldquobhrʾnrdquoemsp106bloodemsp65bodyemsp72 85 111 heaviness of theemsp73 uneven sweating in theemsp69bookemsp72

bowel See movementbread crumbs of clean [ie made from refined flour]emsp110 breath shortness ofemsp67 69breathing difficulty inemsp67 easyemsp72 pooremsp73 problemsemsp106buḥrānemsp106buttocksemsp65

calculation See critical day(s)camel See litterCanceremsp84Capricornemsp84cause(s)emsp83 85 112 effectiveemsp112 externalemsp112 See also crisiscrises illness(es)change fast acuteemsp107 fast suddenemsp106 swift suddenemsp106 See also weatherchillsemsp69chronicemsp80ndash82 See also disease(s) illness(es)climaxemsp108ndash10 limit of theemsp110 See also illness(es)coction See signscombat See illness(es)compulsion See cycle(s)concoctionemsp110 signs ofemsp113 slowemsp108 See also illness(es) urineconcurrenceemsp78condition more ruinousemsp69conjunctionemsp83 moment ofemsp83

Index of Subjects

146 index of subjects

convalescents See regimenconvexities twoemsp83course See mooncrescent disappearance of theemsp83 visibility of theemsp83crisiscrisesemsp65 67ndash78 82 84 85 106 108ndash13 affair of theemsp76 bademsp68 70 110 bad defectiveemsp113 bad difficultemsp65 bad compoundemsp65 cause of the deviation of theemsp112 completeemsp113 compoundemsp65 day(s)days of theemsp67ndash69 108 111 defectiveemsp107 113 distinctemsp113 foreknowledge of theemsp77 goodemsp65 68 110 good and completeemsp65 good and safeemsp110 good compoundemsp65 incompletenot completeemsp68 73 knowledge in the matter of theemsp110 knowledge of the days of atheemsp108 109 minoremsp108 moment ofemsp71 motion of theemsp108 normalemsp113 occurrence of aemsp108 safeemsp113 shift of aemsp112 signs of theemsp67 68 strength of theemsp108 sure of the outcomeemsp66 true and reliable and not dangerousemsp113 trustworthyemsp113 types ofemsp78 warning of theemsp75critical day(s)emsp67 69 71 72 75 78 79 82 85 86 108 111 113 by natureemsp77 78 calculation of theemsp111 cycles ofemsp77 84 falseemsp77

frequency of occurrenceemsp70 knowledge of theemsp82 limit of the realemsp113 most excellentemsp111 natures ofemsp77 number ofemsp71 reliableemsp113 trueemsp75 77 two natures ofemsp78crumbs See breadcureemsp112cycle(s)emsp71 72 79 84 113 compulsion of theemsp85 fullemsp79 half-emsp79 lunaremsp84 of Saturnemsp72 84 of the moonemsp72 84 of the starsemsp72 of the sunemsp72 84 strength of theemsp85 See also critical day(s) heptads tetrad(s) twentytwenties

dangeremsp68 72 81 107 See also patient(s) signsdarkness See visionday(s)emsp75 bademsp68 good (auspicious)emsp68 nature of theemsp70 71 of warning and of observationemsp110 111 warningemsp71 75 113 See also crisiscrisesdeviationemsp112 See also crisiscrisesdiameter See moondiarrheaemsp106 113deathemsp65 106deliriumemsp67demiseemsp72destruction See signsdialecticiansemsp68difference See latitudedifficulty See disease(s)dikhotomosemsp83dimsightednessemsp106directionemsp68disappearance

147index of subjects

completeemsp84 See also crescentdiscomfortemsp70disease(s)emsp66ndash68 70 72ndash74 76 78 84 86 108 112f acuteemsp80 85 86 beginning of theemsp75 84 chronicemsp76 85 86 epidemicemsp78 exit from theemsp76 expiry of theemsp67 fatalemsp73 form of theemsp108 great severity and difficulty of theemsp84 kind ofemsp108 lingering slow of movementemsp86 mildemsp67 motion of theemsp108 of long durationemsp86 of short durationemsp86 onset of theemsp70 71 ripening of theemsp72 safeemsp66 74 severe and maliciousemsp67 symptoms of theemsp70 See also limit(s) paroxysm(s) persondissolutionemsp76 108disturbance See newsdivision See illness(es)doctor(s)emsp68 112duration longemsp80 See also disease(s)

effortemsp72 greatemsp72 moderateemsp72egg yolkemsp109elimination See materialsemesisemsp106end fast acute immediateemsp107fEpidemicsemsp76 77erroremsp73 75 84 85evacuationemsp65 71 76 106 trustworthyemsp65event(s) exterioremsp73 occurrence of anemsp110

exceeding See limitexcrementemsp68exertionemsp112exit See disease(s)experienceemsp78 82expulsion See organ(s)extreme See acuityextremity See illness(es)

fabricationsemsp76faculty expellingemsp85 sound and strongemsp66faintingemsp106familyemsp73 85fearemsp112feeblenessemsp70fever(s)emsp71 73 86 107 113 acuteemsp81 107 ardentemsp108 beginning of theemsp112 bloodemsp86 burningemsp78 81 86 chronicemsp81 continuousemsp80 double quartanemsp113 ephemeralemsp81 86 107 extreme ie burningemsp80 highemsp110 113 minoremsp108 phlegmaticemsp74 85 86 quartanemsp78 85 106 108 strongemsp108 tertianemsp73 78 85 86 108 See also paroxysm(s)fire See newsfish that frequent rocksemsp67flash that a person may seeemsp67flow See nature(s)foodemsp109 abstain fromemsp109 fittingemsp67 See also regimenforbearance goodemsp70foreknowledge See crisiscrisesforgeriesemsp76


form See disease(s) illness(es)frequency See day(s)friendemsp73fullness See moon

Galenemsp65 70ndash72 74 75 82 86 106Greekemsp83 106 languageemsp69

hardnessemsp106ndash8 111headacheemsp67healthemsp65heaviness See body templesheptadsemsp78 84 cycle ofemsp79Hippocratesemsp71 72 76 77 107ndash12honey wateremsp81 109horsesemsp67humor(s)emsp106 harmfulemsp85Ḥunayn ibn Isḥāqemsp106

ill See regimenillness(es)emsp70 72 74ndash76 82 106 108ndash10 112 113 acuteemsp73 80 81 107 110 beginning of theemsp76 causes of antheemsp108 109 113 chronicemsp76 80 86 106 climax of theemsp109 combat against theemsp109 concoction of anemsp109 division of theemsp79 end of theemsp70 extremely acuteemsp107 fast or slow [motion] of theemsp110 form of theemsp108 increase of theemsp110 kind ofemsp108 long-lastingemsp107 motion of theemsp108 110 of the utmost acuity and swiftnessemsp80 of the utmost extremityemsp81 onset of (the)emsp70 82 prolongedemsp107 prolonged and chronicemsp106 107 remnant of theemsp113 ripening of theemsp65 severity of theemsp85 short and fastemsp107

that fall within [the range of] acute and chronicemsp80 which return with a relapse See also limit(s) paroxysm(s) personincreaseemsp111 See also illness(es)indication(s)emsp66 77inflammationemsp106 108 111 severeemsp65insomniaemsp112intellectemsp68irruptionemsp86

jointsemsp65judgementemsp111juncture continuousemsp86 separateemsp86

knowledge See crisiscrises critical day(s)

lachrymationemsp67language See Greeklatitude difference inemsp83Leoemsp84lethargyemsp67Libraemsp83 84lifeemsp106limbsemsp65limit(s)emsp79 112 exceeding aemsp112 of acute illnessesemsp82 of diseasesemsp82 See also climax critical day(s)litter that moves on the camel carrying itemsp67

materials elimination of unripeemsp69matter See crisiscrisesmeat of pulletsemsp67medicineemsp109mēnoeidēsemsp83menstrual flowemsp65mistakeemsp112moment See conjunctionmoonemsp84 85


course of theemsp111 diameteremsp72 84 full(ness of the)emsp82ndash84 newemsp83 shapes of theemsp82 See also cycle(s)motion(s) acuteemsp76 heavenlyemsp112 properemsp83 See also crisiscrises illness(es)movement(s)emsp80 acuteemsp81 82 86 bowelemsp65 chronicemsp81 mildemsp81 slowemsp81 swiftemsp107 See also disease(s) paroxysm(s)

nature(s)emsp67 71 77 108 109 112 113 activity ofemsp110 flow ofemsp112 strength ofemsp85 See also critical day(s) day(s) signsnauseaemsp106neck See pain(s)neighbors quarrel withemsp73news bademsp73 of a disturbanceemsp73 of a fireemsp73 sademsp73noiseemsp73nosebleed(s)emsp65 78 106nourishmentemsp77 81nutrition See patient(s)

observation See day(s)occurrence time ofemsp110 See also crisiscrises On Critical Daysemsp65 74 75 82 86 106oppositionemsp83outcomeemsp73 74organ(s)emsp67 106 108 111 expulsion from theemsp109 non-nobleemsp76

pain(s) extremely severeemsp110 intestinalemsp113 neckemsp67palpitation(s)emsp67 113panselēnosemsp83paroxysm(s)emsp73 80 feverrsquosof the feveremsp71 85 movements of the illnessrsquosemsp76 of some diseasesemsp85patient(s)emsp65 67 68 70 73 75 81 84 85 106 108 109 112 nutrition of theemsp109 110 on the brink of great dangeremsp66 practice onemsp72 treatment of theemsp109perditionemsp72 73periods See warningperson suffering from illnessesemsp81 takes to bedemsp70 who suffers from a diseaseemsp74 See also flashphlegmemsp112physicianemsp73 75 84 85 108 109 112positions See starspower See weaknesspractice See patient(s)problems See breathingprognosisemsp108 110Prognosisemsp72 77 propertyemsp73pullets See meat

pulse arterialemsp110 bademsp73 nice and goodemsp72f of the arteries and its ruleemsp72Pythagoras adherents ofemsp85

qiyāsemsp84quadratureemsp84quarrel See neighborsquartileemsp83

reasonemsp71 82reasoning


theoreticalemsp78recoveryemsp68regimenemsp67 81 extremely thinningemsp110 fine and lightemsp74 for convalescentsemsp67 less thickemsp74 of foodemsp109 of the illemsp67 revitalizingemsp66 thickemsp74 82 thinemsp66 thinningemsp109relapseemsp66 67 107 See also illness(es)relationemsp84reliefemsp71remnant See illness(es)rescueemsp72residue(s)emsp67 106 108 109resolutionemsp107 slowemsp108returnemsp66rhetoriciansemsp68ripeningemsp76 85 See also disease(s) illness(es) signs symptom(s)ruin See signsrule See pulse

safetyemsp65 72 73 110Saturnemsp72 See also cycle(s)Scorpioemsp84seasonemsp83sensationemsp68 71sensesemsp108servantsemsp73 85severityemsp86 See also disease(s) illness(es)sextileemsp83 84shape(s) convexemsp83 See also moonshift See crisiscrisesshiversemsp67 69signsemsp70 72 74 77 110 113 from natureemsp110 of coctionemsp110

of dangeremsp73 of ripeningemsp73 74 of ruin and destructionemsp66 [zodiacal]emsp72 See also crisiscrises concoctionsleepemsp68soul strongemsp70 weakness of theiremsp70southemsp83spittleemsp68spleen thickness of theemsp106springemsp83starsemsp72 positions of theemsp110 See also cycle(s)stoolemsp110strengthemsp72 dwindling ofemsp69 See also crisiscrises cycle(s) nature(s)struggleemsp106 111summariesemsp74 75 82 86 106 author of theemsp72summeremsp83sunemsp72 83 84 See also cycle(s)superfluityemsp85sweatemsp65 113 coldemsp73sweatingemsp78 111 See also bodyswiftness See illness(es)symptom(s)emsp71 73 74 110 bademsp66 110 criticalemsp71 dangerousemsp113 goodemsp110 maliciousemspbad 67 of ripeningemsp74 See also disease(s)Syriacemsp106

Taurusemsp84temples heaviness in theemsp67terminationemsp72 76 82tetrad(s)emsp75 77 cycle ofemsp79


thickness See spleenthings externalemsp85 internalemsp85time properemsp108 See also occurrence warningtreatment properemsp108 See also patient(s)trineemsp83twentytwentiesemsp78 cycle ofemsp79type(s)emsp74 See also crisiscrises

ulceremsp76urineemsp65 106 110 111 concoction of theemsp68 ripeemsp73

visibility See crescentvision darkness ofemsp67vomitingemsp79

wall abdominalemsp67 warningemsp79 108 periods ofemsp111 time ofemsp110 See also crisiscrises day(s)wastingemsp65weaknessemsp85 of the poweremsp108 See also soulweather change in theemsp112winteremsp83worryemsp112

Contents

Preface

1 The ldquoSummariesrdquo and Other Recensions of Galen

2 The ldquoSummariesrdquo of On Critical Days

3 The Arabic Versions of the ldquoAlexandrian Summariesrdquo of GalenrsquosOn Critical Days

Princeton MS

Tehran MS

4 The Translation of the Arabic Text

5 The Hebrew Version of Shimshon ben Shlomo

6 The Translation of the Hebrew Version

Bibliography

Arabic Glossary and Index


Index of Subjects

Islamic Philosophy Theology and Science

Texts and Studies

Edited by

Hans DaiberAnna Akasoy

Emilie Savage-Smith

volume 92

The titles published in this series are listed at brillcomipts



By


leiden | boston




R126G33 2015 610938--dc23

2014036501





Contents









Preface






viii preface








ixpreface


chapter 1




































12 Ibid 11




































chapter 2

























I 5 6II 8 15III 12
























































8 Ibid 41























chapter 3













ةلك م نةع








9 نة ةن هر

ن95758 ى

نهةن

حلن


لن ن مر



ن أ


حلن


45لعلم


أرنعهة

أ عةهة رنا

48 نعهةنعهة


ن

52 حنعد


ن 56 ر ن

آ ء ا نة



أ


ن63 ةر

ةن ىمعن



رنع رنأو ل

ن63 ث




65 ة رةر ةعن




ماةنةسم ة



لمة ن مر



33

5

10

15

20

1 Princeton ms

ةر رن






أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


ةكوننرع



ون موث



ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من






لة








ة مد




لممرل ر


لدن له






ةأىة ةا




ةأل


أا ما ة



نأةا


ةكون ن











أسةم ول ةا





أ و لا لةوم






لة ن مر

أل



[1]

[2]

[3]

60a

[4]



لة ن أنل






صحةحهة ة





ةمننأةه

ن





لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نوةمن

لةلا ةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر





| ىةن ر




نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأن ل

أو ل ةعا



ن م





ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن لن







ةعر ا مم ن



أ ةةهة


ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد أ ما

ن رن لنر


لوة رك و أ

م ن ومن لنر




ألةوم ل

ن ول أةة


أةه

ن نة ن


ن ول أمن ةة

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

60b

[9]

5

10

15

20

5

10

15

20


نلممر ىة



ومنم ا

ةأ ة عد

منه ن


أةه نةع


ن لنر ةوم





لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


ةأل


أ ما




ةألةوم ةا

ن هدن اأن


ةنةعن ر




و نأث لنن ة

و نأول لن ة

ن نة ن



لح وة

ةأما ةا

ن أن هدن اأ



ةل

أن لنر ةه












نه



ةلةعن


أمور

أم عن ل


أهة ل حنا




أهة

صح





نله ن ة



ن كا ن أ






[10]

[11]

[12] 61a

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20




ة نةأ ةا




ةأما ل



أل



أل نةهة ة









أنةهة ل ة



ةأىة ةا


أو




ةأما ل

أر و ة عث






|)ن







أا من و

أل


مم و

أل نةهة ة


أو ر ة عث


ة


ثةه ل



آ


ة نةأىة ةا


ا ةل



ثك

أةكون








ثك

أحمةث ل

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






ن لحنلممر

ر نآة

نا أل ة



أله نا ا



[15]

[16]

[M1]

[17] 61B

5

10

15

20


ر رنأ





نه ن

لممر

علةه


أةر



لممرن

ن عر


أل م ا




أم ل ا


ن نلممر




ن عل نلممر

أ مند

ةعمل نأة




ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن


ةلن

ن عر

أر ل

ثك


ن نلنر




ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر



ما نةعا




ةأ








أول




أمن


أ ةوم ول


ونلر نهة

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]62a

[23]

5

10

15

20



ن 1 لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن












لن

ن مر

أة ل






ن لنر ا ة ن

ىة ةمةد


لة


ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر




أةعلم








ل ما ةد


ةنن ن حن


لة ةكون

ما أنا ن





أر و ا لن





أة

ن نر لعا

ألحنا




ن عن نر





ر ناحن




وأما من ةة


أهل

أم من



لموأن


لن 1

[M2]

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

62B[29]

5

10

15

20



ةكونم ن


ن مر

أة ل


ىة ةلة ن

مرأل



أة

نألحنا و ر

نأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ن حا





وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ن نة ن

ىة ةمةلة

ن لعن م






نلممر ن

أ عل



ةأ


آول ةعرن

ةه ن ن

ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


عل








نلممر ن

أ



نأ ة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ة ن ن

وةمن


نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنأما من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأ







ة نةأ ةا


ن

ن اأرةن ن




ةأةا




أو عل


أ عل





ةنهةن ن









ىة ن ةنهةن


ن

[30]

[31]

63A

[32]

[33]

5

10

15

20



ةأة




نمنةه محم

|



ةأة


ألحنا ن

أة




أء ةا ث


أ


ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر



ةعر


أ لوط ة



ةأ ا من م ا

ةأل

م اةأما ل



ةأما ل


ةأر نا

ىة ةندنلة




ةأ نةع ر

أ






أم لحنا و


لة م اةأة ل





أعون م ةرن

وما منن ة

ألك و ون






آ وم



ن وعرولممر



[34]

[35] 63B

[36]

[37]

[38]

64A

5

10

15

20



أول


أة



أهة ا

لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم


أة

نك ةث



أة لنا

ن نةمن


ةأ أ

ن لنر ا ة ن

ا ةمةد ن مر

أن مر


نلممر أن و






ةرهة ثم ل ا

ةأ أ

ىة ةمةد

لة وهة ن عل




و أرن



ن ند ن أنرع


رةنةر ث




مرأل

ما ةمةد


أا من ل ةن

أهة و

مر ركة حا

أر ل ن

آة




ةأن لنر



ةأ منةعهة




4 نة ة ساع ن


ةألعلم نا






نعرن



عرن








[39]

[40]

[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

64B

[46]

5

10

15

20



ةة ك



ةأ


ةأنع ول نا



ة من ك و


ىة لة ما

أ ر

نأة ل


أة ل



ع ىة ةة


أة ل

ع نةة


ن



أة


أ


نللع ىة ةن


أة ل


أرةن

رةن عثة عث

ما ةكون ن

ة ىة ةكون ن





أة ل


أو



لعث



أةرهة


ةأمر

أة





لة ىة عن

أ


أى ر





ةأنه من

أى علةه نا


وةرون


أ ةعلم


أر ن


أةه

ن

رون ن ة

ون ن مر

أل ة




ة ون نا لنر

ن ة عن ةا

ا ة نهن


أن ل

ة نهن ن اأ

ن ن مر

أة ل

ما نأ

ة وةاأن ل



ة نما ن

أة رنع و ةا

ا ة نهن

ونة


ةأة

ما نأء | و ة





ر ن نآة وةة



آ


[47]

[48]

[49]

[50]

65A

[51]

5

10

15

20



مندن



أرةن نال




ةأةهة ل ا

مة



أا نةن ل ة

ة نر




ةأما ل

أك و ندن






أل





أن ل

أنةع ل ر



ن أنةع ل سا





أ ن أ

لنعهة

ن أة ل رةنا



لث و رةن



أ ن أ

رةنلعث

ةن نمن ن

أ نلا


ن نةمن

ن لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن


نه ا أ نهن



ى ةكث حة



لك





ن ةأة

ن نةمن




ن ما ل أ


ه نن



لحد ةهة ا



ننة

ةهة اة عن

ىة نلة ن

مرأهة ول



مرأل

رنعهة أة




لحد

[52]

[53]

[M3]

[54]

[55]

65B

5

10

15

20



مرأما ل

أم و ا

ةأة نعهة


ةهة العن ة




أة






مرأما ل


ة عثىة ن




أما ل

أأن و ننو




أة نعهة




مرأل


مكث


لمد ةرهة


مر أول ل

أة

ا نة


هة لحا ن

مرأوع ل



أول ل

أا مندن









أل


نأه ة هدن


نأة


ن

ة ن ن




د هة حن

ما هة حا

ة ىة ن



ةةعمل ننأ

وع نوة


نأة


أ



لحا

ةكون نأة

ن نه ةمن



أة نعهة

ن

ا لةنا عن ة

نةر ن لةد

ن لممر ول

أةما نةن




لة ن مر

أل










ن


لعن 5


مرأ من ل

ىةأا 6 ومن

[56]

[57]

66A

[58]

5

10

15

20



أل ةوم هة

لحا ن




مرأوع ل


مرأل


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ىة لة ن




نأم



أةا



ةأة





لل |




أ لةن

أ ن لنر م ا


لة ول أل







أ

لمد وةم



لة

ة ها ن د حن

أ لم



ن لثا وةره

ورن وةنةة





لحد و

ن

ة لمحا ةن و




وة أ





ن


أء مةلا 7 ل

[59]

[60]

[61]

[62]66B

[63]

[M4]

[64]

5

10

15

20







نأ

أل

وةهةة ة ر

ةر ةعن


د هة حن

لمد وةلهة

د وةهة حن

ة ة رةةعن


ةر ةعن

ةن ةةعن


ةر ةعن



ةة ةةعن

لمحا




أرنعهة


ةهةروأ




ن




نأ أ | ةةه



أ

رن لعهة ة



ةكون ن





ن


نلنر م ا

ةأر و

أ


أل ما

أو وةهة


أل




أل ةوم



أ أ ر و

أل ةا




ة ن ر أ عث














مرأ ل

أ مند

ة لةمر ن نل




أ لمند ر ن

آول

[65]

[66]

[67] 67A

[68]

[69]

5

10

15

20


نوع أ

كل



ن نر م ةةةد

نأ أ

ن مر


هله أره من




ألحنا و




ن مر

أة ل


أةرهة

ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأة ل

هة ن


ء ىة نمنن ث





لة






أو من

أن لممرة


ما ةا رن






ن لعن ة م

ةوم ونة كل





أن ل






ن أ ن





ن عن كا



مرأل


أل






هة حا



لة م وهة لد

ىة لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ لمننسةسن




أ م ا

ةأ ة


ةمد ةول

[70]

67B

[71]

[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

5

10

15

20





أن ل

أة





ونن وسدنوع

أة ةول نال


ن نه ا أ


أل

ل ةا هة ة ل


نة هة ول ل

أل

هة ة ل



أل


رنة هة






رة

لمة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون


مرأل


ثا ل هة ومن

لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون

لمد وةلهة

ره أن نا ا

ةلك م





لل



68A

[76]

[77]

[78]

5

10

49ms tehran [1-3]

2 Tehran ms

ةر رن




أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


نرع


ةو

ن موثرع


ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من









ن

هة من ة مد




هة ة مد









ح أ

ةأا نا ر



ةأىة ةا




ةأل

مون أما ا ة


ثر ل مر ا ة





ة لعا

نع لا لةوم








ن

ن ا نر ةن ة

ةأةا ىة ل


أو لا لةوم



لهة نمنرنن


[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15






أل


ن


أنل








ن مر


ن ةمنأةه



أه ل ة هدن

ن نللع ةن


عرأ



لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نةمن


لةلا ةةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر

لمنعث حة



ىة ةلة رهة


ىةن ر



ةكون نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأل ن

أو ل ةعا



ن

منمةثا ث



أا ة

ةمكن ن


ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن أ لن





لممرة 10


[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

5

10

15

20

51ms tehran [4-13]






ةعر ركهةن

لممر أ مند

نأة ل


و حة وحنول

ألةوم ل


أةرهة ول

ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نأعلةه ول

لةوم ن ول أ


نأ نا




ن ما ر رنثك

أهر ةه ةن


أل

ن لنر ةوم

نلممر

ةه ةصنحل


ةة


منه ن


أةه نةع







لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


سلةما نهة




ةألةوم ةا

هدن


ةنةعن نه ر




أ عل لن ة


أ ث لنن ة


ما ن أ ن ة ن



لح وة

ةأا ةا




ةل

أن لنر ةه









ة ث ن ر ةحد

ة ةعن



ةلةعن ة






أ مور

أل عن م



[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

5

10

15

20





أهة



ألونهة ول

ألما ء ما

ألنحث عن ل



أى ر


ةلةعن ن





لك ن ن




ةأ ةا








أنةهة ل ة










نا أل ة

ة نةأ ةا


ةأما ل

أو




ما هو ن






ةأما ل

أو

ر عث لا

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






لحن ن لممر



أله نا ا


د وسث





آة

نأل

نه ن

لممر ر رنأ

علةه


نأةر



لممرن

[14]

[15]

[16]

[17]

[18]

5

10

15

20

53ms tehran [14-23]

ن عر

أ م ن ث حد





مى ث ن

أ م ل

نول ما ةعر

أةكون

ن نلممر

ن ة ن



ن عل ن لممر

أ مند


ة ن أ ة







ر عل حن


أ نا ة


عرأوره نال

هة عل نل لد

أنلوع لن ا



أ نا ن


لعن هة ن


ل لد ما

أ نا لحنلا


ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن



ن عر

أر ل

ثك




ةهط نأة

ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر
















أة ول



أل

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

5

10

15

20



أط ةوم ل ر

نهة




ن مر


أةما نةن ل





نلنر ا ة

نىة ةمةد



ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر


لة لمعرنهة


مةةنا



نلممر ن نن





ن حنا لمنن


ةنن حن

ما أنا ن







ن ن كا أ ن


ألحنا

لةوم ة ن و





لة ن مر

أل ة

ن ما أ ن



ا ةن اأ


لة ن مر

أة ل

ما نألا و

حل


ن




ن ةهن ىة لة




لممرة نل ة

أ ول وأىة ة

لة ن مر

أل ة




مرأما ل

أم ونه نا


ن مر

أة ل


رنأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ةكون حا

نلممر ن اأ


ن اأا ن ة

ن ن لنر

د ن نا




[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

[29]

5

10

15

20

55ms tehran [24-35]


وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ةأة ل

ا ن ةن ن

ة ن





ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


ن

ن أ عل


أ







نلممر



نأة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ول

ةلأ ةكون

نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنألةةن

لحن من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأة

ن نوةمن





ة ةأ ةا



ة نةأ ةا


ن




ما ن أ


أر نا


ن


أو عل


أ عل






أة عل




ةنهةن ن



ىة ن ةنهةن






لل

عل ون لوة ن

أ ها حد


ةأ مر

أ ة


ن ن ناأل

ن لممرة نل


نر لعا

أة للحنا


لممر أ مند

[30]

[31]

[32]

[33]

[34]

[35]

5

10

15

20


مةد ما

ن رن لنر





ثما ل ا

ةأ


ألوط نا ة



ةأا م من ا

ةأل

ر ىة ةندن


أ و رةن



ةأما ل


ةأنا




ةأ نةع ر

أ





ا ةعدةن




ىة لة م ا

ةأة ل



أو عل



ةأ أ


ن ةألك و ون






لعث نع و لا


ةأ ن

أ عون ةرن

رون نآ وم









أل وهة


أ لمم ط ر

نهة ن اةك




أة

ن نةمن



ن مم


نلممر أن و




[36]

[37]

[38]

[39]

[40]

5

10

15

20

57ms tehran [36-48]



أ د ىة ةن









أنا ن


نرع


لممر نمنن








أل


ةأا ة



أرةعهة12 و




ةأمنةعهة





أنا لعلم





ن رةن لنحا




ة عل ون لوة


ن





نهةن أ

م اةأة ل


ةأة ل




ما نأنا




ةأه ل وهدن



أ


[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

[46]

[47]

[48]

5

10

15

20







ةأنا



ةأ ة






أى ر


م أر ن


أةه



ةأنه من



أنع لر ل و



ة ن ن

مرأة ل

ةكون ن




ن اأ ن ن

مرأة ل


أ

ا ةن ن


ن أة

ىة نلة ما


آة

ونن ة عن ةا

ر ن

آ


أء و ة



ن



ن



ةه نن



ط وساأة









مة





ةعدن ول

أل



ول

أنوعةن ل

أن ل اأ



أ نا ة

ن لثا



أ مع ل


أ ول ةن



ن أ رنعهة

أل ن



أل



ن

[49]

[50]

[51]

[52]

[53]

5

10

15

20

59ms tehran [49-56]






أول ة



أث ل حد




ةأل ن ل نحن


ن ةأ ة

ن نةمن


ن كا ن أن




ةهة العن ة



ما هة حا ن


نة ن أنا



م سونىة ة


ا حلان ىة



لحا ر وهة ن





ةكون ن



لة ن مر

أره وهة ل ن

آ نا

هة حا



لة ن مر

أة وهة ل




مرأط ل حا


أل








أ



له ن حلان





مرأل



لة لمرةهة


أول

أة


لحا ن

مرأط ل حا

ن ث عن ةحد


ن رلةكو ىة


آنا




[54]

[55]

[56]

5

10

15

20







مرأل

عل د هة حن


ن نمنأن


ة لنا نن ن

نع وةمن لر



ن


لا لأ

ةةعمل نأة




ما هة حا




ن


نأ ة

ن نةمن ه


لعث

هرةن ة ث ن



أما ةا


مرأط ل حا

ن




أة نعهة

ن



أة


نأة

ن نوةمن


ة


ن


مرأل






أة نعهة



أ ثنةن أ

هة لحا ن





ر ن نأن مر

أط حا


أما ل

أ نا رنعةن

أل



أ

ة ا ن


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ن مر


أ نع لا و





لة


ةأ ة





[57]

[58]

[59]

[60]

[61]

5

10

15

20

61ms tehran [57-67]


حدها ة

أ ن لا

أن لنر م ا


لة ول أل

ةالة نرةة

ىة ة لدن ة

ن لثا وىة





أ








ةنمة















ة ةكون ا نأ

أل



د حن





ث ةعن حدة




أ رنعهة














أ

رن لعهة ة



ن





18 وةن

[62]

[63]

[64]

[65]

[66]

[67]

5

10

15

20




عل ة


أ وةهة


أ




أةوم ل





أر عل و

أ ل ةا

ة

ىة لة نهة






للاأ




نهةن ن اأ







مرأل

أ مند





أ لمند ر ن

آما ول من

نوع أ ة كل

ن



أةن لمنن

ن مر


ةةةد


ن ن ةد ةحن

نل و من ة


أنل



ما من ة أن

ةعرألحنا

ةرهة ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأل ة



لة ء ةا ثأل


مرأل ة


أ


أة ل


نأة ل

ما ن أ

ولأل

ء ىة نمنن ث





لة





20 ة

[68]

[69]

[70]

[71]

5

10

15

20

63ms tehran [68-77]




أو من ل


أو من

أن لممرة


ا ورن


أونهة و




ة كل ن


ة كل



م اةأرنعهة

أ لرنع كل






نأما ل


أ









أل ما





مرأل

أل



ةأثهة ثلا


لة




نأ

ام كل ا

ةأة ل



ىة ةول لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ مةأةن لث


لعث لةوم

ون رنأم ل ا

ةأة ةوم من


أم ل ا

ةأة


ةمد




أن ل

أة


ةأنوع ةهة





ن نه ا أ


أل


رنة ول لهة

أل






[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

[76]

[77]

5

10

15

20



ها د هة ون




مرأل


لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أل




ةلك م ةما

[78]

5

chapter 4





















67







ن أ ن لن ة


CG101 l4 ةو







ثك

أةه


[3-9]













ة عنو ن





69






أل ع


أا سث من ن













[10-15]









أم ل ا


71














[16-22]











73













[23-30]










75













[31-38]














77













[39-48]












79











[49-54]











81











[55-57]



















83












[58-66]












85












[67-74]










أة ل




chapter 5


1 Manuscripts















2 Sigla




peacuteriale p 152


3 Abbreviations


4 Vocabulary





















The Hebrew Version












[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15

20













[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

5

10

15

20

25

97













[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

5

10

15

20















[12]

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20

25

99













[15]

[16]

[17]

5

10

15

20

25












[18]

[19]

5

10

15

20

25

30

101












זה ד2 98

[20]

[21]

[22]

5

10

15

20

25


















[23]

[24]

5

10

15

20

103















[25]

[26]

[27]

5

10

15

20

















[28]

[29]

[30]

5

10

15

20

105














om ימי ד 174

[31]

[32]

5

10

15

20


chapter 6












107







حا



[1-4]










109






15emsp Cf CG 296-297 (K 88415-18)

[5-11]











111









[12-15]









113







[16-18]








115









45emsp Cf CG 276-7 ll 1-9 (K 8719-14)

[19-23]







هة لحا ن

مرأة ل


أة








117








[24-26]







119






[27-28]








121







[29-32]

Bibliography
















124 bibliography
















685-724

125bibliography




















126 bibliography









نهة


أ


أ



Leo 67 سدأ


أ



من


أ ما مون

أما




آ



ن 1238910111213141516202124 نر

2932354043454950607073



م اةأ ل ن

عرأة larr

ن نر

م اةأر ل و





أ )ند






chill 14 نر

ةر larr عر نا




ة ةلا ة



م larr منللن


urine 110 نول


ن 930313233ة ( ةن

ن )نا














trine ثمثل

Taurus 67 ورث















effort 24 ا حن










)حد

limit 53 حد





ن مر


حا




ة


ة larr ممر


to move 435860717274 رك)رك( ة

ن مر









ة ن ركا


paroxysms

to sense 17 ح

sensation 1019 ح


sensing discomfort


nice 27 حن

to attend رحن






ة

bathhouse 6 م ا

Aries 6467 ل
























حن




أهل

أم من

حننر ةن


property or friend


حنأل




لن رون ن


from the disease


family 29 و

حن حنا








relief 21 حنل

ة









حن

horses 6 ةلحن





ا 31 عنلن

ةلأنةر ةد





أ




ن (

expelling 71 عن

وهة ع larr ة

ن

نةر ة larr ةد

أ ةة

ة


ل

indicating 2728

ل


Aquarius 67 لو

م blood 1 larr م









cycles 2023485368 ر و أ




wasting 1 نولن

masculine 73 نور










هة هة ر ر

م اةأ ن



ىة larr مكن ر



ة مر ة

مر




روورةة

ن مر

أث larr

رة

مة


ع رن


أ ون رن






cause 3566 سمنن



lethargy 8 ة نا





sextile 68 ة ةد

sextile 63 مد

Cancer 67 ن را


رعهة larr عن

to abate 7 سكن



safe 31 سلسةم




أل


be used habitually


أل



لرن لمك مك

year(s) 5557586875 نهة



yearly 68 نوىة

easy 27 ل




د سث


د سث


of the disease



compulsion

beverage 6 ن ر ث

ورن larr عن ث

ورةن larr عن

ث



to doubt 39 ك سث



sun 23646869 ثم

to attest 62 د ث

month 6975 هر ث





to be true 62 ص








أ منن


ن 17لممر ر ر

نأرر




weakness 71 نع ن










class 1516 نةهة


منة larr م

food 6 م عا



ةلا

رور مث larr ن


length 31 ول

ن مر

أر






to count 37 عد

number 2037 عد

numbers 73 عدأ

counting 9 عد

latitude 66 نر

ع

symptoms 5 ن عر

أ ن

رع


عرأ


ن 18لممر ن

عرأ



عرأل


to know 45 عرن


مة larr ن

عرن

ة larr ننعرو

sweat 11450 ةر

ع


لعر

ء عل larr ما


عث

organ 8 وعن


و عنعن

ا 1رن ىة ل ث

لة ء ا عنأل




عنمون

أنهة larr ما

ة عا

Scorpio رنعهة

intellect 10 عةل

to know 49 علم

knowledge 45 معل


عل



signs 4818262728303133 ة ما علا







return 5 هة عو



larr من عن





ةهة عن اعن


لعن


عن



عن







beyond them




ةةعن



ةةعن


ة ة رةةعن


changes



ن



ن


ن



ةهن



ن


هةة larr ل

رنة

separate 37 ةر

مةهن

meaning 63 ةرةن




residue 871 ل نن






نأم

ن












ulcer 42 رحهةة

to divide 53 ةسم





ن مر

أةر larr

ة


ةن


ء 2430314358 ا نهةن






to last ةللع




ة


vomiting 50 ء ةة





ةك







لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم

















flash 8 لمعن


لة



)مد


ن مر

أر

ةةعن


ن 4791317181927293133354058مر



أرر

ن

ن 4567242930314049505455 مر

أ

diseases 5657586069707478


مرأ(


of long duration


أ(



مرأل


رة

لمة ن مر

أل


slow of movement


أل

chronic illnesses


أل


لهة ن مر

أل



مرأل


أل

ا 75ة

ىة ةول مد

لة ن مر

أل








death 1 موة






نن


لعرو ن نن





ندنأر(

)ندن




text 53 ن










to see 49 رنن





د larr سث نن



shivers 8 نن نا







relapse 47 نكهة





ن

sleep 10 ومن

new moon 63

ل مة

هل


air 6569 ء هو


( ةأ)هةا





أ)ول(

to relate 54 ل ة


نة هة هة ل

ل


هةل larr ل ةا





ن مر





ةوم 10202122242931323337384143

4445495051525758596066687273

day 7475 larr م





م 15162430353638404143464749 اةأ

days 51525574



ةأ


of the crisis



ةأ


ن م نر اةأ


that are false

ن 915222334353738454849 لنر م اةأ









ةأ


ةأ



ةأل

the critical days





ن ةونا













































































































































ימים 4131415192021222324252931 days


































































































































































































מין נוע










Index of Subjects






































Contents

Preface




Princeton MS

Tehran MS




Bibliography



Index of Subjects



By


leiden | boston




R126G33 2015 610938--dc23

2014036501





Contents









Preface






viii preface








ixpreface


chapter 1




































12 Ibid 11




































chapter 2

























I 5 6II 8 15III 12
























































8 Ibid 41























chapter 3













ةلك م نةع








9 نة ةن هر

ن95758 ى

نهةن

حلن


لن ن مر



ن أ


حلن


45لعلم


أرنعهة

أ عةهة رنا

48 نعهةنعهة


ن

52 حنعد


ن 56 ر ن

آ ء ا نة



أ


ن63 ةر

ةن ىمعن



رنع رنأو ل

ن63 ث




65 ة رةر ةعن




ماةنةسم ة



لمة ن مر



33

5

10

15

20

1 Princeton ms

ةر رن






أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


ةكوننرع



ون موث



ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من






لة








ة مد




لممرل ر


لدن له






ةأىة ةا




ةأل


أا ما ة



نأةا


ةكون ن











أسةم ول ةا





أ و لا لةوم






لة ن مر

أل



[1]

[2]

[3]

60a

[4]



لة ن أنل






صحةحهة ة





ةمننأةه

ن





لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نوةمن

لةلا ةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر





| ىةن ر




نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأن ل

أو ل ةعا



ن م





ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن لن







ةعر ا مم ن



أ ةةهة


ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد أ ما

ن رن لنر


لوة رك و أ

م ن ومن لنر




ألةوم ل

ن ول أةة


أةه

ن نة ن


ن ول أمن ةة

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

60b

[9]

5

10

15

20

5

10

15

20


نلممر ىة



ومنم ا

ةأ ة عد

منه ن


أةه نةع


ن لنر ةوم





لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


ةأل


أ ما




ةألةوم ةا

ن هدن اأن


ةنةعن ر




و نأث لنن ة

و نأول لن ة

ن نة ن



لح وة

ةأما ةا

ن أن هدن اأ



ةل

أن لنر ةه












نه



ةلةعن


أمور

أم عن ل


أهة ل حنا




أهة

صح





نله ن ة



ن كا ن أ






[10]

[11]

[12] 61a

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20




ة نةأ ةا




ةأما ل



أل



أل نةهة ة









أنةهة ل ة



ةأىة ةا


أو




ةأما ل

أر و ة عث






|)ن







أا من و

أل


مم و

أل نةهة ة


أو ر ة عث


ة


ثةه ل



آ


ة نةأىة ةا


ا ةل



ثك

أةكون








ثك

أحمةث ل

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






ن لحنلممر

ر نآة

نا أل ة



أله نا ا



[15]

[16]

[M1]

[17] 61B

5

10

15

20


ر رنأ





نه ن

لممر

علةه


أةر



لممرن

ن عر


أل م ا




أم ل ا


ن نلممر




ن عل نلممر

أ مند

ةعمل نأة




ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن


ةلن

ن عر

أر ل

ثك


ن نلنر




ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر



ما نةعا




ةأ








أول




أمن


أ ةوم ول


ونلر نهة

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]62a

[23]

5

10

15

20



ن 1 لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن












لن

ن مر

أة ل






ن لنر ا ة ن

ىة ةمةد


لة


ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر




أةعلم








ل ما ةد


ةنن ن حن


لة ةكون

ما أنا ن





أر و ا لن





أة

ن نر لعا

ألحنا




ن عن نر





ر ناحن




وأما من ةة


أهل

أم من



لموأن


لن 1

[M2]

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

62B[29]

5

10

15

20



ةكونم ن


ن مر

أة ل


ىة ةلة ن

مرأل



أة

نألحنا و ر

نأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ن حا





وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ن نة ن

ىة ةمةلة

ن لعن م






نلممر ن

أ عل



ةأ


آول ةعرن

ةه ن ن

ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


عل








نلممر ن

أ



نأ ة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ة ن ن

وةمن


نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنأما من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأ







ة نةأ ةا


ن

ن اأرةن ن




ةأةا




أو عل


أ عل





ةنهةن ن









ىة ن ةنهةن


ن

[30]

[31]

63A

[32]

[33]

5

10

15

20



ةأة




نمنةه محم

|



ةأة


ألحنا ن

أة




أء ةا ث


أ


ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر



ةعر


أ لوط ة



ةأ ا من م ا

ةأل

م اةأما ل



ةأما ل


ةأر نا

ىة ةندنلة




ةأ نةع ر

أ






أم لحنا و


لة م اةأة ل





أعون م ةرن

وما منن ة

ألك و ون






آ وم



ن وعرولممر



[34]

[35] 63B

[36]

[37]

[38]

64A

5

10

15

20



أول


أة



أهة ا

لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم


أة

نك ةث



أة لنا

ن نةمن


ةأ أ

ن لنر ا ة ن

ا ةمةد ن مر

أن مر


نلممر أن و






ةرهة ثم ل ا

ةأ أ

ىة ةمةد

لة وهة ن عل




و أرن



ن ند ن أنرع


رةنةر ث




مرأل

ما ةمةد


أا من ل ةن

أهة و

مر ركة حا

أر ل ن

آة




ةأن لنر



ةأ منةعهة




4 نة ة ساع ن


ةألعلم نا






نعرن



عرن








[39]

[40]

[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

64B

[46]

5

10

15

20



ةة ك



ةأ


ةأنع ول نا



ة من ك و


ىة لة ما

أ ر

نأة ل


أة ل



ع ىة ةة


أة ل

ع نةة


ن



أة


أ


نللع ىة ةن


أة ل


أرةن

رةن عثة عث

ما ةكون ن

ة ىة ةكون ن





أة ل


أو



لعث



أةرهة


ةأمر

أة





لة ىة عن

أ


أى ر





ةأنه من

أى علةه نا


وةرون


أ ةعلم


أر ن


أةه

ن

رون ن ة

ون ن مر

أل ة




ة ون نا لنر

ن ة عن ةا

ا ة نهن


أن ل

ة نهن ن اأ

ن ن مر

أة ل

ما نأ

ة وةاأن ل



ة نما ن

أة رنع و ةا

ا ة نهن

ونة


ةأة

ما نأء | و ة





ر ن نآة وةة



آ


[47]

[48]

[49]

[50]

65A

[51]

5

10

15

20



مندن



أرةن نال




ةأةهة ل ا

مة



أا نةن ل ة

ة نر




ةأما ل

أك و ندن






أل





أن ل

أنةع ل ر



ن أنةع ل سا





أ ن أ

لنعهة

ن أة ل رةنا



لث و رةن



أ ن أ

رةنلعث

ةن نمن ن

أ نلا


ن نةمن

ن لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن


نه ا أ نهن



ى ةكث حة



لك





ن ةأة

ن نةمن




ن ما ل أ


ه نن



لحد ةهة ا



ننة

ةهة اة عن

ىة نلة ن

مرأهة ول



مرأل

رنعهة أة




لحد

[52]

[53]

[M3]

[54]

[55]

65B

5

10

15

20



مرأما ل

أم و ا

ةأة نعهة


ةهة العن ة




أة






مرأما ل


ة عثىة ن




أما ل

أأن و ننو




أة نعهة




مرأل


مكث


لمد ةرهة


مر أول ل

أة

ا نة


هة لحا ن

مرأوع ل



أول ل

أا مندن









أل


نأه ة هدن


نأة


ن

ة ن ن




د هة حن

ما هة حا

ة ىة ن



ةةعمل ننأ

وع نوة


نأة


أ



لحا

ةكون نأة

ن نه ةمن



أة نعهة

ن

ا لةنا عن ة

نةر ن لةد

ن لممر ول

أةما نةن




لة ن مر

أل










ن


لعن 5


مرأ من ل

ىةأا 6 ومن

[56]

[57]

66A

[58]

5

10

15

20



أل ةوم هة

لحا ن




مرأوع ل


مرأل


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ىة لة ن




نأم



أةا



ةأة





لل |




أ لةن

أ ن لنر م ا


لة ول أل







أ

لمد وةم



لة

ة ها ن د حن

أ لم



ن لثا وةره

ورن وةنةة





لحد و

ن

ة لمحا ةن و




وة أ





ن


أء مةلا 7 ل

[59]

[60]

[61]

[62]66B

[63]

[M4]

[64]

5

10

15

20







نأ

أل

وةهةة ة ر

ةر ةعن


د هة حن

لمد وةلهة

د وةهة حن

ة ة رةةعن


ةر ةعن

ةن ةةعن


ةر ةعن



ةة ةةعن

لمحا




أرنعهة


ةهةروأ




ن




نأ أ | ةةه



أ

رن لعهة ة



ةكون ن





ن


نلنر م ا

ةأر و

أ


أل ما

أو وةهة


أل




أل ةوم



أ أ ر و

أل ةا




ة ن ر أ عث














مرأ ل

أ مند

ة لةمر ن نل




أ لمند ر ن

آول

[65]

[66]

[67] 67A

[68]

[69]

5

10

15

20


نوع أ

كل



ن نر م ةةةد

نأ أ

ن مر


هله أره من




ألحنا و




ن مر

أة ل


أةرهة

ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأة ل

هة ن


ء ىة نمنن ث





لة






أو من

أن لممرة


ما ةا رن






ن لعن ة م

ةوم ونة كل





أن ل






ن أ ن





ن عن كا



مرأل


أل






هة حا



لة م وهة لد

ىة لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ لمننسةسن




أ م ا

ةأ ة


ةمد ةول

[70]

67B

[71]

[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

5

10

15

20





أن ل

أة





ونن وسدنوع

أة ةول نال


ن نه ا أ


أل

ل ةا هة ة ل


نة هة ول ل

أل

هة ة ل



أل


رنة هة






رة

لمة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون


مرأل


ثا ل هة ومن

لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون

لمد وةلهة

ره أن نا ا

ةلك م





لل



68A

[76]

[77]

[78]

5

10

49ms tehran [1-3]

2 Tehran ms

ةر رن




أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


نرع


ةو

ن موثرع


ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من









ن

هة من ة مد




هة ة مد









ح أ

ةأا نا ر



ةأىة ةا




ةأل

مون أما ا ة


ثر ل مر ا ة





ة لعا

نع لا لةوم








ن

ن ا نر ةن ة

ةأةا ىة ل


أو لا لةوم



لهة نمنرنن


[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15






أل


ن


أنل








ن مر


ن ةمنأةه



أه ل ة هدن

ن نللع ةن


عرأ



لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نةمن


لةلا ةةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر

لمنعث حة



ىة ةلة رهة


ىةن ر



ةكون نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأل ن

أو ل ةعا



ن

منمةثا ث



أا ة

ةمكن ن


ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن أ لن





لممرة 10


[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

5

10

15

20

51ms tehran [4-13]






ةعر ركهةن

لممر أ مند

نأة ل


و حة وحنول

ألةوم ل


أةرهة ول

ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نأعلةه ول

لةوم ن ول أ


نأ نا




ن ما ر رنثك

أهر ةه ةن


أل

ن لنر ةوم

نلممر

ةه ةصنحل


ةة


منه ن


أةه نةع







لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


سلةما نهة




ةألةوم ةا

هدن


ةنةعن نه ر




أ عل لن ة


أ ث لنن ة


ما ن أ ن ة ن



لح وة

ةأا ةا




ةل

أن لنر ةه









ة ث ن ر ةحد

ة ةعن



ةلةعن ة






أ مور

أل عن م



[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

5

10

15

20





أهة



ألونهة ول

ألما ء ما

ألنحث عن ل



أى ر


ةلةعن ن





لك ن ن




ةأ ةا








أنةهة ل ة










نا أل ة

ة نةأ ةا


ةأما ل

أو




ما هو ن






ةأما ل

أو

ر عث لا

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






لحن ن لممر



أله نا ا


د وسث





آة

نأل

نه ن

لممر ر رنأ

علةه


نأةر



لممرن

[14]

[15]

[16]

[17]

[18]

5

10

15

20

53ms tehran [14-23]

ن عر

أ م ن ث حد





مى ث ن

أ م ل

نول ما ةعر

أةكون

ن نلممر

ن ة ن



ن عل ن لممر

أ مند


ة ن أ ة







ر عل حن


أ نا ة


عرأوره نال

هة عل نل لد

أنلوع لن ا



أ نا ن


لعن هة ن


ل لد ما

أ نا لحنلا


ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن



ن عر

أر ل

ثك




ةهط نأة

ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر
















أة ول



أل

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

5

10

15

20



أط ةوم ل ر

نهة




ن مر


أةما نةن ل





نلنر ا ة

نىة ةمةد



ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر


لة لمعرنهة


مةةنا



نلممر ن نن





ن حنا لمنن


ةنن حن

ما أنا ن







ن ن كا أ ن


ألحنا

لةوم ة ن و





لة ن مر

أل ة

ن ما أ ن



ا ةن اأ


لة ن مر

أة ل

ما نألا و

حل


ن




ن ةهن ىة لة




لممرة نل ة

أ ول وأىة ة

لة ن مر

أل ة




مرأما ل

أم ونه نا


ن مر

أة ل


رنأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ةكون حا

نلممر ن اأ


ن اأا ن ة

ن ن لنر

د ن نا




[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

[29]

5

10

15

20

55ms tehran [24-35]


وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ةأة ل

ا ن ةن ن

ة ن





ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


ن

ن أ عل


أ







نلممر



نأة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ول

ةلأ ةكون

نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنألةةن

لحن من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأة

ن نوةمن





ة ةأ ةا



ة نةأ ةا


ن




ما ن أ


أر نا


ن


أو عل


أ عل






أة عل




ةنهةن ن



ىة ن ةنهةن






لل

عل ون لوة ن

أ ها حد


ةأ مر

أ ة


ن ن ناأل

ن لممرة نل


نر لعا

أة للحنا


لممر أ مند

[30]

[31]

[32]

[33]

[34]

[35]

5

10

15

20


مةد ما

ن رن لنر





ثما ل ا

ةأ


ألوط نا ة



ةأا م من ا

ةأل

ر ىة ةندن


أ و رةن



ةأما ل


ةأنا




ةأ نةع ر

أ





ا ةعدةن




ىة لة م ا

ةأة ل



أو عل



ةأ أ


ن ةألك و ون






لعث نع و لا


ةأ ن

أ عون ةرن

رون نآ وم









أل وهة


أ لمم ط ر

نهة ن اةك




أة

ن نةمن



ن مم


نلممر أن و




[36]

[37]

[38]

[39]

[40]

5

10

15

20

57ms tehran [36-48]



أ د ىة ةن









أنا ن


نرع


لممر نمنن








أل


ةأا ة



أرةعهة12 و




ةأمنةعهة





أنا لعلم





ن رةن لنحا




ة عل ون لوة


ن





نهةن أ

م اةأة ل


ةأة ل




ما نأنا




ةأه ل وهدن



أ


[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

[46]

[47]

[48]

5

10

15

20







ةأنا



ةأ ة






أى ر


م أر ن


أةه



ةأنه من



أنع لر ل و



ة ن ن

مرأة ل

ةكون ن




ن اأ ن ن

مرأة ل


أ

ا ةن ن


ن أة

ىة نلة ما


آة

ونن ة عن ةا

ر ن

آ


أء و ة



ن



ن



ةه نن



ط وساأة









مة





ةعدن ول

أل



ول

أنوعةن ل

أن ل اأ



أ نا ة

ن لثا



أ مع ل


أ ول ةن



ن أ رنعهة

أل ن



أل



ن

[49]

[50]

[51]

[52]

[53]

5

10

15

20

59ms tehran [49-56]






أول ة



أث ل حد




ةأل ن ل نحن


ن ةأ ة

ن نةمن


ن كا ن أن




ةهة العن ة



ما هة حا ن


نة ن أنا



م سونىة ة


ا حلان ىة



لحا ر وهة ن





ةكون ن



لة ن مر

أره وهة ل ن

آ نا

هة حا



لة ن مر

أة وهة ل




مرأط ل حا


أل








أ



له ن حلان





مرأل



لة لمرةهة


أول

أة


لحا ن

مرأط ل حا

ن ث عن ةحد


ن رلةكو ىة


آنا




[54]

[55]

[56]

5

10

15

20







مرأل

عل د هة حن


ن نمنأن


ة لنا نن ن

نع وةمن لر



ن


لا لأ

ةةعمل نأة




ما هة حا




ن


نأ ة

ن نةمن ه


لعث

هرةن ة ث ن



أما ةا


مرأط ل حا

ن




أة نعهة

ن



أة


نأة

ن نوةمن


ة


ن


مرأل






أة نعهة



أ ثنةن أ

هة لحا ن





ر ن نأن مر

أط حا


أما ل

أ نا رنعةن

أل



أ

ة ا ن


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ن مر


أ نع لا و





لة


ةأ ة





[57]

[58]

[59]

[60]

[61]

5

10

15

20

61ms tehran [57-67]


حدها ة

أ ن لا

أن لنر م ا


لة ول أل

ةالة نرةة

ىة ة لدن ة

ن لثا وىة





أ








ةنمة















ة ةكون ا نأ

أل



د حن





ث ةعن حدة




أ رنعهة














أ

رن لعهة ة



ن





18 وةن

[62]

[63]

[64]

[65]

[66]

[67]

5

10

15

20




عل ة


أ وةهة


أ




أةوم ل





أر عل و

أ ل ةا

ة

ىة لة نهة






للاأ




نهةن ن اأ







مرأل

أ مند





أ لمند ر ن

آما ول من

نوع أ ة كل

ن



أةن لمنن

ن مر


ةةةد


ن ن ةد ةحن

نل و من ة


أنل



ما من ة أن

ةعرألحنا

ةرهة ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأل ة



لة ء ةا ثأل


مرأل ة


أ


أة ل


نأة ل

ما ن أ

ولأل

ء ىة نمنن ث





لة





20 ة

[68]

[69]

[70]

[71]

5

10

15

20

63ms tehran [68-77]




أو من ل


أو من

أن لممرة


ا ورن


أونهة و




ة كل ن


ة كل



م اةأرنعهة

أ لرنع كل






نأما ل


أ









أل ما





مرأل

أل



ةأثهة ثلا


لة




نأ

ام كل ا

ةأة ل



ىة ةول لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ مةأةن لث


لعث لةوم

ون رنأم ل ا

ةأة ةوم من


أم ل ا

ةأة


ةمد




أن ل

أة


ةأنوع ةهة





ن نه ا أ


أل


رنة ول لهة

أل






[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

[76]

[77]

5

10

15

20



ها د هة ون




مرأل


لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أل




ةلك م ةما

[78]

5

chapter 4





















67







ن أ ن لن ة


CG101 l4 ةو







ثك

أةه


[3-9]













ة عنو ن





69






أل ع


أا سث من ن













[10-15]









أم ل ا


71














[16-22]











73













[23-30]










75













[31-38]














77













[39-48]












79











[49-54]











81











[55-57]



















83












[58-66]












85












[67-74]










أة ل




chapter 5


1 Manuscripts















2 Sigla




peacuteriale p 152


3 Abbreviations


4 Vocabulary





















The Hebrew Version












[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15

20













[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

5

10

15

20

25

97













[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

5

10

15

20















[12]

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20

25

99













[15]

[16]

[17]

5

10

15

20

25












[18]

[19]

5

10

15

20

25

30

101












זה ד2 98

[20]

[21]

[22]

5

10

15

20

25


















[23]

[24]

5

10

15

20

103















[25]

[26]

[27]

5

10

15

20

















[28]

[29]

[30]

5

10

15

20

105














om ימי ד 174

[31]

[32]

5

10

15

20


chapter 6












107







حا



[1-4]










109






15emsp Cf CG 296-297 (K 88415-18)

[5-11]











111









[12-15]









113







[16-18]








115









45emsp Cf CG 276-7 ll 1-9 (K 8719-14)

[19-23]







هة لحا ن

مرأة ل


أة








117








[24-26]







119






[27-28]








121







[29-32]

Bibliography
















124 bibliography
















685-724

125bibliography




















126 bibliography









نهة


أ


أ



Leo 67 سدأ


أ



من


أ ما مون

أما




آ



ن 1238910111213141516202124 نر

2932354043454950607073



م اةأ ل ن

عرأة larr

ن نر

م اةأر ل و





أ )ند






chill 14 نر

ةر larr عر نا




ة ةلا ة



م larr منللن


urine 110 نول


ن 930313233ة ( ةن

ن )نا














trine ثمثل

Taurus 67 ورث















effort 24 ا حن










)حد

limit 53 حد





ن مر


حا




ة


ة larr ممر


to move 435860717274 رك)رك( ة

ن مر









ة ن ركا


paroxysms

to sense 17 ح

sensation 1019 ح


sensing discomfort


nice 27 حن

to attend رحن






ة

bathhouse 6 م ا

Aries 6467 ل
























حن




أهل

أم من

حننر ةن


property or friend


حنأل




لن رون ن


from the disease


family 29 و

حن حنا








relief 21 حنل

ة









حن

horses 6 ةلحن





ا 31 عنلن

ةلأنةر ةد





أ




ن (

expelling 71 عن

وهة ع larr ة

ن

نةر ة larr ةد

أ ةة

ة


ل

indicating 2728

ل


Aquarius 67 لو

م blood 1 larr م









cycles 2023485368 ر و أ




wasting 1 نولن

masculine 73 نور










هة هة ر ر

م اةأ ن



ىة larr مكن ر



ة مر ة

مر




روورةة

ن مر

أث larr

رة

مة


ع رن


أ ون رن






cause 3566 سمنن



lethargy 8 ة نا





sextile 68 ة ةد

sextile 63 مد

Cancer 67 ن را


رعهة larr عن

to abate 7 سكن



safe 31 سلسةم




أل


be used habitually


أل



لرن لمك مك

year(s) 5557586875 نهة



yearly 68 نوىة

easy 27 ل




د سث


د سث


of the disease



compulsion

beverage 6 ن ر ث

ورن larr عن ث

ورةن larr عن

ث



to doubt 39 ك سث



sun 23646869 ثم

to attest 62 د ث

month 6975 هر ث





to be true 62 ص








أ منن


ن 17لممر ر ر

نأرر




weakness 71 نع ن










class 1516 نةهة


منة larr م

food 6 م عا



ةلا

رور مث larr ن


length 31 ول

ن مر

أر






to count 37 عد

number 2037 عد

numbers 73 عدأ

counting 9 عد

latitude 66 نر

ع

symptoms 5 ن عر

أ ن

رع


عرأ


ن 18لممر ن

عرأ



عرأل


to know 45 عرن


مة larr ن

عرن

ة larr ننعرو

sweat 11450 ةر

ع


لعر

ء عل larr ما


عث

organ 8 وعن


و عنعن

ا 1رن ىة ل ث

لة ء ا عنأل




عنمون

أنهة larr ما

ة عا

Scorpio رنعهة

intellect 10 عةل

to know 49 علم

knowledge 45 معل


عل



signs 4818262728303133 ة ما علا







return 5 هة عو



larr من عن





ةهة عن اعن


لعن


عن



عن







beyond them




ةةعن



ةةعن


ة ة رةةعن


changes



ن



ن


ن



ةهن



ن


هةة larr ل

رنة

separate 37 ةر

مةهن

meaning 63 ةرةن




residue 871 ل نن






نأم

ن












ulcer 42 رحهةة

to divide 53 ةسم





ن مر

أةر larr

ة


ةن


ء 2430314358 ا نهةن






to last ةللع




ة


vomiting 50 ء ةة





ةك







لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم

















flash 8 لمعن


لة



)مد


ن مر

أر

ةةعن


ن 4791317181927293133354058مر



أرر

ن

ن 4567242930314049505455 مر

أ

diseases 5657586069707478


مرأ(


of long duration


أ(



مرأل


رة

لمة ن مر

أل


slow of movement


أل

chronic illnesses


أل


لهة ن مر

أل



مرأل


أل

ا 75ة

ىة ةول مد

لة ن مر

أل








death 1 موة






نن


لعرو ن نن





ندنأر(

)ندن




text 53 ن










to see 49 رنن





د larr سث نن



shivers 8 نن نا







relapse 47 نكهة





ن

sleep 10 ومن

new moon 63

ل مة

هل


air 6569 ء هو


( ةأ)هةا





أ)ول(

to relate 54 ل ة


نة هة هة ل

ل


هةل larr ل ةا





ن مر





ةوم 10202122242931323337384143

4445495051525758596066687273

day 7475 larr م





م 15162430353638404143464749 اةأ

days 51525574



ةأ


of the crisis



ةأ


ن م نر اةأ


that are false

ن 915222334353738454849 لنر م اةأ









ةأ


ةأ



ةأل

the critical days





ن ةونا













































































































































ימים 4131415192021222324252931 days


































































































































































































מין נוע










Index of Subjects






































Contents

Preface




Princeton MS

Tehran MS




Bibliography



Index of Subjects




R126G33 2015 610938--dc23

2014036501





Contents









Preface






viii preface








ixpreface


chapter 1




































12 Ibid 11




































chapter 2

























I 5 6II 8 15III 12
























































8 Ibid 41























chapter 3













ةلك م نةع








9 نة ةن هر

ن95758 ى

نهةن

حلن


لن ن مر



ن أ


حلن


45لعلم


أرنعهة

أ عةهة رنا

48 نعهةنعهة


ن

52 حنعد


ن 56 ر ن

آ ء ا نة



أ


ن63 ةر

ةن ىمعن



رنع رنأو ل

ن63 ث




65 ة رةر ةعن




ماةنةسم ة



لمة ن مر



33

5

10

15

20

1 Princeton ms

ةر رن






أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


ةكوننرع



ون موث



ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من






لة








ة مد




لممرل ر


لدن له






ةأىة ةا




ةأل


أا ما ة



نأةا


ةكون ن











أسةم ول ةا





أ و لا لةوم






لة ن مر

أل



[1]

[2]

[3]

60a

[4]



لة ن أنل






صحةحهة ة





ةمننأةه

ن





لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نوةمن

لةلا ةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر





| ىةن ر




نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأن ل

أو ل ةعا



ن م





ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن لن







ةعر ا مم ن



أ ةةهة


ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد أ ما

ن رن لنر


لوة رك و أ

م ن ومن لنر




ألةوم ل

ن ول أةة


أةه

ن نة ن


ن ول أمن ةة

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

60b

[9]

5

10

15

20

5

10

15

20


نلممر ىة



ومنم ا

ةأ ة عد

منه ن


أةه نةع


ن لنر ةوم





لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


ةأل


أ ما




ةألةوم ةا

ن هدن اأن


ةنةعن ر




و نأث لنن ة

و نأول لن ة

ن نة ن



لح وة

ةأما ةا

ن أن هدن اأ



ةل

أن لنر ةه












نه



ةلةعن


أمور

أم عن ل


أهة ل حنا




أهة

صح





نله ن ة



ن كا ن أ






[10]

[11]

[12] 61a

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20




ة نةأ ةا




ةأما ل



أل



أل نةهة ة









أنةهة ل ة



ةأىة ةا


أو




ةأما ل

أر و ة عث






|)ن







أا من و

أل


مم و

أل نةهة ة


أو ر ة عث


ة


ثةه ل



آ


ة نةأىة ةا


ا ةل



ثك

أةكون








ثك

أحمةث ل

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






ن لحنلممر

ر نآة

نا أل ة



أله نا ا



[15]

[16]

[M1]

[17] 61B

5

10

15

20


ر رنأ





نه ن

لممر

علةه


أةر



لممرن

ن عر


أل م ا




أم ل ا


ن نلممر




ن عل نلممر

أ مند

ةعمل نأة




ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن


ةلن

ن عر

أر ل

ثك


ن نلنر




ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر



ما نةعا




ةأ








أول




أمن


أ ةوم ول


ونلر نهة

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]62a

[23]

5

10

15

20



ن 1 لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن












لن

ن مر

أة ل






ن لنر ا ة ن

ىة ةمةد


لة


ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر




أةعلم








ل ما ةد


ةنن ن حن


لة ةكون

ما أنا ن





أر و ا لن





أة

ن نر لعا

ألحنا




ن عن نر





ر ناحن




وأما من ةة


أهل

أم من



لموأن


لن 1

[M2]

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

62B[29]

5

10

15

20



ةكونم ن


ن مر

أة ل


ىة ةلة ن

مرأل



أة

نألحنا و ر

نأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ن حا





وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ن نة ن

ىة ةمةلة

ن لعن م






نلممر ن

أ عل



ةأ


آول ةعرن

ةه ن ن

ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


عل








نلممر ن

أ



نأ ة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ة ن ن

وةمن


نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنأما من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأ







ة نةأ ةا


ن

ن اأرةن ن




ةأةا




أو عل


أ عل





ةنهةن ن









ىة ن ةنهةن


ن

[30]

[31]

63A

[32]

[33]

5

10

15

20



ةأة




نمنةه محم

|



ةأة


ألحنا ن

أة




أء ةا ث


أ


ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر



ةعر


أ لوط ة



ةأ ا من م ا

ةأل

م اةأما ل



ةأما ل


ةأر نا

ىة ةندنلة




ةأ نةع ر

أ






أم لحنا و


لة م اةأة ل





أعون م ةرن

وما منن ة

ألك و ون






آ وم



ن وعرولممر



[34]

[35] 63B

[36]

[37]

[38]

64A

5

10

15

20



أول


أة



أهة ا

لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم


أة

نك ةث



أة لنا

ن نةمن


ةأ أ

ن لنر ا ة ن

ا ةمةد ن مر

أن مر


نلممر أن و






ةرهة ثم ل ا

ةأ أ

ىة ةمةد

لة وهة ن عل




و أرن



ن ند ن أنرع


رةنةر ث




مرأل

ما ةمةد


أا من ل ةن

أهة و

مر ركة حا

أر ل ن

آة




ةأن لنر



ةأ منةعهة




4 نة ة ساع ن


ةألعلم نا






نعرن



عرن








[39]

[40]

[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

64B

[46]

5

10

15

20



ةة ك



ةأ


ةأنع ول نا



ة من ك و


ىة لة ما

أ ر

نأة ل


أة ل



ع ىة ةة


أة ل

ع نةة


ن



أة


أ


نللع ىة ةن


أة ل


أرةن

رةن عثة عث

ما ةكون ن

ة ىة ةكون ن





أة ل


أو



لعث



أةرهة


ةأمر

أة





لة ىة عن

أ


أى ر





ةأنه من

أى علةه نا


وةرون


أ ةعلم


أر ن


أةه

ن

رون ن ة

ون ن مر

أل ة




ة ون نا لنر

ن ة عن ةا

ا ة نهن


أن ل

ة نهن ن اأ

ن ن مر

أة ل

ما نأ

ة وةاأن ل



ة نما ن

أة رنع و ةا

ا ة نهن

ونة


ةأة

ما نأء | و ة





ر ن نآة وةة



آ


[47]

[48]

[49]

[50]

65A

[51]

5

10

15

20



مندن



أرةن نال




ةأةهة ل ا

مة



أا نةن ل ة

ة نر




ةأما ل

أك و ندن






أل





أن ل

أنةع ل ر



ن أنةع ل سا





أ ن أ

لنعهة

ن أة ل رةنا



لث و رةن



أ ن أ

رةنلعث

ةن نمن ن

أ نلا


ن نةمن

ن لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن


نه ا أ نهن



ى ةكث حة



لك





ن ةأة

ن نةمن




ن ما ل أ


ه نن



لحد ةهة ا



ننة

ةهة اة عن

ىة نلة ن

مرأهة ول



مرأل

رنعهة أة




لحد

[52]

[53]

[M3]

[54]

[55]

65B

5

10

15

20



مرأما ل

أم و ا

ةأة نعهة


ةهة العن ة




أة






مرأما ل


ة عثىة ن




أما ل

أأن و ننو




أة نعهة




مرأل


مكث


لمد ةرهة


مر أول ل

أة

ا نة


هة لحا ن

مرأوع ل



أول ل

أا مندن









أل


نأه ة هدن


نأة


ن

ة ن ن




د هة حن

ما هة حا

ة ىة ن



ةةعمل ننأ

وع نوة


نأة


أ



لحا

ةكون نأة

ن نه ةمن



أة نعهة

ن

ا لةنا عن ة

نةر ن لةد

ن لممر ول

أةما نةن




لة ن مر

أل










ن


لعن 5


مرأ من ل

ىةأا 6 ومن

[56]

[57]

66A

[58]

5

10

15

20



أل ةوم هة

لحا ن




مرأوع ل


مرأل


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ىة لة ن




نأم



أةا



ةأة





لل |




أ لةن

أ ن لنر م ا


لة ول أل







أ

لمد وةم



لة

ة ها ن د حن

أ لم



ن لثا وةره

ورن وةنةة





لحد و

ن

ة لمحا ةن و




وة أ





ن


أء مةلا 7 ل

[59]

[60]

[61]

[62]66B

[63]

[M4]

[64]

5

10

15

20







نأ

أل

وةهةة ة ر

ةر ةعن


د هة حن

لمد وةلهة

د وةهة حن

ة ة رةةعن


ةر ةعن

ةن ةةعن


ةر ةعن



ةة ةةعن

لمحا




أرنعهة


ةهةروأ




ن




نأ أ | ةةه



أ

رن لعهة ة



ةكون ن





ن


نلنر م ا

ةأر و

أ


أل ما

أو وةهة


أل




أل ةوم



أ أ ر و

أل ةا




ة ن ر أ عث














مرأ ل

أ مند

ة لةمر ن نل




أ لمند ر ن

آول

[65]

[66]

[67] 67A

[68]

[69]

5

10

15

20


نوع أ

كل



ن نر م ةةةد

نأ أ

ن مر


هله أره من




ألحنا و




ن مر

أة ل


أةرهة

ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأة ل

هة ن


ء ىة نمنن ث





لة






أو من

أن لممرة


ما ةا رن






ن لعن ة م

ةوم ونة كل





أن ل






ن أ ن





ن عن كا



مرأل


أل






هة حا



لة م وهة لد

ىة لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ لمننسةسن




أ م ا

ةأ ة


ةمد ةول

[70]

67B

[71]

[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

5

10

15

20





أن ل

أة





ونن وسدنوع

أة ةول نال


ن نه ا أ


أل

ل ةا هة ة ل


نة هة ول ل

أل

هة ة ل



أل


رنة هة






رة

لمة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون


مرأل


ثا ل هة ومن

لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون

لمد وةلهة

ره أن نا ا

ةلك م





لل



68A

[76]

[77]

[78]

5

10

49ms tehran [1-3]

2 Tehran ms

ةر رن




أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


نرع


ةو

ن موثرع


ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من









ن

هة من ة مد




هة ة مد









ح أ

ةأا نا ر



ةأىة ةا




ةأل

مون أما ا ة


ثر ل مر ا ة





ة لعا

نع لا لةوم








ن

ن ا نر ةن ة

ةأةا ىة ل


أو لا لةوم



لهة نمنرنن


[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15






أل


ن


أنل








ن مر


ن ةمنأةه



أه ل ة هدن

ن نللع ةن


عرأ



لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نةمن


لةلا ةةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر

لمنعث حة



ىة ةلة رهة


ىةن ر



ةكون نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأل ن

أو ل ةعا



ن

منمةثا ث



أا ة

ةمكن ن


ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن أ لن





لممرة 10


[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

5

10

15

20

51ms tehran [4-13]






ةعر ركهةن

لممر أ مند

نأة ل


و حة وحنول

ألةوم ل


أةرهة ول

ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نأعلةه ول

لةوم ن ول أ


نأ نا




ن ما ر رنثك

أهر ةه ةن


أل

ن لنر ةوم

نلممر

ةه ةصنحل


ةة


منه ن


أةه نةع







لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


سلةما نهة




ةألةوم ةا

هدن


ةنةعن نه ر




أ عل لن ة


أ ث لنن ة


ما ن أ ن ة ن



لح وة

ةأا ةا




ةل

أن لنر ةه









ة ث ن ر ةحد

ة ةعن



ةلةعن ة






أ مور

أل عن م



[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

5

10

15

20





أهة



ألونهة ول

ألما ء ما

ألنحث عن ل



أى ر


ةلةعن ن





لك ن ن




ةأ ةا








أنةهة ل ة










نا أل ة

ة نةأ ةا


ةأما ل

أو




ما هو ن






ةأما ل

أو

ر عث لا

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






لحن ن لممر



أله نا ا


د وسث





آة

نأل

نه ن

لممر ر رنأ

علةه


نأةر



لممرن

[14]

[15]

[16]

[17]

[18]

5

10

15

20

53ms tehran [14-23]

ن عر

أ م ن ث حد





مى ث ن

أ م ل

نول ما ةعر

أةكون

ن نلممر

ن ة ن



ن عل ن لممر

أ مند


ة ن أ ة







ر عل حن


أ نا ة


عرأوره نال

هة عل نل لد

أنلوع لن ا



أ نا ن


لعن هة ن


ل لد ما

أ نا لحنلا


ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن



ن عر

أر ل

ثك




ةهط نأة

ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر
















أة ول



أل

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

5

10

15

20



أط ةوم ل ر

نهة




ن مر


أةما نةن ل





نلنر ا ة

نىة ةمةد



ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر


لة لمعرنهة


مةةنا



نلممر ن نن





ن حنا لمنن


ةنن حن

ما أنا ن







ن ن كا أ ن


ألحنا

لةوم ة ن و





لة ن مر

أل ة

ن ما أ ن



ا ةن اأ


لة ن مر

أة ل

ما نألا و

حل


ن




ن ةهن ىة لة




لممرة نل ة

أ ول وأىة ة

لة ن مر

أل ة




مرأما ل

أم ونه نا


ن مر

أة ل


رنأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ةكون حا

نلممر ن اأ


ن اأا ن ة

ن ن لنر

د ن نا




[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

[29]

5

10

15

20

55ms tehran [24-35]


وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ةأة ل

ا ن ةن ن

ة ن





ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


ن

ن أ عل


أ







نلممر



نأة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ول

ةلأ ةكون

نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنألةةن

لحن من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأة

ن نوةمن





ة ةأ ةا



ة نةأ ةا


ن




ما ن أ


أر نا


ن


أو عل


أ عل






أة عل




ةنهةن ن



ىة ن ةنهةن






لل

عل ون لوة ن

أ ها حد


ةأ مر

أ ة


ن ن ناأل

ن لممرة نل


نر لعا

أة للحنا


لممر أ مند

[30]

[31]

[32]

[33]

[34]

[35]

5

10

15

20


مةد ما

ن رن لنر





ثما ل ا

ةأ


ألوط نا ة



ةأا م من ا

ةأل

ر ىة ةندن


أ و رةن



ةأما ل


ةأنا




ةأ نةع ر

أ





ا ةعدةن




ىة لة م ا

ةأة ل



أو عل



ةأ أ


ن ةألك و ون






لعث نع و لا


ةأ ن

أ عون ةرن

رون نآ وم









أل وهة


أ لمم ط ر

نهة ن اةك




أة

ن نةمن



ن مم


نلممر أن و




[36]

[37]

[38]

[39]

[40]

5

10

15

20

57ms tehran [36-48]



أ د ىة ةن









أنا ن


نرع


لممر نمنن








أل


ةأا ة



أرةعهة12 و




ةأمنةعهة





أنا لعلم





ن رةن لنحا




ة عل ون لوة


ن





نهةن أ

م اةأة ل


ةأة ل




ما نأنا




ةأه ل وهدن



أ


[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

[46]

[47]

[48]

5

10

15

20







ةأنا



ةأ ة






أى ر


م أر ن


أةه



ةأنه من



أنع لر ل و



ة ن ن

مرأة ل

ةكون ن




ن اأ ن ن

مرأة ل


أ

ا ةن ن


ن أة

ىة نلة ما


آة

ونن ة عن ةا

ر ن

آ


أء و ة



ن



ن



ةه نن



ط وساأة









مة





ةعدن ول

أل



ول

أنوعةن ل

أن ل اأ



أ نا ة

ن لثا



أ مع ل


أ ول ةن



ن أ رنعهة

أل ن



أل



ن

[49]

[50]

[51]

[52]

[53]

5

10

15

20

59ms tehran [49-56]






أول ة



أث ل حد




ةأل ن ل نحن


ن ةأ ة

ن نةمن


ن كا ن أن




ةهة العن ة



ما هة حا ن


نة ن أنا



م سونىة ة


ا حلان ىة



لحا ر وهة ن





ةكون ن



لة ن مر

أره وهة ل ن

آ نا

هة حا



لة ن مر

أة وهة ل




مرأط ل حا


أل








أ



له ن حلان





مرأل



لة لمرةهة


أول

أة


لحا ن

مرأط ل حا

ن ث عن ةحد


ن رلةكو ىة


آنا




[54]

[55]

[56]

5

10

15

20







مرأل

عل د هة حن


ن نمنأن


ة لنا نن ن

نع وةمن لر



ن


لا لأ

ةةعمل نأة




ما هة حا




ن


نأ ة

ن نةمن ه


لعث

هرةن ة ث ن



أما ةا


مرأط ل حا

ن




أة نعهة

ن



أة


نأة

ن نوةمن


ة


ن


مرأل






أة نعهة



أ ثنةن أ

هة لحا ن





ر ن نأن مر

أط حا


أما ل

أ نا رنعةن

أل



أ

ة ا ن


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ن مر


أ نع لا و





لة


ةأ ة





[57]

[58]

[59]

[60]

[61]

5

10

15

20

61ms tehran [57-67]


حدها ة

أ ن لا

أن لنر م ا


لة ول أل

ةالة نرةة

ىة ة لدن ة

ن لثا وىة





أ








ةنمة















ة ةكون ا نأ

أل



د حن





ث ةعن حدة




أ رنعهة














أ

رن لعهة ة



ن





18 وةن

[62]

[63]

[64]

[65]

[66]

[67]

5

10

15

20




عل ة


أ وةهة


أ




أةوم ل





أر عل و

أ ل ةا

ة

ىة لة نهة






للاأ




نهةن ن اأ







مرأل

أ مند





أ لمند ر ن

آما ول من

نوع أ ة كل

ن



أةن لمنن

ن مر


ةةةد


ن ن ةد ةحن

نل و من ة


أنل



ما من ة أن

ةعرألحنا

ةرهة ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأل ة



لة ء ةا ثأل


مرأل ة


أ


أة ل


نأة ل

ما ن أ

ولأل

ء ىة نمنن ث





لة





20 ة

[68]

[69]

[70]

[71]

5

10

15

20

63ms tehran [68-77]




أو من ل


أو من

أن لممرة


ا ورن


أونهة و




ة كل ن


ة كل



م اةأرنعهة

أ لرنع كل






نأما ل


أ









أل ما





مرأل

أل



ةأثهة ثلا


لة




نأ

ام كل ا

ةأة ل



ىة ةول لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ مةأةن لث


لعث لةوم

ون رنأم ل ا

ةأة ةوم من


أم ل ا

ةأة


ةمد




أن ل

أة


ةأنوع ةهة





ن نه ا أ


أل


رنة ول لهة

أل






[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

[76]

[77]

5

10

15

20



ها د هة ون




مرأل


لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أل




ةلك م ةما

[78]

5

chapter 4





















67







ن أ ن لن ة


CG101 l4 ةو







ثك

أةه


[3-9]













ة عنو ن





69






أل ع


أا سث من ن













[10-15]









أم ل ا


71














[16-22]











73













[23-30]










75













[31-38]














77













[39-48]












79











[49-54]











81











[55-57]



















83












[58-66]












85












[67-74]










أة ل




chapter 5


1 Manuscripts















2 Sigla




peacuteriale p 152


3 Abbreviations


4 Vocabulary





















The Hebrew Version












[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15

20













[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

5

10

15

20

25

97













[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

5

10

15

20















[12]

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20

25

99













[15]

[16]

[17]

5

10

15

20

25












[18]

[19]

5

10

15

20

25

30

101












זה ד2 98

[20]

[21]

[22]

5

10

15

20

25


















[23]

[24]

5

10

15

20

103















[25]

[26]

[27]

5

10

15

20

















[28]

[29]

[30]

5

10

15

20

105














om ימי ד 174

[31]

[32]

5

10

15

20


chapter 6












107







حا



[1-4]










109






15emsp Cf CG 296-297 (K 88415-18)

[5-11]











111









[12-15]









113







[16-18]








115









45emsp Cf CG 276-7 ll 1-9 (K 8719-14)

[19-23]







هة لحا ن

مرأة ل


أة








117








[24-26]







119






[27-28]








121







[29-32]

Bibliography
















124 bibliography
















685-724

125bibliography




















126 bibliography









نهة


أ


أ



Leo 67 سدأ


أ



من


أ ما مون

أما




آ



ن 1238910111213141516202124 نر

2932354043454950607073



م اةأ ل ن

عرأة larr

ن نر

م اةأر ل و





أ )ند






chill 14 نر

ةر larr عر نا




ة ةلا ة



م larr منللن


urine 110 نول


ن 930313233ة ( ةن

ن )نا














trine ثمثل

Taurus 67 ورث















effort 24 ا حن










)حد

limit 53 حد





ن مر


حا




ة


ة larr ممر


to move 435860717274 رك)رك( ة

ن مر









ة ن ركا


paroxysms

to sense 17 ح

sensation 1019 ح


sensing discomfort


nice 27 حن

to attend رحن






ة

bathhouse 6 م ا

Aries 6467 ل
























حن




أهل

أم من

حننر ةن


property or friend


حنأل




لن رون ن


from the disease


family 29 و

حن حنا








relief 21 حنل

ة









حن

horses 6 ةلحن





ا 31 عنلن

ةلأنةر ةد





أ




ن (

expelling 71 عن

وهة ع larr ة

ن

نةر ة larr ةد

أ ةة

ة


ل

indicating 2728

ل


Aquarius 67 لو

م blood 1 larr م









cycles 2023485368 ر و أ




wasting 1 نولن

masculine 73 نور










هة هة ر ر

م اةأ ن



ىة larr مكن ر



ة مر ة

مر




روورةة

ن مر

أث larr

رة

مة


ع رن


أ ون رن






cause 3566 سمنن



lethargy 8 ة نا





sextile 68 ة ةد

sextile 63 مد

Cancer 67 ن را


رعهة larr عن

to abate 7 سكن



safe 31 سلسةم




أل


be used habitually


أل



لرن لمك مك

year(s) 5557586875 نهة



yearly 68 نوىة

easy 27 ل




د سث


د سث


of the disease



compulsion

beverage 6 ن ر ث

ورن larr عن ث

ورةن larr عن

ث



to doubt 39 ك سث



sun 23646869 ثم

to attest 62 د ث

month 6975 هر ث





to be true 62 ص








أ منن


ن 17لممر ر ر

نأرر




weakness 71 نع ن










class 1516 نةهة


منة larr م

food 6 م عا



ةلا

رور مث larr ن


length 31 ول

ن مر

أر






to count 37 عد

number 2037 عد

numbers 73 عدأ

counting 9 عد

latitude 66 نر

ع

symptoms 5 ن عر

أ ن

رع


عرأ


ن 18لممر ن

عرأ



عرأل


to know 45 عرن


مة larr ن

عرن

ة larr ننعرو

sweat 11450 ةر

ع


لعر

ء عل larr ما


عث

organ 8 وعن


و عنعن

ا 1رن ىة ل ث

لة ء ا عنأل




عنمون

أنهة larr ما

ة عا

Scorpio رنعهة

intellect 10 عةل

to know 49 علم

knowledge 45 معل


عل



signs 4818262728303133 ة ما علا







return 5 هة عو



larr من عن





ةهة عن اعن


لعن


عن



عن







beyond them




ةةعن



ةةعن


ة ة رةةعن


changes



ن



ن


ن



ةهن



ن


هةة larr ل

رنة

separate 37 ةر

مةهن

meaning 63 ةرةن




residue 871 ل نن






نأم

ن












ulcer 42 رحهةة

to divide 53 ةسم





ن مر

أةر larr

ة


ةن


ء 2430314358 ا نهةن






to last ةللع




ة


vomiting 50 ء ةة





ةك







لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم

















flash 8 لمعن


لة



)مد


ن مر

أر

ةةعن


ن 4791317181927293133354058مر



أرر

ن

ن 4567242930314049505455 مر

أ

diseases 5657586069707478


مرأ(


of long duration


أ(



مرأل


رة

لمة ن مر

أل


slow of movement


أل

chronic illnesses


أل


لهة ن مر

أل



مرأل


أل

ا 75ة

ىة ةول مد

لة ن مر

أل








death 1 موة






نن


لعرو ن نن





ندنأر(

)ندن




text 53 ن










to see 49 رنن





د larr سث نن



shivers 8 نن نا







relapse 47 نكهة





ن

sleep 10 ومن

new moon 63

ل مة

هل


air 6569 ء هو


( ةأ)هةا





أ)ول(

to relate 54 ل ة


نة هة هة ل

ل


هةل larr ل ةا





ن مر





ةوم 10202122242931323337384143

4445495051525758596066687273

day 7475 larr م





م 15162430353638404143464749 اةأ

days 51525574



ةأ


of the crisis



ةأ


ن م نر اةأ


that are false

ن 915222334353738454849 لنر م اةأ









ةأ


ةأ



ةأل

the critical days





ن ةونا













































































































































ימים 4131415192021222324252931 days


































































































































































































מין נוע










Index of Subjects






































Contents

Preface




Princeton MS

Tehran MS




Bibliography



Index of Subjects

Contents









Preface






viii preface








ixpreface


chapter 1




































12 Ibid 11




































chapter 2

























I 5 6II 8 15III 12
























































8 Ibid 41























chapter 3













ةلك م نةع








9 نة ةن هر

ن95758 ى

نهةن

حلن


لن ن مر



ن أ


حلن


45لعلم


أرنعهة

أ عةهة رنا

48 نعهةنعهة


ن

52 حنعد


ن 56 ر ن

آ ء ا نة



أ


ن63 ةر

ةن ىمعن



رنع رنأو ل

ن63 ث




65 ة رةر ةعن




ماةنةسم ة



لمة ن مر



33

5

10

15

20

1 Princeton ms

ةر رن






أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


ةكوننرع



ون موث



ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من






لة








ة مد




لممرل ر


لدن له






ةأىة ةا




ةأل


أا ما ة



نأةا


ةكون ن











أسةم ول ةا





أ و لا لةوم






لة ن مر

أل



[1]

[2]

[3]

60a

[4]



لة ن أنل






صحةحهة ة





ةمننأةه

ن





لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نوةمن

لةلا ةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر





| ىةن ر




نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأن ل

أو ل ةعا



ن م





ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن لن







ةعر ا مم ن



أ ةةهة


ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد أ ما

ن رن لنر


لوة رك و أ

م ن ومن لنر




ألةوم ل

ن ول أةة


أةه

ن نة ن


ن ول أمن ةة

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

60b

[9]

5

10

15

20

5

10

15

20


نلممر ىة



ومنم ا

ةأ ة عد

منه ن


أةه نةع


ن لنر ةوم





لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


ةأل


أ ما




ةألةوم ةا

ن هدن اأن


ةنةعن ر




و نأث لنن ة

و نأول لن ة

ن نة ن



لح وة

ةأما ةا

ن أن هدن اأ



ةل

أن لنر ةه












نه



ةلةعن


أمور

أم عن ل


أهة ل حنا




أهة

صح





نله ن ة



ن كا ن أ






[10]

[11]

[12] 61a

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20




ة نةأ ةا




ةأما ل



أل



أل نةهة ة









أنةهة ل ة



ةأىة ةا


أو




ةأما ل

أر و ة عث






|)ن







أا من و

أل


مم و

أل نةهة ة


أو ر ة عث


ة


ثةه ل



آ


ة نةأىة ةا


ا ةل



ثك

أةكون








ثك

أحمةث ل

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






ن لحنلممر

ر نآة

نا أل ة



أله نا ا



[15]

[16]

[M1]

[17] 61B

5

10

15

20


ر رنأ





نه ن

لممر

علةه


أةر



لممرن

ن عر


أل م ا




أم ل ا


ن نلممر




ن عل نلممر

أ مند

ةعمل نأة




ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن


ةلن

ن عر

أر ل

ثك


ن نلنر




ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر



ما نةعا




ةأ








أول




أمن


أ ةوم ول


ونلر نهة

[18]

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]62a

[23]

5

10

15

20



ن 1 لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن












لن

ن مر

أة ل






ن لنر ا ة ن

ىة ةمةد


لة


ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر




أةعلم








ل ما ةد


ةنن ن حن


لة ةكون

ما أنا ن





أر و ا لن





أة

ن نر لعا

ألحنا




ن عن نر





ر ناحن




وأما من ةة


أهل

أم من



لموأن


لن 1

[M2]

[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

62B[29]

5

10

15

20



ةكونم ن


ن مر

أة ل


ىة ةلة ن

مرأل



أة

نألحنا و ر

نأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ن حا





وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ن نة ن

ىة ةمةلة

ن لعن م






نلممر ن

أ عل



ةأ


آول ةعرن

ةه ن ن

ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


عل








نلممر ن

أ



نأ ة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ة ن ن

وةمن


نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنأما من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأ







ة نةأ ةا


ن

ن اأرةن ن




ةأةا




أو عل


أ عل





ةنهةن ن









ىة ن ةنهةن


ن

[30]

[31]

63A

[32]

[33]

5

10

15

20



ةأة




نمنةه محم

|



ةأة


ألحنا ن

أة




أء ةا ث


أ


ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر



ةعر


أ لوط ة



ةأ ا من م ا

ةأل

م اةأما ل



ةأما ل


ةأر نا

ىة ةندنلة




ةأ نةع ر

أ






أم لحنا و


لة م اةأة ل





أعون م ةرن

وما منن ة

ألك و ون






آ وم



ن وعرولممر



[34]

[35] 63B

[36]

[37]

[38]

64A

5

10

15

20



أول


أة



أهة ا

لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم


أة

نك ةث



أة لنا

ن نةمن


ةأ أ

ن لنر ا ة ن

ا ةمةد ن مر

أن مر


نلممر أن و






ةرهة ثم ل ا

ةأ أ

ىة ةمةد

لة وهة ن عل




و أرن



ن ند ن أنرع


رةنةر ث




مرأل

ما ةمةد


أا من ل ةن

أهة و

مر ركة حا

أر ل ن

آة




ةأن لنر



ةأ منةعهة




4 نة ة ساع ن


ةألعلم نا






نعرن



عرن








[39]

[40]

[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

64B

[46]

5

10

15

20



ةة ك



ةأ


ةأنع ول نا



ة من ك و


ىة لة ما

أ ر

نأة ل


أة ل



ع ىة ةة


أة ل

ع نةة


ن



أة


أ


نللع ىة ةن


أة ل


أرةن

رةن عثة عث

ما ةكون ن

ة ىة ةكون ن





أة ل


أو



لعث



أةرهة


ةأمر

أة





لة ىة عن

أ


أى ر





ةأنه من

أى علةه نا


وةرون


أ ةعلم


أر ن


أةه

ن

رون ن ة

ون ن مر

أل ة




ة ون نا لنر

ن ة عن ةا

ا ة نهن


أن ل

ة نهن ن اأ

ن ن مر

أة ل

ما نأ

ة وةاأن ل



ة نما ن

أة رنع و ةا

ا ة نهن

ونة


ةأة

ما نأء | و ة





ر ن نآة وةة



آ


[47]

[48]

[49]

[50]

65A

[51]

5

10

15

20



مندن



أرةن نال




ةأةهة ل ا

مة



أا نةن ل ة

ة نر




ةأما ل

أك و ندن






أل





أن ل

أنةع ل ر



ن أنةع ل سا





أ ن أ

لنعهة

ن أة ل رةنا



لث و رةن



أ ن أ

رةنلعث

ةن نمن ن

أ نلا


ن نةمن

ن لن ة

ن مث ا ة |)ن


نه ا أ نهن



ى ةكث حة



لك





ن ةأة

ن نةمن




ن ما ل أ


ه نن



لحد ةهة ا



ننة

ةهة اة عن

ىة نلة ن

مرأهة ول



مرأل

رنعهة أة




لحد

[52]

[53]

[M3]

[54]

[55]

65B

5

10

15

20



مرأما ل

أم و ا

ةأة نعهة


ةهة العن ة




أة






مرأما ل


ة عثىة ن




أما ل

أأن و ننو




أة نعهة




مرأل


مكث


لمد ةرهة


مر أول ل

أة

ا نة


هة لحا ن

مرأوع ل



أول ل

أا مندن









أل


نأه ة هدن


نأة


ن

ة ن ن




د هة حن

ما هة حا

ة ىة ن



ةةعمل ننأ

وع نوة


نأة


أ



لحا

ةكون نأة

ن نه ةمن



أة نعهة

ن

ا لةنا عن ة

نةر ن لةد

ن لممر ول

أةما نةن




لة ن مر

أل










ن


لعن 5


مرأ من ل

ىةأا 6 ومن

[56]

[57]

66A

[58]

5

10

15

20



أل ةوم هة

لحا ن




مرأوع ل


مرأل


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ىة لة ن




نأم



أةا



ةأة





لل |




أ لةن

أ ن لنر م ا


لة ول أل







أ

لمد وةم



لة

ة ها ن د حن

أ لم



ن لثا وةره

ورن وةنةة





لحد و

ن

ة لمحا ةن و




وة أ





ن


أء مةلا 7 ل

[59]

[60]

[61]

[62]66B

[63]

[M4]

[64]

5

10

15

20







نأ

أل

وةهةة ة ر

ةر ةعن


د هة حن

لمد وةلهة

د وةهة حن

ة ة رةةعن


ةر ةعن

ةن ةةعن


ةر ةعن



ةة ةةعن

لمحا




أرنعهة


ةهةروأ




ن




نأ أ | ةةه



أ

رن لعهة ة



ةكون ن





ن


نلنر م ا

ةأر و

أ


أل ما

أو وةهة


أل




أل ةوم



أ أ ر و

أل ةا




ة ن ر أ عث














مرأ ل

أ مند

ة لةمر ن نل




أ لمند ر ن

آول

[65]

[66]

[67] 67A

[68]

[69]

5

10

15

20


نوع أ

كل



ن نر م ةةةد

نأ أ

ن مر


هله أره من




ألحنا و




ن مر

أة ل


أةرهة

ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأة ل

هة ن


ء ىة نمنن ث





لة






أو من

أن لممرة


ما ةا رن






ن لعن ة م

ةوم ونة كل





أن ل






ن أ ن





ن عن كا



مرأل


أل






هة حا



لة م وهة لد

ىة لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ لمننسةسن




أ م ا

ةأ ة


ةمد ةول

[70]

67B

[71]

[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

5

10

15

20





أن ل

أة





ونن وسدنوع

أة ةول نال


ن نه ا أ


أل

ل ةا هة ة ل


نة هة ول ل

أل

هة ة ل



أل


رنة هة






رة

لمة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون


مرأل


ثا ل هة ومن

لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أها ل

د هة ون

لمد وةلهة

ره أن نا ا

ةلك م





لل



68A

[76]

[77]

[78]

5

10

49ms tehran [1-3]

2 Tehran ms

ةر رن




أن ةهة لنر

ن مناأ


نرع


ةو

ن موثرع


ة لعرو ه و

نأرن من









ن

هة من ة مد




هة ة مد









ح أ

ةأا نا ر



ةأىة ةا




ةأل

مون أما ا ة


ثر ل مر ا ة





ة لعا

نع لا لةوم








ن

ن ا نر ةن ة

ةأةا ىة ل


أو لا لةوم



لهة نمنرنن


[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15






أل


ن


أنل








ن مر


ن ةمنأةه



أه ل ة هدن

ن نللع ةن


عرأ



لة ن مر

أة ل

ةةعمل ننأة

ن نةمن


لةلا ةةه ة

ة وةة صح


لممرة ى ةر

لمنعث حة



ىة ةلة رهة


ىةن ر



ةكون نأ ة

ن نةمن


مرأل ة

ن ما أو







مرأل ن

أو ل ةعا



ن

منمةثا ث



أا ة

ةمكن ن


ر نه نن ةةد



ن






لموأ و


و ن ن أ لن





لممرة 10


[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

5

10

15

20

51ms tehran [4-13]






ةعر ركهةن

لممر أ مند

نأة ل


و حة وحنول

ألةوم ل


أةرهة ول

ثما ل ا

ةأ

مةد ما

ن رن لنر

نأعلةه ول

لةوم ن ول أ


نأ نا




ن ما ر رنثك

أهر ةه ةن


أل

ن لنر ةوم

نلممر

ةه ةصنحل


ةة


منه ن


أةه نةع







لممر



ةأر وهة

ثك

أن لنر ةه


سلةما نهة




ةألةوم ةا

هدن


ةنةعن نه ر




أ عل لن ة


أ ث لنن ة


ما ن أ ن ة ن



لح وة

ةأا ةا




ةل

أن لنر ةه









ة ث ن ر ةحد

ة ةعن



ةلةعن ة






أ مور

أل عن م



[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

5

10

15

20





أهة



ألونهة ول

ألما ء ما

ألنحث عن ل



أى ر


ةلةعن ن





لك ن ن




ةأ ةا








أنةهة ل ة










نا أل ة

ة نةأ ةا


ةأما ل

أو




ما هو ن






ةأما ل

أو

ر عث لا

أ م هو مند



أ مند

ةكون نأنل






لحن ن لممر



أله نا ا


د وسث





آة

نأل

نه ن

لممر ر رنأ

علةه


نأةر



لممرن

[14]

[15]

[16]

[17]

[18]

5

10

15

20

53ms tehran [14-23]

ن عر

أ م ن ث حد





مى ث ن

أ م ل

نول ما ةعر

أةكون

ن نلممر

ن ة ن



ن عل ن لممر

أ مند


ة ن أ ة







ر عل حن


أ نا ة


عرأوره نال

هة عل نل لد

أنلوع لن ا



أ نا ن


لعن هة ن


ل لد ما

أ نا لحنلا


ن نةمن




مة








أل


ن حن أة وةا



أل


ن نلمة ةمن



ن عر

أر ل

ثك




ةهط نأة

ن نةمن



ألةوم ل ة



ن ن عر
















أة ول



أل

[19]

[20]

[21]

[22]

[23]

5

10

15

20



أط ةوم ل ر

نهة




ن مر


أةما نةن ل





نلنر ا ة

نىة ةمةد



ةعرنم ن

ةةةد

نأ ر

أة لمن




نأط و ر


لة لمعرنهة


مةةنا



نلممر ن نن





ن حنا لمنن


ةنن حن

ما أنا ن







ن ن كا أ ن


ألحنا

لةوم ة ن و





لة ن مر

أل ة

ن ما أ ن



ا ةن اأ


لة ن مر

أة ل

ما نألا و

حل


ن




ن ةهن ىة لة




لممرة نل ة

أ ول وأىة ة

لة ن مر

أل ة




مرأما ل

أم ونه نا


ن مر

أة ل


رنأم ا

ةأة

ه ن أن و ون

ةكون حا

نلممر ن اأ


ن اأا ن ة

ن ن لنر

د ن نا




[24]

[25]

[26]

[27]

[28]

[29]

5

10

15

20

55ms tehran [24-35]


وع كلمر ن

أول ل



ن مر

أمن ل


ةأة ل

ا ن ةن ن

ة ن





ة ن


مرأل


أحنه نا ر ا

ن ةد

نأة

ن نةمن


ن

ن أ عل


أ







نلممر



نأة


نو مر

ن ن لحنلةا

ول

ةلأ ةكون

نو مر


لممر ن أ عل


عنألةةن

لحن من

ا عنلن


ن ةد

نأة

ن نوةمن





ة ةأ ةا



ة نةأ ةا


ن




ما ن أ


أر نا


ن


أو عل


أ عل






أة عل




ةنهةن ن



ىة ن ةنهةن






لل

عل ون لوة ن

أ ها حد


ةأ مر

أ ة


ن ن ناأل

ن لممرة نل


نر لعا

أة للحنا


لممر أ مند

[30]

[31]

[32]

[33]

[34]

[35]

5

10

15

20


مةد ما

ن رن لنر





ثما ل ا

ةأ


ألوط نا ة



ةأا م من ا

ةأل

ر ىة ةندن


أ و رةن



ةأما ل


ةأنا




ةأ نةع ر

أ





ا ةعدةن




ىة لة م ا

ةأة ل



أو عل



ةأ أ


ن ةألك و ون






لعث نع و لا


ةأ ن

أ عون ةرن

رون نآ وم









أل وهة


أ لمم ط ر

نهة ن اةك




أة

ن نةمن



ن مم


نلممر أن و




[36]

[37]

[38]

[39]

[40]

5

10

15

20

57ms tehran [36-48]



أ د ىة ةن









أنا ن


نرع


لممر نمنن








أل


ةأا ة



أرةعهة12 و




ةأمنةعهة





أنا لعلم





ن رةن لنحا




ة عل ون لوة


ن





نهةن أ

م اةأة ل


ةأة ل




ما نأنا




ةأه ل وهدن



أ


[41]

[42]

[43]

[44]

[45]

[46]

[47]

[48]

5

10

15

20







ةأنا



ةأ ة






أى ر


م أر ن


أةه



ةأنه من



أنع لر ل و



ة ن ن

مرأة ل

ةكون ن




ن اأ ن ن

مرأة ل


أ

ا ةن ن


ن أة

ىة نلة ما


آة

ونن ة عن ةا

ر ن

آ


أء و ة



ن



ن



ةه نن



ط وساأة









مة





ةعدن ول

أل



ول

أنوعةن ل

أن ل اأ



أ نا ة

ن لثا



أ مع ل


أ ول ةن



ن أ رنعهة

أل ن



أل



ن

[49]

[50]

[51]

[52]

[53]

5

10

15

20

59ms tehran [49-56]






أول ة



أث ل حد




ةأل ن ل نحن


ن ةأ ة

ن نةمن


ن كا ن أن




ةهة العن ة



ما هة حا ن


نة ن أنا



م سونىة ة


ا حلان ىة



لحا ر وهة ن





ةكون ن



لة ن مر

أره وهة ل ن

آ نا

هة حا



لة ن مر

أة وهة ل




مرأط ل حا


أل








أ



له ن حلان





مرأل



لة لمرةهة


أول

أة


لحا ن

مرأط ل حا

ن ث عن ةحد


ن رلةكو ىة


آنا




[54]

[55]

[56]

5

10

15

20







مرأل

عل د هة حن


ن نمنأن


ة لنا نن ن

نع وةمن لر



ن


لا لأ

ةةعمل نأة




ما هة حا




ن


نأ ة

ن نةمن ه


لعث

هرةن ة ث ن



أما ةا


مرأط ل حا

ن




أة نعهة

ن



أة


نأة

ن نوةمن


ة


ن


مرأل






أة نعهة



أ ثنةن أ

هة لحا ن





ر ن نأن مر

أط حا


أما ل

أ نا رنعةن

أل



أ

ة ا ن


لة ن مر



أىة ةا

لة ن مر

أل

ن مر


أ نع لا و





لة


ةأ ة





[57]

[58]

[59]

[60]

[61]

5

10

15

20

61ms tehran [57-67]


حدها ة

أ ن لا

أن لنر م ا


لة ول أل

ةالة نرةة

ىة ة لدن ة

ن لثا وىة





أ








ةنمة















ة ةكون ا نأ

أل



د حن





ث ةعن حدة




أ رنعهة














أ

رن لعهة ة



ن





18 وةن

[62]

[63]

[64]

[65]

[66]

[67]

5

10

15

20




عل ة


أ وةهة


أ




أةوم ل





أر عل و

أ ل ةا

ة

ىة لة نهة






للاأ




نهةن ن اأ







مرأل

أ مند





أ لمند ر ن

آما ول من

نوع أ ة كل

ن



أةن لمنن

ن مر


ةةةد


ن ن ةد ةحن

نل و من ة


أنل



ما من ة أن

ةعرألحنا

ةرهة ثهة ل

لحا ن

مرأل ة



لة ء ةا ثأل


مرأل ة


أ


أة ل


نأة ل

ما ن أ

ولأل

ء ىة نمنن ث





لة





20 ة

[68]

[69]

[70]

[71]

5

10

15

20

63ms tehran [68-77]




أو من ل


أو من

أن لممرة


ا ورن


أونهة و




ة كل ن


ة كل



م اةأرنعهة

أ لرنع كل






نأما ل


أ









أل ما





مرأل

أل



ةأثهة ثلا


لة




نأ

ام كل ا

ةأة ل



ىة ةول لة ن

مرأن ل

أول


أ مةأةن لث


لعث لةوم

ون رنأم ل ا

ةأة ةوم من


أم ل ا

ةأة


ةمد




أن ل

أة


ةأنوع ةهة





ن نه ا أ


أل


رنة ول لهة

أل






[72]

[73]

[74]

[75]

[76]

[77]

5

10

15

20



ها د هة ون




مرأل


لمد ةرهة

لهة ن مر

أل




ةلك م ةما

[78]

5

chapter 4





















67







ن أ ن لن ة


CG101 l4 ةو







ثك

أةه


[3-9]













ة عنو ن





69






أل ع


أا سث من ن













[10-15]









أم ل ا


71














[16-22]











73













[23-30]










75













[31-38]














77













[39-48]












79











[49-54]











81











[55-57]



















83












[58-66]












85












[67-74]










أة ل




chapter 5


1 Manuscripts















2 Sigla




peacuteriale p 152


3 Abbreviations


4 Vocabulary





















The Hebrew Version












[1]

[2]

[3]

5

10

15

20













[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

5

10

15

20

25

97













[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

5

10

15

20















[12]

[13]

[14]

5

10

15

20

25

99













[15]

[16]

[17]

5

10

15

20

25












[18]

[19]

5

10

15

20

25

30

101












זה ד2 98

[20]

[21]

[22]

5

10

15

20

25


















[23]

[24]

5

10

15

20

103















[25]

[26]

[27]

5

10

15

20

















[28]

[29]

[30]

5

10

15

20

105














om ימי ד 174

[31]

[32]

5

10

15

20


chapter 6












107







حا



[1-4]










109






15emsp Cf CG 296-297 (K 88415-18)

[5-11]











111









[12-15]









113







[16-18]








115









45emsp Cf CG 276-7 ll 1-9 (K 8719-14)

[19-23]







هة لحا ن

مرأة ل


أة








117








[24-26]







119






[27-28]








121







[29-32]

Bibliography
















124 bibliography
















685-724

125bibliography




















126 bibliography









نهة


أ


أ



Leo 67 سدأ


أ



من


أ ما مون

أما




آ



ن 1238910111213141516202124 نر

2932354043454950607073



م اةأ ل ن

عرأة larr

ن نر

م اةأر ل و





أ )ند






chill 14 نر

ةر larr عر نا




ة ةلا ة



م larr منللن


urine 110 نول


ن 930313233ة ( ةن

ن )نا














trine ثمثل

Taurus 67 ورث















effort 24 ا حن










)حد

limit 53 حد





ن مر


حا




ة


ة larr ممر


to move 435860717274 رك)رك( ة

ن مر









ة ن ركا


paroxysms

to sense 17 ح

sensation 1019 ح


sensing discomfort


nice 27 حن

to attend رحن






ة

bathhouse 6 م ا

Aries 6467 ل
























حن




أهل

أم من

حننر ةن


property or friend


حنأل




لن رون ن


from the disease


family 29 و

حن حنا








relief 21 حنل

ة









حن

horses 6 ةلحن





ا 31 عنلن

ةلأنةر ةد





أ




ن (

expelling 71 عن

وهة ع larr ة

ن

نةر ة larr ةد

أ ةة

ة


ل

indicating 2728

ل


Aquarius 67 لو

م blood 1 larr م









cycles 2023485368 ر و أ




wasting 1 نولن

masculine 73 نور










هة هة ر ر

م اةأ ن



ىة larr مكن ر



ة مر ة

مر




روورةة

ن مر

أث larr

رة

مة


ع رن


أ ون رن






cause 3566 سمنن



lethargy 8 ة نا





sextile 68 ة ةد

sextile 63 مد

Cancer 67 ن را


رعهة larr عن

to abate 7 سكن



safe 31 سلسةم




أل


be used habitually


أل



لرن لمك مك

year(s) 5557586875 نهة



yearly 68 نوىة

easy 27 ل




د سث


د سث


of the disease



compulsion

beverage 6 ن ر ث

ورن larr عن ث

ورةن larr عن

ث



to doubt 39 ك سث



sun 23646869 ثم

to attest 62 د ث

month 6975 هر ث





to be true 62 ص








أ منن


ن 17لممر ر ر

نأرر




weakness 71 نع ن










class 1516 نةهة


منة larr م

food 6 م عا



ةلا

رور مث larr ن


length 31 ول

ن مر

أر






to count 37 عد

number 2037 عد

numbers 73 عدأ

counting 9 عد

latitude 66 نر

ع

symptoms 5 ن عر

أ ن

رع


عرأ


ن 18لممر ن

عرأ



عرأل


to know 45 عرن


مة larr ن

عرن

ة larr ننعرو

sweat 11450 ةر

ع


لعر

ء عل larr ما


عث

organ 8 وعن


و عنعن

ا 1رن ىة ل ث

لة ء ا عنأل




عنمون

أنهة larr ما

ة عا

Scorpio رنعهة

intellect 10 عةل

to know 49 علم

knowledge 45 معل


عل



signs 4818262728303133 ة ما علا







return 5 هة عو



larr من عن





ةهة عن اعن


لعن


عن



عن







beyond them




ةةعن



ةةعن


ة ة رةةعن


changes



ن



ن


ن



ةهن



ن


هةة larr ل

رنة

separate 37 ةر

مةهن

meaning 63 ةرةن




residue 871 ل نن






نأم

ن












ulcer 42 رحهةة

to divide 53 ةسم





ن مر

أةر larr

ة


ةن


ء 2430314358 ا نهةن






to last ةللع




ة


vomiting 50 ء ةة





ةك







لمم ط ر

نهةأن

ةلم

















flash 8 لمعن


لة



)مد


ن مر

أر

ةةعن


ن 4791317181927293133354058مر



أرر

ن

ن 4567242930314049505455 مر

أ

diseases 5657586069707478


مرأ(


of long duration


أ(



مرأل


رة

لمة ن مر

أل


slow of movement


أل

chronic illnesses


أل


لهة ن مر

أل



مرأل


أل

ا 75ة

ىة ةول مد

لة ن مر

أل








death 1 موة






نن


لعرو ن نن





ندنأر(

)ندن




text 53 ن










to see 49 رنن





د larr سث نن



shivers 8 نن نا







relapse 47 نكهة





ن

sleep 10 ومن

new moon 63

ل مة

هل


air 6569 ء هو


( ةأ)هةا





أ)ول(

to relate 54 ل ة


نة هة هة ل

ل


هةل larr ل ةا





ن مر





ةوم 10202122242931323337384143

4445495051525758596066687273

day 7475 larr م





م 15162430353638404143464749 اةأ

days 51525574



ةأ


of the crisis



ةأ


ن م نر اةأ


that are false

ن 915222334353738454849 لنر م اةأ









ةأ


ةأ



ةأل

the critical days





ن ةونا













































































































































ימים 4131415192021222324252931 days


































































































































































































מין נוע










Index of Subjects






































Contents

Preface




Princeton MS

Tehran MS




Bibliography



Index of Subjects

openmaktaba.com...contents preface vii 1 the “summaries” and other recensions of galen 1 2 the...

Documents